ee ° d Le tre rete = Aarne ves Oh Penh Ae ye ane - . Ge eed ERED ARAL We are eae Sat Pare AuTi RA ‘ poe nar ee ial = Putin d nen, han Ok MAR AU LSTA HORA a AO Ay ER dor et etierenl OT a Pg Baa ome . e satin Dente BR te Mand A 9 Beene beets oe -- A, he ce . ~~ - * r ~ Ae PA he tone Deh! Behe . . Pron a tote eres - - . er . % : : s : : : ee “ : Neate 0 ee ee oe ee ging doa) Peete tea a CMR peer weed FIT INN E oF Oh ate Le PY GI Pah a Ts re ee ce et pan Ped - Ha a pave Neh een 7, er Aaa rink Hee Se Fond a erate A ap bt SB i < aos - ee ~ oars 2 Secon os Oe eee DTN ae AE IR RI At. Prvin tie bathe Mtge I ANC pants See ea Oh Men OM AP le Hh rz h RRL al eee ee a = NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS gy Zz 25 SMITHSONIAN INST SAIYVYEIT LIBRARIES N N: ITL wn wn a) z Ly n S = tpt WN 5 2 &§ 2 + y 3 LAY + WMO oO x By 9 X 4 - 5 WQ9 : BGI ENR 8 oN = z “yy = » 2 = j = > = : > Ss ; Ww) 4 ” +? ae Tp) LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYV w”) > Ss : (2p) ul =, w a us <> peak < = <x oc S a = oc 2 L 5 aap 5 a Si) 2 | Zz SS NOILNLILSNI_NWINOSHLIWS ~°4 | uv q yas LIBRARI ES _SMiThsoh ow = ow = Vy, OO % = 5 $43 > = > = fE LE? 2 x COKE 3 i ae Nie a oi ea m zZ b LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uV bh Ve NOILNLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS SAlYVYE!IT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITL NVINOSHLIWS SMITHSONIAN NVI NOSHLI WS SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS Z 2 2 —_—S : z Z = 0% (es SQ NA (ex Uf His cS | RNAS 5 =H a O MS = S) aa Oo Pas — za al = LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI ~S3ruv a8 Li PS, — = 2) es (@) = () = = = Bs ra ae > : > | : ie 2 = a i w m Ww) ep) z | wo Zz O . 2 NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYGIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITI | a wn pace etd wm z ne < = ae = < ‘\ y i fo 5 = 4 5 : x 5 SS jy S 2 z g 2 NA Yl 20 Ee = = N | t = > = > = | Ww) a Ww) : Fas : 2p) } LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YYV NOILNLILSNI 1 LIBRARIES NVINOSHLINS S3IY¥vudi1 LIBRARIES INSTIT! \ SMITHSONIAN | 1yvyu¥dIT LIBRARIES Bey yall LIBRARIES STITUTION NOTLNLILSNI STITUTION iuvag = Ss a) et eee m Z Nase INLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S31YYYE1T LIBRARIES) SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTIO = ae. a = @X ra = uf fh WQS a fo) a BLM ra) X eo) a rs ¢ SU4E 2 | fe) 2 E 2 “ig er i= Ps 2 a 4 2 = INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uvua! ES hs pas ae, “ps ‘ tig NVINOSHLINS LIBRARIES OLILSNI S3!IYVYaIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN” INSTITUTIOI Yq AN NN SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUal . N INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI SIINVYGIN LIBRARIES SAIYVYUREITLIBRAR! INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Saluvualt NVINOSHILIWS SMITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS tig NVINOSHEIWS Leg YS SN SMITHSONIAN ~ ie NVINOSHLINS S3tYVYAIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION bg es Mh a te a ul G us a = = Pa yy ed = SS e = 2 = 7 oN UG zl ma a 2) a = fe) a fe) Zz = = = = RARIES _MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31y¥VUgI’ o ire 6 2 a = tof a = a E Gg * = ap z = te YY sem = — a tiv m 7) ™m a = , (7) = ” . & fe teN! NMINOSHLINS S2! yvud Mul BRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION ) = Se Ks = = a Z ah ey. oe) NNN Sa Zz 3 Oo se fp (@) NX. a 3 = NY. x : GEL ORR 3 2 NX es Z “yy Ekle a Ve = G = > SF PSA oe Ss . 7p) = 179) Chg h tues uv) = RAR! ES SMITHSONIAN _ INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS Satay: 5 ; oe = oc a a <x = <x = <x oc 2 oc S oc fea] _ ao — mM = Z Oo me re) = =I Zz -! z SS NVINOSHLINS S3IYVY¥diIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION Fears Zz a = fy s w = (oe) = a a = ee) > _ a = P) = tia PROCEEDINGS of the Biological Society of Washington VOLUME 83 1970 WASHINGTON PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY -~a\ | HSONT™ Nig JUN 3.01971 LIBRARIES EDITOR Rocrer F. Cressey All correspondence should be addressed to the Biological Society of Washington, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 ALLEN Press INc. LAWRENCE, KANsAs 66044 OFFICERS AND COUNCIL of the BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON FOR 1970-1971 OFFICERS President MEREDITH L. JONES Vice President DANIEL M. COHEN Secretary ISABEL P. F. CANET Treasurer HARALD A. REHDER COUNCIL Elected Members K. C. EMERSON JAMES A. PETERS CLAYTON E. RAY STANWYN G. SHETLER STANLEY H. WEITZMAN tii fii / ro “OTtTHUTEON JUN 3 * TABLE OF CONTENTS Volume 83 Banse, Karl. The small species of Euchone Malmgren (Sabel- lidae;. Polychaeta) 22.06. SN ee Biffar, Thomas A. Three new species of callianassid shrimp (Decapoda, Thalassinidea) from the western Atlantic Bohart, R. M. New species of Gorytini from western North America (Hymenoptera: Sphecidae)) Bourdon, Roland, and Thomas E. Bowman. Western Atlantic species of the parasitic genus Leidya (Epicaridea: Bopyr- TAA) ee! SE we ek eh Ie Seer i ade a ee Cartwright, Oscar L. A review of the aphodiine beetles of the Galapagos Islands (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) _...._-__ Chace, Fenner A., Jr., and Samuel L. H. Fuller. A new shrimp of the genus Gnathophyllum (Decapoda, Caridea) from Puerto TRico | se) ee Chernoff, Neil, and Robert Pope. Two new mites of the genus Klinckowstroemia from Mexico (Acarina: Klinckowstroemi- idae))) sees oe Ue a Child, C. Allan. Pycnogonida of the Smithsonian-Bredin Pacific expedition, 1957 2 ee Cohen, Daniel M., and C. Richard Robins. A new ophidioid fish (genus Lucifuga) from a limestone sink, New Providence Tsland;, Bahamas {200 0 eee Cole, Gerald A. The epimera of North American fresh-water species of Gammarus (Crustacea: Amphipoda) Damkaer, David M. Parastephos occatum, a new species of hyperbenthic copepod (Calanoida: Stephidae) from the in- land marine waters of Washington State == Dawson, C. E. A new wormfish (Gobioidea: Microdesmidae ) from the northem Red Séa 2.0 eee Dawson, C. E. The Caribbean Atlantic blenny Lupinoblennius dispar (tribe: Blenniini), with observations on a Pacific pop- Wlation.- iui re ee Downey, Maureen E. Drachmaster bullisi new genus and spe- cies of Ophidiasteridae (Echinodermata: Asteroidea), with a key to the Caribbean species of the family Downey, Maureen E. Marsipaster acicula, new species (As- teroidea: Echinodermata), from the Caribbean and Gulf of IMie@xXG G0 2a ao ae Drugg, Warren S. Two new neogene species of Tuberculodinium and one of Xenicodinium (Pyrrhophyta) —-___________ Flint, Oliver S., Jr. Studies of Neotropical caddis flies, XI: The genus Rhyacopsyche in Central America (Hydroptilidae) __ Gates, G. E. On an interesting Philippine species of the earth- AD) 493-504 145-154 287-308 505-514 267-272 273-286 77-82 309-312 115-122 515-526 worm genus Pheretima Kinberg, 1866 (Oligochaeta, Annel- EOIe) Lape stutter Cel ets Bay BAe on Mt Au ahah eke RA Halpern, Jerald A. Biological investigations of the deep sea. 53. New species and genera of goniasterid sea stars Handley, Charles O., Jr., and Jerry R. Choate. The correct name for the least short-tailed shrew (Cryptotis parva) of Guate- malian (Mammalassinsectivora)i i. ee Hart, C. W., Jr., and Dabney G. Hart. A new ostracod (En- tocytheridae, Notocytherinae) commensal on New Zealand VENA,» cet ae hc) Ni alee Sac AR Es ae eR OR Ce SO Hobbs, H. H., III. New entocytherid ostracods of the genus Ornithocythere and the description of a new genus Hobbs, Horton H., Jr. A new crayfish from the Nashville Basin, "UN @SRLONE RISES” 8a EEE UE ae aks a OU SR ete RES TD Hobbs, Horton H., Jr. New crayfishes of the genus Cambarus from Tennessee and Georgia (Decapoda, Astacidae) Hobbs, Horton H., Jr. A new crayfish of the genus Procambarus from Mississippi (Decapoda: Astacidae) Hobson, Katharine D. Novaquesta trifurcata, a new genus and species of the family Questidae (Annelida, Polychaeta) from ape. Codibay. Massachusetts 2.2 8 ee ee Hobson, Katharine D. Some polychaetes of the superfamily Eunicea from the North Pacific and North Atlantic Oceans _ Hoffman, Richard L. Studies on spirostreptoid millipeds. IX. The status of the Indian genus Leiotelus Chamberlin Holsinger, John R., and W. L. Minckley. A new genus and two new species of subterranean amphipod crustaceans (Gam- Mande) trom northern Mexico 20.22 Hope, W. Duane, and D. G. Murphy. A redescription of Enop- lus groenlandicus Ditlevsen, 1926 (Nematoda: Enoplidae) __ Hotchkiss, Frederick H. C. North American Ordovician Ophiu- roidea the genus Taeniaster Billings, 1858 (Protasteridae) Hubbard, John P., and Richard C. Banks. The types and taxa Braco Glade anle ys AU" We arte Ue eS ane Illg, Paul L., and Arthur G. Humes. Henicoxiphium redactum, a new cyclopoid copepod associated with an ascidian in Flor- Re amTicle NOTE @ ano lnm deca ee eet enlmene ones el. LEN es sen Kenk, Roman. Freshwater triclads (Turbellaria) of North Amer- ica. II. New or little known species of Phagocata __..__. ba Kenk, Roman. Freshwater triclads (Turbellaria) of North America. III. Sphalloplana weingartneri new species, from CAV EMIT MII AT Wee tele ow Aik ik weet en eh ae eee yD be Loeblich, Alfred R., Jr., and Helen Tappan. Thysanoprobolus, a new acritarch genus from the Early Devonian (Late Gedin- nian) Haragan Formation of Oklahoma, U.S.A. _.. Lynch, John D. A new eleutherodactyline frog from Amazo- MU PATA MYO LT AC ON teste eg ses Sis ae ee ei es ae 155-160 1-12 195-202 579-584 171-182 161-170 241-260 459-468 191-194 527-544 183-190 425-444 227-240 59-76 321-332 569-578 13-34 313-320 261-266 221-226 Manning, Raymond B. Nine new American stomatopod crusta- (cre V st ae Maltese er DION IAG ROMS PC nnTNeAC A EN EN Morrison, J. P. E. Western Atlantic Donax ____- Parin, N. V., and V. E. Becker. Materials for a revision of the trichiuroid fishes of the genus Benthodesmus, with the de- scription of four new species and one new subspecies _______- Parkes, Kenneth C. A revision of the red-rumped cacique, Cacicus haemorrhous (Aves: Icteridae) _.....___.___-__ Pettibone, Marian H. Two new genera of Sigalionidae (Poly- Chaetaly si okie A NI Th Uae ta Le eee Rehder, Harald A. A molluscan faunule from 200 meters off Valparaiso, Chile, with descriptions of four new species _____ Schultz, George A. Disposition of species of terrestrial isopod crustaceans of the genera Synuropus, Spherarmadillo, Sphae- roniscus and Scleropactes (Oniscoidea, Sphaeroniscidae) _ Shear, William A. The identity of Ergethus perditus Chamber- lin (Diplopoda, Polydesmida, Paradoxosomatidae) _________ Springer, Stewart, and Victor Sadowsky. Subspecies of the western Atlantic cat shark, Scyliorhinus retifer Springer, Victor G., and William F. Smith-Vaniz. Blennius antholops, new deep-water fish, from the Gulf of Guinea, with comments on the bathymetric distribution of the family Blenmid ae w/t rte thes Be ae Plies Ee ne Taylor, William R., Robert E. Jenkins, and Ernest A. Lachner. Rediscovery and description of the ictalurid catfish, Noturus flavipinnisy (280 ey ene 8 i Dh ee Tuck, Robert G., Jr. Rediscovery and redescription of the Khu- zistan dwarf gecko, Microgecko helenae Nikolsky (Sauria: Gekkonidae’)) 22.20 its ue ie ieee Wilson, Mildred Stratton. North American harpacticoid cope- pods 9. A new Mesochra (Canthocamptidae) from the Gulf of Mexico with notes on a related Mediterranean form ___ Work, Robert C. Further comments on the range of Murex florifer Reeve: 2o.)2 ee ee ee vt 99-114 545-568 351-364 203-214 365-386 585-596 123-132 455-458 83-98 215-220 469-476 477-482 483-492 349-350 BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON PROCEEDINGS 1042nd Meeting—16 February 1970 Ninety-First Annual Meeting The 1042nd meeting and 91st Annual Meeting of the Society was called to order by President Joseph Rosewater at 2:35 p.m. in room 43 of the National Museum of Natural History. Twenty-three members were present. The minutes of the previous annual meeting were read by the Secre- tary, and approved as read. Treasurer Harald Rehder presented the financial report. Richard H. Manville reported that the auditing committee had found the Treasurer’s books to be in order. Reports of the Treasurer and Auditing Committee were accepted. The Secretary reported on membership changes in the past year, read- ing the names of five members whose deaths had been reported, and summarized actions of the Council. Editor Roger Cressey reported that Volume 82 of the Proceedings consisted of 870 pages in 69 numbers, and included the symposium on Natural History Collections, amounting to 204 pages. President Rosewater explained that the purpose of the proposed amend- ment to the bylaws, which had been distributed to members with the announcement of the meeting, was to avoid difficulties with the Internal Revenue Service. Robert Gibbs moved adoption of the amendment; the motion was seconded. After brief discussion to ensure that the proposed wording would serve the intended purpose, the motion was passed unanimously. The Secretary reported on the results of the election of officers. All candidates were elected. President-elect Meredith Jones reported on plans for a symposium, to be held in the fall of 1970, probably October. The symposium would concentrate on an examination of the state of knowledge of the region of Panama in which a sea-level canal is proposed, and on our ability to predict the biological consequences of such a canal. More than 20 potential speakers have been contacted. Victor Springer expressed the opinion that the yield from the in- vested funds of the Society was not as great as might be expected, and moved that the investment policy of the Society be reviewed. Motion was seconded and passed. Richard Manville asked whether action would follow such review, and was assured by President-elect Jones that a Finance Committee would be formed. There being no further business, the meeting was adjourned at 3:05 p.m. Richard C. Banks Secretary aa Be ; et uy. 5 ‘ e A I OE ae DC TE lt Rt de RNA SR Ae? hai 4 Ay ee as Ee ORD. Ra ee { i ® wre rea LAK, SiS bai } ww pee B74 0673 Vol. 83, No. 1, pp. 1-12 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON BIOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS OF THE DEEP SEA. 53. NEW SPECIES AND GENERA OF CONUS TUBE ID) a SEA STARS! SMI ONT. By Jeratp A. HALPERN JUN J Institute of Marine Sciences, University of Viena Up ees Two new species of goniasterid sea stars were collected in the tropical Atlantic by the R/V Pillsbury and R/V Gerda of the Institute of Marine Sciences, University of Miami. They are the type-species of new genera. The R/V Pillsbury also collected the second known specimen of Plinthaster productus A. H. Clark. This species does not belong in the genus Plinthaster and is made the type-species of a new genus. The type-species of Aphroditaster, A. gracilis Sladen, belongs in the genus Pseudarchaster, making Aphroditaster invalid. A new genus is erected to accomodate Aphroditaster micro- ceramus Fisher. This research was supported by National Science Foundation grant GB-4936. The operations of the R/V Gerda and R/V Pillsbury were supported by National Science Foundation grant GB-7082. The field work was part of the National Geographic Society-University of Miami Deep-Sea Biology Program. The author is grateful to these agencies. Key TO THE GENERA DISCUSSED IN THIS PAPER 1. Unpaired median spine at apex of each mouth plate pair 2 Pair of median spines at apex of each mouth plate pair 3 2. Adambulacral furrow margin straight —_ Fisheraster new genus Adambulacral furrow margin angular — __ Pseudarchaster 3. Abactinal plates completely covered by granules — 4 Abactinal plates not completely covered by granules — 6 1 Contribution No. 1181 from the Institute of Marine Sciences, University of Miami. 1—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (1) bo Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 4, Adambulacral granulation very crowded; plate not visible _ Peltaster Adambulacral granulation spaced; plates visible between sub- ambulacral oranules. =... 5.0 ee 5 5. Irregular secondary abactinal plates present; abactinals covered only by spherical granules — Pillsburiaster new genus No secondary abactinal plates; peripheral granules of radial abactinalstangullar 2242.05 we Ceramaster 6. All abactinal plates surrounded by single row of granules; naked mien, losemIinNy Glligcy [OSS Plinthaster Some abactinal plates bearing more than single row of granules; naked, areas’ ‘smooth 2... =. eee 7 7. Radial plates mainly naked. General form stellate; more than six superomarginals in contact medially Diplasiaster new genus Radial plates having only small naked area. General form pentagonal; less than three superomarginals in contact medially GEE Bese ah Daal SU ane el ieee eR Apollonaster new genus Fisheraster new genus Diagnosis: Unpaired (but not recurved) median spine at apex of each mouth plate pair. No spines or spinules on actinal and inferomarginal plates. Adambulacral furrow margin straight. Remarks: This genus belongs in the subfamily Pseudarchasterinae but it is closer to the Goniasterinae than any of the known genera of this subfamily. Type-species: Aphroditaster microceramus Fisher. Etymology: This genus is named after Walter K. Fisher, who described the type-species and was an excellent asteroid systematist. Fisheraster microceramus (Fisher, 1913) Aphroditaster microceramus Fisher, 1913, pp. 626-627; 1919, pp. 225- OAS) Folk, BS), water, IL, yoll, le sakes, IU Remarks: This species is well described and illustrated by Fisher (1919). Plate 70, figure 5 is not a photograph of Fisheraster micro- ceramus, but of the type of Paragonaster stenostichus. Type: U.S. National Museum cat. no. 30535. Type-locality: Buton Strait, Celebes, 05°35’S, 122°20’E, 1023 m, Albatross sta. 5648. Distribution: This species is known only from the type-locality. Pillsburiaster new genus Diagnosis: Abactinal plates tabulate, completely covered by spherical granules; loosely arranged into primary and secondary plates in radial area and center of disk. Papulae irregularly distributed between primary and secondary abactinal plates. Subambulacral spines very small, not crowded. New Goniasterid 3 Remarks: The abactinal surface in this genus is similar to that of the species of Peltaster, but the secondary plates are not as regularly arranged and are not clearly delineated from the primary plates. The peripheral granules of the radial plates are not different from the central granules, as they are in Ceramaster. The actinal surface is similar to that of Plinthaster and Ceramaster. This genus belongs in the subfamily Goniasterinae. It appears to be intermediate to Ceramaster and Peltaster. Pentagonaster ernesti Ludwig, 1905, from the tropical eastern Pacific, belongs in this genus. Type-species: Pillsburiaster geographicus new genus, new species. Etymology: Pillsbury—after the R/V John Elliot Pillsbury of the Institute of Marine Sciences, University of Miami. Many species of sea stars new to science have been collected on this ship’s expeditions; aster, Greek—a common ending for genera of sea stars. Pillsburiaster geographicus new genus, new species Figures 1, 2 (top) Material studied: Holotype: R=75 mm, r=30 mm, R/r=2.8; 04°36’N, 09°46’W, 1464-1556 m, R/V Pillsbury sta. 76, 4 June 1964, USNM E11258.—Paratypes: same location as holotype, 2 spec., USNM E11259.—03°50’N, 02°33’W, 1949-1986 m, R/V Pillsbury sta. 34, 29 May 1964, 1 spec., UMML 40.240. Diagnosis: Abactinal granules coarse, spherical. Five or six adambu- lacral furrow spines. Ten or eleven mouth furrow spines. Description: Five arms. R= 75 mm, r = 30 mm, R/r = 2.8. General form stellate. Abactinal plates loosely arranged into primary and secondary plates in long, narrow radial areas and small center of disk. Primary plates only two to four times as large as secondary plates; secondary plates loosely arranged between primary plates. Abactinal plates tabulate, irregularly round; completely covered by very closely crowded, coarse, spherical granules. Many abactinal plates bearing two or three valved, spatulate sugar-tong pedicellariae with short, wide, thick jaws. Papulae in center of disk and radial areas; papular pores irregularly distributed, each containing single papula. Superomarginal and inferomarginal plates corresponding; thirty-two plates in each series. Lateral angle of marginals depressed; plates mainly in horizontal plane. Marginals more angular on distal third of arm. Superomarginals slightly wider than long. In interbrachial arc, lower half of each plate completely covered by granules similar to those on abactinals. Upper half bordered by two to three rows of similar granules; center bare or with one to three scattered granules. Naked area becoming larger distally, so that last six plates surrounded by single row of granules. Last three or four pairs of superomarginals contiguous medially. Terminal plate moderately large; in shape of truncated cone 4 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Pillsburiaster geographicus new genus, new species, holotype: top, abactinal view, 0.8.—bottom, abactinal view, 4.8x. New Goniasterid 5 with apical depression bearing one large, short, wide, conical spine. Inferomarginal plates slightly wider than long; completely covered by granules similar to those of superomarginals. Actinal plates moderately large, rhombic; extending about half way down arms. Each plate completely covered by coarse, rounded granules similar to those on inferomarginals. Adambulacral plates approximately square with straight furrow margin bearing five or six short, subequal, compressed furrow spines. Three to four irregular rows of four to six very short, blunt subambulacral spinules, slightly taller than actinal granules. Many adambulacral plates bearing two or three valved, spatulate sugar-tong pedicellariae, similar to abactinal pedicellariae but not as thick. Each mouth plate bearing ten or eleven furrow spines; first nine or ten spines subequal, slightly taller and thicker than adambulacral furrow spines. Median spine more strongly compressed and slightly taller than other mouth furrow spines. Rest of each mouth plate completely covered by 22-24 large, rounded granules, about twice as large as actinal granules. Madreporite irregularly round, about five times as large as adjacent abactinal plates; located approximately one-third distance from center of disk to middle of interbrachial arc. Type: United States National Museum, cat. no. E11258. Type-locality: Gulf of Guinea, off Cape Palmas, 04°36’N, 09°46’W, 1464-1556 m, R/V Pillsbury sta. 76. Distribution: This species is known from only two localities in the northern Gulf of Guinea; off Cape Three Points, 1949-1986 m and off Cape Palmas, 1464-1556 m. Discussion: Various characters of the paratypes are as follows: Pills- supero- adamb. mouth bury R i Mar- marginals furrow furrow station (mm) (mm) R/r ginals incontact spines spines 34 66 27 2.4 26 0-1 5-6 11-12 76 80 32 2.9 34 2-4 5-6 10 76 65 28 2.3 26 0-1 6 MI In the specimen measuring R = 80 mm, some of the superomarginals in the middle of the interbrachial arc are completely covered by granules. Remarks: This species is very similar to Pillsburiaster ernesti and differs from it by having actinal pedicellariae and less stout sub- ambulacral granules. Etymology: geographicus—in reference to the National Geographic Society whose grant to the Institute of Marine Sciences, University of Miami for investigations of the deep-sea fauna helped make possible the discovery of many sea stars new to science. 6 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 2. Top, Pillsburiaster geographicus new genus, new species, holotype, actinal view, 6.8x.—bottom, Diplasiaster productus (A. H. Clark), specimen from R/V Pillsbury sta. 707, abactinal view, 2.9x. New Goniasterid i Diplasiaster new genus Diagnosis; Abactinal plates low-tabulate; surrounded by double row of granules in radial areas, single row elsewhere; no bosses. Supero- marginals contiguous medially throughout length of arm. General form stellate. Etymology: Diplasios, Greek—double; aster—a common ending for genera of sea stars; in reference to the double row of granules on the radial abactinal plates. Remarks: This genus belongs in the subfamily Goniasterinae. It appears to be most closely related to Apollonaster. It differs from Plinthaster in the shape and granulation of its abactinal plates and in the large number of superomarginal plates in contact. Type-species: Plinthaster productus A. H. Clark. Diplasiaster productus (A. H. Clark, 1917) Figures 2 (bottom) and 3 Plinthaster productus A. H. Clark, 1917. pp. 67-69; 1954, p. 375. Material studied: Holotype: R=27 mm, r=12 mm, R/r=2.3; 93°10'N, 82°23’W, 567 m, Albatross sta. 2154, 30 April 1884, USNM 36930.—11°22’N, 62°22’W, 78 m, B/V Pillsbury sta. 707, 19 July 1968, UMML 40.235. Diagnosis: Four or five adambulacral furrow spines. Each mouth plate bearing eight furrow spines. Description: Five arms. R = 29 mm, r=13 mm; R/r = 2.2. General form stellate, with broad, flat disk and narrow, strongly tapered arms. Interbrachial arcs wide, rounded. Abactinal plates low-tabulate, restricted to disk. Plates smooth, naked in center; surrounded by single row of flattened granules except in radial areas, where some plates bearing second row of rounded granules inside peripheral row. Twenty superomarginal plates naked except for one peripheral row of granules similar to those surrounding abactinals and U-shaped cluster of rounded granules adjacent to inferomarginals. Seven or eight pairs of superomarginals in contact medially. Terminal plate small, oval, surmounted by short spine. Twenty inferomarginal plates corresponding with superomarginals. Inferomarginals surrounded by two rows of rounded granules. Rest of each plate naked except for small area adjacent to superomarginals covered by closely crowded, rounded granules. Actinal plates large, rhombic, completely covered by moderately large, rounded granules. Adambulacral plates about half as big as adjacent actinals. Adambu- lacrals rectangular (about twice as wide as long) with straight furrow margin bearing four or five short, subequal, cylindrical furrow spines with rounded tips. First subambulacral row of two or three large, conical spines. Three to six rounded granules similar to those of actinals, in one or two irregular rows, covering rest of plate. 8 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 3. Diplasiaster productus (A. H. Clark), specimen from R/V Pillsbury sta. 707: top, abactinal view, 8.5x.—bottom, actinal view, UB New Goniasterid 9 Mouth plates relatively small. Each plate bearing eight furrow spines. First seven spines subequal, similar to adambulacral furrow spines; median spine slightly taller and stouter. Eight to ten scattered spines, grading actinally into granules similar to those of actinals, covering rest of plate. Anus subcentral, inconspicuous. Madreporite irregularly round, slightly smaller than adpacent abactinals; located approximately one-third dis- tance from center of disk to middle of interbrachial arc. Type: United States National Museum, cat. no. 36930. Type-locality: 23°10'N, 82°23’W, 567 m, Albatross sta. 2154. Distribution: This species is known from only two localities: off Havana, Cuba, 567 m and off the Peninsula de Paria, Venezuela, 78 m. Apollonaster new genus Diagnosis: Abactinal plates of radial areas covered by peripheral row of large, flattened granules and one to three additional rows of rounded granules, leaving small, naked central area. Abactinal plates of inter- radial areas, center of disk and arms covered by peripheral row of small, flattened granules and zero to two additional rows of rounded granules, leaving large, naked central area. Central naked areas smooth. Remarks: This genus belongs in the subfamily Goniasterinae. It appears to be intermediate between Ceramaster and Diplasiaster. Type-species: Apollonaster yucatanensis new genus, new species. Etymology: Apollo—in honor of the flight of Apollo 11, which landed the first men on the moon; aster, Greek—a common ending for genera of sea stars. Apollonaster yucatanensis new genus, new species Figures 4, 5 Material studied: Holotype: R=36 mm, r= 24 mm, R/r=1.5; 20°57'N, 86°34’W, 40-165 m, R/V Gerda sta. 899, 10 September 1967, USNM E11285. Diagnosis: Six or seven subequal, strongly compressed adambulacral furrow spines. Thirteen mouth furrow spines. Description: Five arms. R = 36 mm, r = 24 mm, R/r = 1.5. General form arcuate pentagonal. Abactinal plates low-tabulate. Plates of radial areas covered by peripheral row of large, flattened granules and one to three additional rows of rounded granules, leaving small, naked area in center of plate. Plates of interradial areas, center of disk and very short arms covered by peripheral row of small, flattened granules and zero to two additional rows of rounded granules, leaving large naked area in center of plates. Central naked areas smooth. Some plates bearing small, excavate sugar-tong pedicellariae. Fourteen superomarginal and sixteen inferomarginal plates correspond- ing, except at tip of arm, where two inferomarginals correspond with 10 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 4. Apollonaster yucatanensis new genus, new species, holotype, abactinal view; Top, actual size—Botton, 6.9. New Goniasterid il ot 3° @e @ vee, * Fic. 5. Apollonaster yucatanensis new genus, new species, holotype, actinal view, 6.9x. one superomarginal. Superomarginals slightly wider than long; sur- rounded by two rows of small, rounded granules, with several similar granules scattered about center. Some plates bearing small, excavate sugar-tong pedicellariae like those on abactinals. Terminal plate very small, oval. Inferomarginals slightly wider than long; surrounded by three to seven rows of small, rounded granules like those of supero- marginals; several similar granules scattered about center of plate. Some plates bearing small, excavate sugar-tong pedicellariae. Actinal plates large, rhombic, completely covered by moderately large, rounded granules. Some plates bearing excavate sugar-tong pedicellariae slightly larger than those on abactinals. Adambulacral plates rectangular (about twice as wide as long) with straight furrow margin bearing six or seven subequal, strongly com- pressed furrow spines. First subambulacral row of three or four large, prismatic granules. Three or four more irregular subambulacral rows of three to five granules similar to those on actinals. Some _ plates bearing excavate sugar-tong pedicellariae. Mouth plates long, narrow. Each plate bearing thirteen subequal furrow spines, similar to those on adambulacrals; median spine slightly enlarged. Rest of plate covered by 20-25 prismatic granules grading actinally into granules similar to those of actinals. Madreporite irregularly round, about same size as adjacent abactinals; 12 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington located approximately one-quarter distance from center of disk to middle of interbrachial arc. Type: United States National Museum cat. no. E11285. Type-locality: Arrowsmith Bank, Yucatan, 20°57'N, 86°34’W, R/V Gerda sta. 899. Remarks: The naked areas of the abactinal plates are not due to the granules being rubbed off. The granules are set in small, hemisperical pits in the plate which are readily apparent when the granules are rubbed off. LITERATURE CITED Ciark, A. H. 1917. Four new echinoderms from the West Indies. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 30: 63-70. FisHer, W. K. 1913. Four new genera and fifty-eight new species of starfishes from the Philippine Islands, Celebes, and the Moluccas. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 43: 599-648. 1919. Starfishes of the Philippine Islands and adjacent waters. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100(3): 1-547, pls. 1-155. Lupwic, H. 1905. Reports on an exploration off the west coasts of Mexico, Central and South America, and off the Galapagos Islands, . . . by . . . “Albatross” during 1891 ... 32. Asteroidea. Mem. Mus. comp. Zool. Harvard, 32: 1-292, pls. 1-36. 57s ad a ae Vol. 83, No. 2, pp. 13-34 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON FRESHWATER TRICLADS (TURBELLARIA) OF NORTE NI HSo, Vareanet AMERICA. II. NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN NG SPECIES OF PHAGOCATA.! We By RoMAN KENK? BRARIES The George Washington University and Smithsonian rere SS During work on a revision of the North American fauna of freshwater triclads I studied planarian specimens from several states either collected on field trips or sent in by various collaborators. I wish to express my grateful appreciation to all who assisted me in the field or provided materials for study. Thanks are due particularly to Drs. Thomas E. Powell, Jr., R. O. Flagg, and Mr. Richard Whitten of the Carolina Biologi- cal Supply Company; and to Messrs. Timothy F. Hicks, Vernon M. Hawthorne, Phillip H. Baker, William F. Hart, Jerry H. Carpenter, and James F. Leser who in one way or another were instrumental in facilitating my access to the materials discussed in this paper. Phagocata was established by Leidy (1847: 248) as a sub- genus of Planaria O. F. Miller (1776) for the species Planaria gracilis described by Haldeman (1840). The chief charac- teristic distinguishing Phagocata from Planaria s. str., in Leidy’s opinion, was the presence of multiple pharynges which at that time had not been observed in other species of fresh- water triclads. Much later it was discovered that polypharyngy may occur in several genera of planarians (Crenobia, Sphal- loplana) and that it has no generic taxonomic significance. The present definition of the genus Phagocata (synonym, 1Supported by National Science Foundation Grant GB-6016 to the George Washington University. 2 Authors address: Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. 2—Proc. Bron. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (11:3) 14 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 1mm i) Fic. 1-2. 1. Outline sketches of species of Phagocata, from life. A, P. bulbosa; B, P. crenophila; C, P. oregonensis; c. copulatory complex; i, area occupied by intestinal branches; ph, pharynx. 2. Phagocata bulbosa, semidiagrammatic view of copulatory apparatus in sagittal sec- tion. am, male atrium; b, copulatory bursa; bd, bursa duct or stalk; de, ejaculatory duct; gp, genital aperture; m, mouth; odc, common oviduct; vd, vas deferens; vs, seminal vesicle. North American Triclads 15 Fonticola Komarek) is as follows (Kenk, 1935: 103, and Hy- man, 1937: 302). Planariidae whose oviducts—without embracing the stalk of the bursa copulatrix—unite in a common oviduct which opens into the genital atrium. Male atrium without radial muscle plates. Adenodactyls absent. Eyes usually two. Type of the genus, Planaria gracilis Haldeman (1840: 3). Phagocata bulbosa new species® Type material: Holotype, series of sagittal sections of posterior half of the body, on 2 slides, U.S. National Museum No. 40967. Paratypes in the author’s collection. External features (Fig. 1A): Mature animals are up to 12 mm long and 1.7 mm wide. The anterior end is truncate, with straight or centrally bulging frontal margin and rounded auricular edges. Behind the head there is no pronounced narrowing or neck, at most a very slight constric- tion behind the auricular lobes. The lateral margins diverge very gradually up to the middle of the body where the greatest width is attained. Behind the pharyngeal region the body tapers to a rather pointed posterior end. There are usually two eyes, their distance from each other one-third or less of the width of the head at the level of the eyes. Each eye is farther removed from the frontal margin than from the lateral margin. The pharynx is inserted at about the middle of the body and measures in length approximately one-fifth of the body length. The copulatory organs occupy the anterior half of the post-pharyngeal region. The animal is usually uniformly pigmented, the dorsal surface being a variable shade of gray, often presenting a mottled appearance. The ventral surface is somewhat lighter. The ocular specks on the dorsal side and a small area around the mouth opening ventrally are free of pigment, white. As is seen from this description, the species resembles very closely a number of other American planariids from which it connot be dis- tinguished in life by external characters: Phagocata velata (Stringer), P. vernalis Kenk, P. crenophila Carpenter, Planaria dactyligera Kenk, Hymanella retenuova Castle, and probably Phagocata monopharyngea Hyman (which has not been studied in life). I have not been able to separate the new species, with any degree of confidence, in mixed collec- tions or cultures where it was associated with Planaria or Hymanella. Only the analysis of serial sections made it possible to identify the in- dividual species. Anatomy of the anterior end: There is no adhesive organ developed. The submarginal zone of adhesive gland openings, which parallels the 8 bulbosus, Latin, bulbous, referring to the size of the penis bulb. 16 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington body margins, continues into the head region along the frontal margin without interruption and without increase in width. There are no muscular differentiations such as are generally observed in adhesive organs. On either side of the head, along the auricular edges, the surface epithelium is modified, the cells bearing conspicuous cilia and containing very short rhabdites. It is highly probable that these two strips represent the auricular sense organs. On the ventral side of the head, immediately behind the adhesive gland zone, there is a small patch of ciliated epithelium approached by numerous gland ducts with a fine-grained, slightly eosinophilic secretion (as opposed to the deeply staining secretion of the adhesive glands). The cells of this epithelium generally lack rhabdite inclusions. The function of this organ is not clear. Reproductive system: The numerous testes are predominantly ventral, occupying on either side a broad zone extending from a short distance behind the head to approximately the level of the mouth opening. Some testicular follicles may, however, have a more dorsal position or, at full maturity, individual large follicles may occupy the entire dorso- ventral depth of the body. The two ovaries, accompanied laterally by large parovarial cell masses, lie, as is typical for freshwater triclads, on the medial side of each ventral nerve cord, generally behind the first lateral branch of the anterior intestinal ramus. The yolk glands or vitellaria occupy all available mesenchymal spaces both dorsally and ventrally in a zone extending from the ovaries to the posterior end of the body. The copulatory apparatus (Fig. 2) conforms in every way with the definition of the genus Phagocata as proposed by Hyman (1937: 302). The genital aperture or gonopore (gp) lies at or a little behind the middle of the postpharyngeal region. There is no common genital atrium developed as the male atrium (am) and the bursa duct (bd) meet at the gonopore. The male atrium is conical, tapering posteriorly, and duplicating the shape of the penis papilla. It is lined with a flattened or cuboidal epithelium below which there are two muscle layers, a circular and a longitudinal one. The penis consists of a large, spherical bulb and a finger- or cone- shaped papilla. The bulb is formed by strong muscle fibers running in various directions in a more or less concentric arrangement. It is traversed by many gland ducts with a faintly eosinophilic, fine-grained secretion, which enter it from the surrounding mesenchyme and open into its lumen. The papilla of the penis is covered with a flattened epithelium. Underlying this epithelium is a layer of very dense fine fibers which at the base of the papilla is continuous with the circular muscle layer of the male atrium; this fibrous layer may be of an elastic rather than muscular nature. In comparing the penis papilla in nine series of sagittal sections it was seen that the shape of this organ appeared quite uniform, straight, not showing any distortions or con- tractions such as are generally observed in soft muscular organs in North American Triclads 17 planarians. Apparently the relative stiffness of the papilla is due to the fibrous layer. The cavity of the penis bulb, the seminal vesicle (vs), is rather large, with an irregular outline. Its wall consists of a columnar epithelium of a glandular nature. Posteriorly the cavity narrows and continues into the papilla as a straight narrow canal, the ejaculatory duct (de), which opens at the point of the papilla. The seminal vesicle, particularly in its caudal portion, receives the gland ducts which have penetrated the tissue of the penis bulb. The two vasa deferentia (vd), which at the level of the pharynx have assumed the shape of expanded, tortuous ducts (the false seminal vesicles or spermiductal vesicles), enter the penis bulb from either side antero-ventrally. They retain their expanded shape, form a few con- volutions within the bulb, and finally empty separately through short narrow passages into the antero-lateral part of the seminal vesicle. The two oviducts or ovovitelline ducts, which run from the ovaries posteriorly along the ventral nerve cords, ascend dorsally at the level of the copulatory complex and unite above the male atrium to form a common oviduct (odc). This then proceeds posteriorly along the atrial wall and connects with the atrial cavity quite close to the gonopore. The end parts of the paired oviducts and the common oviduct receive the highly eosinophilic “shell glands” as is the general rule in the genus Phagocata. The copulatory bursa (b) is a large sac situated between the wall of the pharyngeal pouch and the penis bulb. It is highly lobate, with many diverticula extending mainly in a lateral direction. Its outlet, the bursal canal or duct (bd) runs from the bursa caudally, somewhat to the left of the penis bulb, then curves ventrally to connect with the gonopore. The duct shows no histologically distinct divisions. Some of the cells of its epitelial lining project villus-like into the lumen of the duct. The duct is surrounded by two muscle layers, an inner circular and an outer longitudinal layer. Distribution and ecology: Phagocata bulbosa was collected on 13 June 1968 on the grounds of the Warren Laboratories of the Carolina Biological Supply Company (situated on highway U.S. 158, 3 miles east of Warrenton), Warren County, North Carolina. It was taken on liver bait in two localities, one (the type locality) on the side entrance road to the Laboratories in a seepage area with highly colored water, ac- companied by Hymanella retenuova Castle; in the other locality, also on the side entrance road, it occurred together with Planaria dactyligera musculosa Kenk. Some of the specimens collected were sexually mature, others matured in laboratory cultures. I am indebted to Dr. Thomas E. Powell, Jr., and Dr. R. O. Flagg of the Carolina Biological Supply Company for kindly extending to me the hospitality of the Laboratories and aiding me in the collection of the specimens. Laboratory cultures: Phagocata bulbosa was kept in the laboratory 18 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington in spring water at about 14° C. and was fed beef liver and Tubifex. Young specimens became sexually mature after several weeks and de- posited egg capsules (cocoons). As the cultures were mixed, containing also the other species present at the collecting sites (which in life could not be separated from P. bulbosa), only a few measurements of the egg capsules could be made for the individual species. All cocoons were unstalked, ellipsoidal, and attached to the substrate by a jellylike transparent substance. From one egg capsule, isolated from a mixed culture, three young emerged after 38 days. They matured, or at least developed parts of the reproductive system, in about four months and could then be assigned to P. bulbosa on the basis of their anatomy. Two specimens from a mixed culture (which were later identified as P. bulbosa on the basis of serial sections) laid two cocoons measuring 0.7 x 0.9 mm and 0.8 x 1.2 mm, respectively. These cocoons hatched 36 and 50 days after their deposition. No asexual reproduction (by fissioning or fragmentation) was observed in over one year of culturing. Taxonomic position: The genus Phagocata in its broader sense (in- cluding also the forms frequently separated as Fonticola, Atrioplanaria, and Penecurva) comprises at present close to 50 species and subspecies widely distributed in the northern hemisphere (Eurasia and North America). The outstanding specific characters of Phagocata bulbosa are its pigmentation, the presence of a singie pharynx, and the anatomy of its reproductive system: large, spherical penis bulb containing a seminal vesicle, conical penis papilla with narrow ejaculatory duct opening at its tip, far caudal opening of the common oviduct, and absence of a sphincter on the duct of the copulatory bursa. With regard to the anatomy of the penis it shows certain similarities with some widely scattered exotic species of the genus (in which, however, the zone of the testes reaches to the posterior end): three Japanese species, P. kawakatsui Okugawa (1956), which has a muscular sphincter in the posterior section of the bursal duct and a different course of the vasa deferentia entering the penis; P. iwamai Ichikawa and Kawakatsu (1962a), which has a wider ejaculatory duct; P. teshirogii Ichikawa and Kawakatsu (1962b), with a more flexable penis papilla; a species from Manchuria, P. wenoi Okugawa (1939), which has on each side a group of 4-8 eyes; and P. altaica Livanov and Zabusova (1940) from Lake Teletskoye in the Russian part of the Altai Mountains in Siberia, in which the penis papilla appears to be soft and easily distorted, coming back upon itself in the published illustrations. As far as the American planarians are concerned, the superficial similarity of the external features of P. bulbosa with those of other species and even genera has already been mentioned. The principal differences between our species and other pigmented American species of Phagocata are as follows: P. gracilis (Haldeman) and P. woodworthi Hyman are polypharyngeal; P. velata (Stringer) has predominantly dorsal testes and a diverticulum on the ejaculatory duct; P. vernalis Kenk is distinguished by a U-shaped North American Triclads 19 Fic. 3. Phagocata crenophila, photographs from life. A, specimen from Logan, Utah; B, specimen from Tahoe City, California. <4. copulatory bursa and lacks a well-developed penis bulb; in P. crenophila Carpenter the ejaculatory duct opens on the ventral side of the penis papilla; P. tahoena Kawakatsu, a small species with a different external habit, has the testicular zone extending to the posterior end; and P. monopharyngea (Hyman), originally described as a monopharyngeal subspecies of P. gracilis, seems to have a very weak penis bulb and a wide lumen of the ejaculatory duct. Parasites: The majority of the specimens of Phagocata bulbosa ex- amined on sections contained the holotrichous ciliate parasite, Sieboldiel- lina planariarum (Siebold) in the intestinal cavity and frequently in the lumen of the pharyngeal pouch. Several of the animals were infested also with a peritrichous epizoite, probably Urceolaria mitra (Siebold). Phagocata crenophila Carpenter, 1969 The species was recently described by J. H. Carpenter (1969) who collected and studied it in Utah and deposited type material in the Smithsonian Institution (No. 38052-38054). The present discussion furnishes additional data on its morphology and distribution. External features: (Fig. 1B and 3): Phagocata crenophila is another of the group of pigmented planarians which cannot be positively identi- fied in life (see the remarks under the preceding species, P. bulbosa). 20 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington i] e | ; | 7 eq a b c d e Fic. 4. Phagocata crenophila, outline drawings of anterior end. According to Carpenter (1969: 276), mature specimens measure 12-22 mm in length and 1.5-2 mm in width. My specimens, when mature, were mostly about 17 mm long and 2 mm wide. The head is truncate but in detail may present various shapes when the animal is in motion. Generally the frontal margin bulges slightly in the center and the edges protrude very little laterally. In one population (from Tahoe City, California), however, the auricular edges protrude considerably so that a distinct narrowing or neck is formed behind them. Figure 4 shows the outlines of the head of specimens of various provenances in gliding locomotion. The dorsal surface is gray to black, the ventral side somewhat lighter. The distance between the two eyes amounts to about one-third the width of the head at the level of the eyes, and each eye is farther removed from the frontal margin than from the lateral margin. Reproductive system: A general description of the gonads, gonoducts, and the copulatory organs has been given by Carpenter (1969). The zone of the testes, which are predominantly ventral, extends from the level of the ovaries to almost the posterior end of the body. I wish to supplement Carpenter's account of the copulatory complex, with particu- lar regard to its muscular and glandular structures (Fig. 5). The genital aperture (gp) leads into two cavities: anteriorly the male atrium (am) and dorsally, somewhat to the left of the midline, the duct (bd) of the copulatory bursa (b). There is no common genital atrium discernible. The penis consists of a feebly muscular bulb and a well-developed plug- shaped papilla which bears at its distal end a characteristic lobelike appendage (pp). The two vasa deferentia (vd) enter the bulb antero- laterally, acquire a distinct coat of circular muscle fibers, and proceed transversally toward the midline where they unite. The common vas deferens thus formed runs posteriorly or postero-dorsally (depending on the state of contraction of the penis) for a short distance, then widens to a small cavity (vs) which we may consider to be the equivalent of a seminal vesicle. This cavity, which never assumes a conspicuous volume, is indicated by Carpenter (1969, fig. 12, ed) as the beginning of the ejaculatory duct. Actually the cavity continues into a straight canal, the ejaculatory duct (de) proper, running posteroventrally and opening into the male atrium on the ventral side of the penis papilla, its orifice generally being nearer to the base than to the lobular tip of the papilla. North American Triclads 21 5 b 0.5mm \ | ! ph m vd vs de am ode pp- gp bd t Fic. 5. Phagocata crenophila, semidiagrammatic view of copulatory complex in sagittal section. am, male atrium; b, copulatory bursa; bd, bursa duct; de, ejaculatory duct; gp, gonopore; m, mouth; odc, common oviduct; ph, pharynx; pp, lobe of penis papilla; t, testis; ud, vas deferens; vs, seminal vesicle. The seminal vesicle and ejaculatory duct are lined with columnar epithelia, with little histological difference between them. The entire male tract from the common vas deferens to the mouth of the ejaculatory canal receives ducts of mesenchymal glands with a granular, faintly eosinophilic secretion. The gland ducts are particularly numerous at the level of the common vas deferens and the anterior part of the seminal vesicle. A coat of circular muscle fibers surrounds all canals and is very noticeable on the ejaculatory duct. The outer surface of the penis papilla is covered with a cuboidal epithelium which gradually diminishes in thickness toward the lobe of the papilla tip where it becomes thin and flattened. Below the epithelium are the usual layers of muscle fibers, a circular layer adjoining the epithelium and a deeper layer of longitudinal muscles. Only the lobe at the tip of the papilla is provided with dorsoventral muscle fibers. The male atrium (am), which in general repeats the shape of the penis papilla, has a lining of cuboidal to columnar cells, with two muscle layers (circular and longitudinal) underlying it. The atrium opens to the outside at the genital pore (gp). On its dorsal side, a certain distance from the gonopore, the atrium receives the opening of the common oviduct (odc). The two oviducts, which in the anterior part of the body accompany the ventral nerve cords, ascend at the level of the copulatory complex toward the dorsal side and unite in the space between the male atrium and the bursal canal, forming the common oviduct (odc). The end 22 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington parts of the paired oviducts and the common oviduct connect with many ducts of mesenchymal glands with highly eosinophilic secretion, the so-called “shell glands.” The copulatory bursa (b) is a large sac lying between the pharyngeal pouch and the penis bulb, of variable size and shape and easily deformed by the pharynx in preserved specimens. Its outlet, the bursal canal or duct (bd) proceeds posteriorly above the atrium and behind it arches ventrally toward the gonopore. The diameter of its lumen gradually increases from the bursa posteriorly, then constricts again when ap- proaching the gonopore. The cellular lining of the bursal duct consists of tall columnar cells, apparently of a glandular (apocrine) nature. There is no conspicuous histological difference between the narrow anterior and the wider posterior parts of the duct. Both parts are coated with two muscle layers, one with circular, the other with longitudinal fibers. Distribution and ecology: Carpenter (1969: 280) collected Phagocata crenophila in five localities in Logan Canyon, Cache County, Utah, in cold mountain springs and streams. The species occurred in these localities together with Polycelis coronata (Girard). I observed sexually mature samples of P. crenophila in the following localities: Visitors Center of Eldorado National Forest, El Dorado County, California, located near the south shore of Lake Tahoe. Seepage springs on the grounds of the Center, with clear water, 7.8° C, pH 6.5. Current moderate, bottom mud with stones. Under stones and pieces of wood about 20 specimens, about half of them mature or semimature, taken 21 and 22 June 1967 and 11 July 1968. Tahoe City, Placer County, California (near northwest shore of Lake Tahoe). Overflow of spring furnishing water to the local California Fish and Game facility. Water clear, current fast, bottom with stones and algal growth. Collected 6 specimens on 23 September 1967, one of them sexually mature (water temperature, 6.7° C, pH 6.8); many animals taken 10 July 1968, both mature nad immature ones (tempera- ture 6.2° C, pH 6.6, oxygen 10 ppm). The population of this locality has the flared anterior end shown in figures 3B and 4e. Besides this species, Polycelis sp. occurred, in smaller numbers. Both Phagocata and Polycelis were also attracted to liver bait left in the stream over night. At my visit to Logan, Utah, on 27 September 1967, Mr. Jerry H. Carpenter kindly took me to two of his collecting places where I could observe P. crenophila and Polycelis coronata: Ricks Spring, Cache County, Utah, on U.S. Highway 89, 16.6 road miles east of Utah State University in Logan; and Spring Hollow Stream, Cache County, off U.S. 89, about 5 miles east of Logan. Immature planarians resembling P. crenophila were collected also in other localities under similar environmental conditions. Although no final identification could be made, they probably belonged to that species: North American Triclads 23 Sagehen Creek Biological Station of the University of California, Nevada County, California (north of Truckee, off State Road 89, close to the Sierra County line). Spring furnishing water to the Station, with clear, fast water, temperature 6.5° C, pH 7.5, oxygen 10 ppm. Under stones several specimens with wide heads, none mature, collected 10 July 1968. Besides these, more numerous Polycelis sp. Charleston Park, Toiyabe National Forest, Clark County, Nevada (west-northwest of Las Vegas). Below waterfall at end of Little Falls Trail (off Kyle Canyon Road). Water clear, 8.2° C, pH 8.8. Under stones many immature specimens collected by Timothy F. Hicks and James F. Leser, 6 July 1967. Several animals were placed in a culture kept at 14° C but did not mature and gradually died off without any having fissioned or encysted. The last specimen disintegrated 31 October 1968 (after almost 16 months). Phagocata crenophila seems to be widely distributed in the western mountains, both the Rocky Mountains and the Sierra Nevada, which have so far been little studied with regard to planarians. The species appears to be confined to cold springs and streams at high altitudes, often in the company of a species of Polycelis. Phagocata tahoena Kawakatsu Synonym: Phagocata nivea tahoena Kawakatsu, 1968: 6. Phagocata tahoena was described by M. Kawakatsu (1968) from preserved specimens collected during 1962 and 1963 in the course of the Lake Tahoe Fisheries Study carried out by the California and Nevada Fish and Game Departments. The animals had been taken in bottom samples brought up by an Ekman dredge from depths of 15 to 1632 feet. Concerning the appearance of the species in life we have only the brief description given by one of the collectors (Mr. Ted C. Frantz), quoted by Kawakatsu (1968: 6, footnote), indicating that the color of the two species occurring in Lake Tahoe varied from dark brown to translucent pink. I visited Lake Tahoe in 1967 and attempted to collect the species with a trawling dredge at a depth of about 40 m off the south shore of the lake near Al Tahoe (El Dorado County, Cali- fornia) in the company of Mr. Phillip H. Baker. Two specimens were obtained, one sexually mature, the other immature. In 1968, with the able assistance of the California Fish and Game Warden William F. Hart, I tried baiting specimens with beef liver. The method proved to be very successful, as I was able to collect numerous specimens. Baiting is often the most efficient method for the qualitative collecting of most species of freshwater triclads in both standing and running waters. The layout of the bait used in Lake Tahoe is illustrated in Figure 6. A small piece of beef liver was placed in a glass jar (7) which had a metal screw top with a number of perforations and a string attached to it. At a distance of several feet, the string was tied to a 24 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ee Imm Fic. 6-7. 6. Baiting of planarians in deep water: b, canvas bag filled with stones to serve as anchor; f, float (plastic bottle); 7, jar with per- forated metal lid, containing bait. 7. Phagocata tahoena, from life. canvas bag (b) filled with stones which served as an anchor. A nylon line connected the bag to a float (f), in this case an inverted plastic bottle. With this arrangement, baits were exposed in three places, at depths of 40, 69, and 89 m. When the jars were raised to the surface after 24 hours, two of them contained many animals which had remained in them after feeding on the liver. The use of a perforated bait container for the collection of planarians had been recommended already by Sell (1916) but has hardly been in widespread practice. The effectiveness of this method was first demon- strated to me by the Powell Laboratories in Gladstone, Oregon. Liver, meat, pieces of fish, crushed snails, chopped-up earthworms, or other suitable food items may be used as bait. The perforations on the con- tainer keep larger predators or scavengers (e.g., crayfish) from reaching the bait. There are, however, planarian species that are not attracted by chemical food stimuli, such as Procotyla fluviatilis Leidy and some sub- terranean species. For these species the common collecting methods must be employed, i.e., individual searching in hiding places or the collection of debris, leaf litter, etc. in a large jar with water in which the animals will rise to the surface. External features (Fig. 7): The general aspect of Phagocata tahoena North American Triclads 25 in life has been fairly well preserved in some of the specimens studied by Kawakatsu (1968) and illustrated on his plate 1, figures A-C. Living specimens are generally 6 mm long.and about 1 mm wide, although some of Kawakatsu’s samples were considerably larger, measuring up to 12 mm in length in the preserved state. The animals are plump, with a large dorsoventral diameter. The head in life is rounded rather than truncate, lacking any lateral (auricular) protuberances. In the center of the head margin a small bluntly pointed projection may be seen when the animal is in gliding locomotion. There is no constriction or neck behind the head, as the lateral margins of the body run almost parallel up to the post-pharyngeal region where they begin to converge toward the more or less pointed posterior end. Eyes are two, separated from each other by a distance which amounts to about one-third, or slightly less, of the width of the head at the level of the eyes. The distance of each eye from the lateral margin is somewhat smaller than that from the frontal margin. The pharynx is inserted at the middle of the body and its length measures one-eighth to one-sixth the body length. The color of the dorsal side is a light hue of grayish brown, diminishing in darkness toward the margins of the body. The two small areas adjoining the eyes and a crescent-shaped rim along the frontal border are free of pigment. The ventral surface is unpigmented, white. In quiet gliding movement, the central part of the frontal margin is held somewhat elevated. Anatomy: The distinctive anatomical characteristics of Phagocata tahoena have been described by Kawakatsu (1968). I wish to add here only some details concerning glandular and sensory structures of the species. The submarginal adhesive zone (Fig. 8, az) is remarkably feebly developed, consisting of a very narrow strip of epithelial cells paralleling the lateral margins of the body, infranucleate,* and lacking rhabdite inclusions. These cells are perforated by few gland ducts con- taining an eosinophilic secretion. In the head region, along the frontal margin, the adhesive zone widens moderately, without forming a distinct adhesive organ. The auricular sense organs (Fig. 8, aw) consist of a pair of bands of modified epithelium, one on each side of the head, extending along the very edge of the frontal margin and encroaching to some extent on the dorsal surface. The epithelium is ciliated, infranucleate, but contains rhabdites similar in size to those of the normal surface epithelium. Each organ is separated from the submarginal adhesive zone by a narrow strip of normal nucleated epithelium. There is a wide gap between the two 4This term (“infranucléé”) was first introduced by Codreanu (1943: 138) for epithelia, rather commonly observed in the various classes of the Platyhelminthes, in which the nuclei with some cytoplasm have descended into a deeper layer. Such epithelia are designated as “‘eingesenkt’”” by German authors, an expression which is frequently translated as “‘insunk.’ “Infranucleate’” is a better descriptive term for this condition. 26 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 8-9. Phagocata tahoena, sagittal sections through anterior end. 8. Auricular sense organ. 9. Subterminal organ. au. auricular sense organ (ciliated infranucleate epithelium, rhabdites present); az, submarginal adhesive zone; cg, cerebral ganglion; ne, normal surface epithelium; so, subterminal organ (infranucleate epithelium lacking rhabdites). 300. North American Triclads oF auricular organs in the center region of the frontal margin. Another small field of possibly sensory epithelium is seen in the very midline of the head on the ventral side immediately behind the adhesive zone (Fig. 9, so). This field, which we may call the subterminal organ, has a well-ciliated, infranucleate epithelium lacking rhabdite inclusions. It may be homologous with a similar organ described above in Phagocata bulbosa. Regarding the anatomy of the reproductive system reference is made to Kawakatsu’s (1968: 7-10) description and illustrations. The features distinguishing P. tahoena from other members of the genus Phagocata are as follows: Testes numerous, extending posteriorly almost to the tail end, predominantly ventral but with some testes ascending dorsally in the mesenchymatic spaces between the branches of the intestine; penis with well-developed bulb and conical or finger-shaped papilla; lumen of penis wide, not clearly differentiated into a seminal vesicle and an ejaculatory duct, receiving many glandular canals which have penetrated the penial tissues from the surrounding mesenchyme; penis lumen opening into the male atrium at the tip of the penis papilla; vasa deferentia opening into penial cavity separately from the antero-lateral sides; ovovitelline ducts ascending dorsally at the level of the copulatory complex, the left one passing through the space between the wall of the male atrium and the duct of the copulatory bursa, uniting with the right one above the atrium, the common oviduct thus formed opening into the posterior part of the male atrium (with regard to this situation, Kawakatsu’s figure 2 is misleading); copulatory bursa and its duct both lined with a very thick epithelium, the bursal duct displaced to the left of the midline, showing no histological division into an anterior canal and a posterior “vagina.” Distribution: Kawakatsu’s material was obtained from 40 bottom samples collected by an Ekman dredge at depths of 15 to 1632 feet in various sections of Lake Tahoe (Placer and El Dorado Counties, Cali- fornia; and Washoe and Douglas Counties, Nevada). My own collections were all made in the southern part of the lake: Off south shore of Lake Tahoe, near Al Tahoe, El] Dorado County, California. Two specimens collected by trawling dredge at about 40 m depth, one of them sexually mature, 23 September 1967. Emerald Bay of Lake Tahoe, E] Dorado County, California, on liver bait exposed for 24 hours at depth of about 40 m. About half a dozen specimens collected 12 July 1968. Off Pope Beach, El Dorado County, California, on liver bait left 24 hours at a depth of 89 m, very many (certainly over 100) specimens, both sexually mature and young, 12 July 1968. So far Lake Tahoe is the only known locality of Phagocata tahoena. However, the species may be more widely distributed in lakes of the Sierra Nevada mountain range which is still very little explored with regard to turbellarians. 28 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 10. Phagocata tahoena, part of transversal section. g, gregarine parasites in mesenchyme; i, intestine; t, testis. 114. Taxonomic position: Phagocata tahoena has been described by Kawakatsu as a subspecies of P. nivea Kenk (1953). There are, how- ever, sufficient morphological differences between these two forms to justify giving tahoena the rank of a separate species. Of external char- acters, the plumpness of the body is quite remarkable, the rounded anterior end (truncate in P. nivea), the position of the eyes, and the presence of body pigment differ from the corresponding features observed in P. nivea. Among the anatomical characters, the structure of the penis, in particular the opening of the penis lumen at the tip of the penis papilla, separates P. tahoena from P. nivea (in which the penis lumen opens on the ventral side of the papilla). There is hardly any close taxonomic relationship between the two species. From an evolutionary standpoint it would also seem to be somewhat paradoxical to have an unpigmented surface species (P. nivea) closely related to a pigmented subspecies inhabiting the bottom of a deep lake. P. tahoena is, there- fore, here considered to be a species separate from P. nivea. Parasites: Some of the specimens of Phagocata tahoena examined in serial sections were infested with gregarines either encysted in the mesenchyme or more rarely free in the intestinal cavity. The cysts located in the mesenchyme were more or less spherical or ovoidal masses, each containing a pair of gametocytes (Fig. 10), similar to those de- scribed and illustrated by Holmquist (1967, fig. 7f-g) from Dendro- North American Triclads 29 11 A B e Fic. 11. Phagocata oregonensis, anterior end. A, normal two-eyed specimen; B and C, specimens with accessory eyes. _ 0.5mm bd ph m b pl vd am odc gp Fic. 12. P. oregonensis, copulatory apparatus in sagittal section. am, male atrium; b, copulatory bursa; bd, bursa duct; gp, gonopore; m, mouth; odc, common oviduct; ph, pharynx; pl, penis lumen; vd, vas deferens. coelopsis piriformis. No stages of gamete or spore formation were ob- served. Phagocata oregonensis Hyman, 1963 A brief description and rather sketchy illustrations of this species were given by Hyman (1963: 2-4), based mainly on the study of preserved specimens. No further mention has been made of the species in the literature, except for its inclusion in an analytical key to the American representatives of the genus Phagocata by Carpenter (1969: 281) and the presentation of an outline drawing of the anterior end in a recent paper (Kenk, 1969: 550). 30 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington External features (Fig. 1C and 11): This is an unpigmented, white, species. Mature specimens are up to 8 mm long and 1.5 mm wide. The head is truncate, with a somewhat waved frontal margin with slightly protuberant central and lateral portions (this condition is exaggerated in Hyman’s figure, 1963: 3, fig. 1). The lateral or auricular edges of the head are rounded, protruding very gently laterally so that an in- distinct necklike constriction appears behind them when the animal is in gliding motion. Behind the neck, the lateral margins of the body gradually widen up to the level of the pharynx, then converge again to meet at the more or less pointed posterior end. The root of the pharynx lies somewhat anterior to the middle of the body, and its length amounts to one-fifth the body length. The copulatory apparatus occupies less than half the length of the post-pharyngeal region. The two principal eyes are situated close together, their distance from each other amounting to one-fifth to one-fourth the width of the head and the distance of each eye from the lateral margin being about equal that from the frontal margin. Supernumerary eyes are frequently observed, particularly in “old” individuals that have been kept in a culture for several months. Individual eyes may appear lateral or posterior to the principal eyes, either on one or on both sides (Fig. 11). It is well known that planarians with one pair of principal eyes fre- quently develop accessory eye spots and that the occurrence and number of these increases with the advancing age of the animals (Balazs, 1962). The intestinal system begins a short distance behind the level of the eyes; there is no diverticulum or extension of the anterior intestinal ramus reaching forward between the eyes to a preocular level, such as is seen in some other white planarians with truncate head (e.g. Planaria occulta, see fig la in Kenk, 1969: 550). The anterior ramus bears 5-6 lateral branches, each posterior ramus 13-17 branches. Reproductive system (Fig. 12): The zone of the ventrally located testes extends on either side from the level of the second intestinal side branch to the posterior end (it does not end in the region of the copulatory complex as Hyman indicates). The ovaries, ovovitelline ducts, and yolk glands present no peculiarities. The copulatory apparatus (Fig. 12) conforms with the design typical of the genus Phagocata. The genital aperture or gonopore (gp) leads dorsally into the duct of the copulatory bursa (bd) and anteriorly into the male atrium (am); there is no common atrium developed. The penis has a bulb of moderate size with generally concentrically arranged muscle fibers and a conical, pointed papilla. The lumen of the penis (pl), situated in the posterior part of the bulb and traversing the length of the papilla, is a uniform cavity not differentiated into a seminal vesicle and an ejaculatory duct. It gradually narrows posteriorly and opens at the tip of the papilla. This cavity is lined with an epithelium of tall cells of glandular nature and is at least partially filled with the secretion produced by these cells. The outer cover of the papilla and the lining of the atrial cavity consist North American Triclads 31 of flattened to cuboidal cells, below which there is a layer of circular muscle fibers and a deeper layer of longitudinal muscles. The penial cavity also has a thin coating of circular and a more pronounced layer of longitudinal fibers. The two sperm ducts or vasa deferentia (vd), which at the sides of the pharynx expand to form the tortuous spermiductal vesicles, proceed posteriorly to the level of the male atrium, then turn forward again, enter the penis bulb laterally, and open into the penis lumen separately but close together. Hyman’s material on which she based her description of the anatomy of P. oregonensis was apparently defective since she states that she could not trace the sperm ducts into the penis bulb and assumed that they unite at the anterior margin of the bulb to form a common sperm duct which she interprets as an ejaculatory duct. My slides show clearly that each sperm duct, after forming the backward loop on the side of the atrium, enters the bulb and opens into the wide penis lumen independently. The lumen itself apparently corresponds to a combination of an anterior seminal vesicle and a distal ejaculatory duct without showing either a morphological or a histological differentia- tion into these two portions. The two ovovitelline ducts unite in the usual way in the space be- tween the dorsal wall of the atrium and the duct of the copulatory bursa. The common oviduct (odc) opens into the male atrium. Both the end parts of the paired oviducts and the common oviduct are pro- vided with eosinophilic gland ducts which penetrate their epithelia from the surrounding mesenchyme. The copulatory bursa (b) and its canal (bd) show no special differ- entiations. The canal or stalk gradually widens as it bends ventrally toward the gonopore, slightly left of the midline. The entire canal has two muscular coast, a circular and a longitudinal one. In the widened posterior part of the bursa stalk the circular layer gradually increases in thickness producing a terminal “vagina” without a sharp demarcation. Distribution: Hyman’s type material of Phagocata oregonensis was “from the vicinity of Crystal Springs in the Eastmoreland District of Portland,” Oregon. I visited this area on 12 September 1967 in the company of Mr. Richard Whitten of the Powell Laboratories of Glad- stone, Oregon, and collected numerous specimens on liver bait in Wood- bury Spring (Eastmoreland District of Portland, Multnomah County), a small limnocrene with almost stagnant, clear water. The water tem- perature was 11.2° C, the pH 6.3. The species was accompanied by two other planarian species, Dendrocoelopsis vaginata Hyman and Polycelis sp. Laboratory cultures: P. oregonensis was kept in an aquarium with spring water at 14° C for 13 months, fed alternately beef liver and live Tubifex worms (both were freely taken). Some specimens were sexually mature but did not deposit any egg capsules, nor did fission occur during the entire period. 32 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington LITERATURE CITED BatAzs, A. 1962. Uber die Rolle des Lebensalters in der Morphogenese der akzessorischen Augen des Strudelwurms Dugesia lugubris. Zeitschr. fiir Alternsforschung, 16: 53-41. CARPENTER, J. H. 1969. A new planarian from Utah, Phagocata crenophila n. sp. (Turbellaria, Tricladida). Trans. Amer. Microscop. Soc. 88: 274-281. CopreANnu, R. 1943. Dendrocoelum (sous-genre Dendrocoelides) clu- janum n. sp., nouveau Triclade souterrain de Transylvanie. Analele Acad. Romane, Mem. Sect. Stiint., Ser. III, 18 (7). 24 p., 4 pl. HatpEeMaAn, S. S. 1840. Supplement to number one of “A Monograph of the Limniades, or Freshwater Univalve Shells of North America.” 3 p. Hortmeuist, C. 1967. Dendrocoelopsis piriformis (Turbellaria Tri- cladida) and its parasites from Northern Alaska. Arch. fiir Hydrobiol., 62: 453-466, 6 pl., 1 folding table. Hyman, L. H. 1937. Studies on the morphology, taxonomy, and dis- tribution of North American triclad Turbellaria. VII. The two species confused under the name Phagocata gracilis, the validity of the generic name Phagocata Leidy 1847, and its priority over Fonticola Komarek 1926. Trans. Amer. Microscop. Soc., 56: 298-310. 1963. North American triclad Turbellaria. 16. Fresh-water planarians from the vicinity of Portland, Oregon. Amer. Mus. Novitates, no. 2123. 5 p. IcuHikAWA, A., AND M. KAwakatsu. 1962a. Phagocata iwamai, a new freshwater planarian, from Hokkaido. Annot. Zool. Japonenses, 35: 38-46. 1962b. Phagocata teshirogii, a new freshwater planarian, from the Tohoku region in Honshi. Annot. Zool. Japonenses, 35: 112-120. Kawakatsu, M. 1968. North American triclad Turbellaria. 17. Fresh- water planarians from Lake Tahoe. Proc. U.S. National Mus., 124 (3638). 21 p., 2 pl. Kenxk, R. 1935. Studies on Virginian triclads. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Scient. Soc., 51: 79-133, pl. 45. 1953. The freshwater triclads (Turbellaria) of Alaska. Proc. U.S. National Mus., 103: 163-186, pl. 6-8. 1969. Freshwater triclads (Turbellaria) of North America. I. The genus Planaria. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 82: 539-558. Lemy, J. 1847. Description and anatomy of a new and curious sub- genus of Planaria. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 3: 248-251. Livanoy, N. A., AND Z. I. ZAsusova. 1940. Planarii bassema Telets- North American Triclads 33 kogo ozera i novye dannye o nekotorykh drugikh sibirskikh vidakh (Paludicoles du lac Teletzkoé et nouvelles données sur quelques formes sibériennes). Trudy Obshch. Estestvoisp. pri Kazan. Univ., 56: 83-159. MU.ier, Orno Frmericus. 1776. Zoologiae danicae prodromus, seu OkUGAWA, SELL, H. Animalium Daniae et Norvegiae indigenarum characteres, nomina, et synonyma imprimis popularium. xxxii + 282 p. Havniae. K. 1939. Probursalia (Tricladida-Paludicola) of Man- choukuo. Annot. Zool. Japonenses, 18: 155-165. 1956. A new fresh-water planaria Phagocata kawakatsui sp. nov. from Kyoto Prefecture. Bull. Kyoto Gakugei Univ., (B) 8: 19-22, 1 pl. 1916. Zur Biologie der Planarien. I. Blatter fiir Aquarien- und Terrarienkunde, 27: 315-316. 34 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 74.06'7 3 Vol. 83, No. 3, pp. 35-50 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THREE NEW SPECIES OF CALLIANASSID SHRIMP (DECAPODA, THALASSINIDEA) FROM THE << coy WESTERN ATLANTIC! Ja laa f JUN 1 19/70 By Tuomas A. BirFraR School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, LIBRARIES University of Miami ~*~ Three new species of Callianassa were discovered during a recent study of the callianassid fauna of South Florida. Since the comprehensive publication will not appear for some time, it was deemed best to publish the descriptions of the new species separately. Specimens of the new species described below were first collected by the author in South Florida in 1967, but these specimens were later destroyed. Fortunately, additional ma- terial was available from other sources. I am most grateful to Mr. William Lyons of the Florida Board of Conservation Marine Laboratory, St. Petersburg (FBCML), for the loan of specimens of Callianassa trilobata dredged from Tampa Bay. I am indebted to Dr. Raymond B. Manning, Smithsonian In- stitution (USNM), for his assistance on a number of occasions and for the loans of specimens and to Dr. Herbert W. Levi of the Museum of Comparative Zoology (MCZ) for the loan of material containing specimens of all three new species. The material at the National Museum of Natural History was examined during a trip sponsored by the Office of Academic Affairs of the Smithsonian Institution. During a 1 Contribution No. 1184 from the University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences. This work was supported in part by grant GB-7075X from the National Science Foundation. This paper is part of a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Degree of Master of Science, University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida. 3—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 83, 1970 (35) 36 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington portion of the study, the author was supported by a National Science Foundation traineeship. Measurements given for specimens refer to total length. The term P3 is an abbreviation for third pereiopod. Other legs are referred to similarly. Callianassa trilobata new species Figure 1 Holotype: 18, 76 mm; Florida, Tampa Bay, off Pinellas Point; 18 January 1968; R. Stokes. EJ-68-2 (FBCML). Paratypes: 19, 66 mm; Florida, Miami, Virginia Key, Bear Cut beach; 12 April 1959; R. Manning. USNM. 1 juvenile, 35.5 mm; Florida, Biscayne Bay; March—April 1937; H. L. Clark. MCZ 9697. 22 2, 77-80.5 mm; Florida, Tampa Bay, SW of Bayboro Harbor; 2—4 m; 16-17 January 1968; R. Stokes. EJ-68-1 (FBCML). 1 damaged @; Florida, Tampa Bay, off Bayboro Harbor; 2.5—3.5 m; 22, February 1968; Stokes and Lyons. EJ-68-7 (FBCML). 1g, 60 mm, 1 damaged ¢, 82 2, 39.5-77.5 mm; Florida, Tampa Bay, off Pinellas Point; 2-3 m; 18 January 1968; R. Stokes. EJ-68-2 (FBCML). Diagnosis: Front with three low, subtriangular projections. Telson trilobed laterally, much wider than long. Large cheliped with triangular ventral keel on merus. Eye of fresh specimen with white spot in center of pigmented area. Description: Rostrum and lateral projections short rounded triangles. Rostrum 0.2 times length of eyestalks. Lateral projections situated be- tween eyestalks and base of antennal peduncle. Eyestalks flattened, not reaching tip of first antennular segment, length 1.45-2.0 times width; lateral margins straight, directed slightly inward; distal margins straight, more obliquely directed, lacking distal projections; pigmented area central, slightly convex, elongate longitudinally, covering about 0.5 exposed dorsal surface of eyestalk; cornea small, subterminal, covering about 0.2 pigmented area. Dorsal carapace posterior to cervical groove with median prominence set off by oblique ridges. Third segment of antennule 1-1.4 times length of second segment. Third antennular segment 0.6—0.9 times length of fourth antennal seg- ment. Fourth antennal segment 1.25—1.85 times length of fifth segment. Antennal flagellum 2.5-4.3 times length of antennular. Second segment of antennule reaching 0.6 length of fourth antennal segment. Third antennular segment to 0.25 fifth antennal segment. Second and third segments of antennule with dense rows of elongate setae on their lateral surfaces. Third segment of antenna with numerous elongate setae laterally. Incisor process of mandible with 16 acute teeth of varying sizes Three New Decapods 37 Fic. 1. Callianassa trilobata: a, mandible; b, first maxilla; c, second maxilla; d, first maxilliped; e, second maxilliped; f, third maxilliped; g, female large cheliped; h, male large cheliped; i, small cheliped; j, dorsum; k, P3; 1, tail fan; m, male first pleopod; n, female first pleopod; 0, male second pleopod; p, female second pleopod. 38 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington extending along entire margin, molar process bifurcate ventrally, tips acute, remainder of process entire. First maxilla with wide basal endite, slightly expanded distally, margin rounded; coxal endite with narrow, rounded distal lobe. Epipod of first maxilliped triangular, broadly rounded laterally; basal endite with straight lateral margins, rounded tip; exopod not distinctly bilobed, slight indentation on inner margin. Second maxilliped with exopod longer (1.5) than first segment of endopod. Merus and ischium of third maxilliped wide, length of both segments 1.5—2.0 times greatest width, ischium lacking spinous ridge on internal surface except for 3-4 proximally-directed free spines at proximal end; propodus expanded, width 0.73 times width of merus, with small rounded lobe distoventrally; width of dactylus 0.25 times width of propodus. Ischium of large cheliped of male slightly expanded distoventrally, ventral margin with series of 23 rounded denticles, smallest proximally. Length of merus 1.6-1.8 times greatest width, proximal end of dorsal margin raised, with inconspicuous rounded denticles; ventral margin expanded, forming triangular keel, concave and entire proximally, re- mainder of margin with about 17 rounded serrations. Length of carpus 1-1.1 times length of merus, carpus width 0.75—-0.95 times length, wider medially due to convex proximal margin; ventral margin of carpus in- conspicuously serrate on inner surface, serrations separated by short fringes of setae. Length of palm 1.2—1.4 times length of carpus, palm length 1.35-1.6 times width, ventral margin weakly serrate on inner surface. Propodal finger blunt, curving slightly inward, cutting edge with three acute, triangular teeth proximally, two moderately strong rounded teeth medially, six low rounded teeth distally; series of blisters running along internal surface of finger. Length of dactylus 0.5 times length of palm, cutting edge with two irregular, truncate teeth proximally, series of 10 rounded teeth distally. Internal surface of dactylus with series of blisters interspersed with tufts of hair, dorsal margin similar, blisters more acute. Large cheliped sexually dimorphic. Ventral margin of ischium of cheliped of female with several inconspicuous denticles. Length of merus 1.5—2.0 times width, dorsal margin convex, ventral keel present but not as strong as in male, fewer denticles on margin distally. Length of carpus 0.9-1.1 times length of merus, length of carpus 0.9-1.3 times width, ventral margin entire. Palm longer (1.05-1.55) than carpus, longer than wide (1.02-1.4), ventral margin entire. Propodal finger blistered on internal surface below cutting edge, cutting edge with proximal series of small triangular teeth, strong triangular tooth proximal to midpoint of edge, distal series of approximately 10 small rounded teeth decreasing in size toward tip. Small multilobed projection at base of notch between fingers. Dactylus narrow, curving inward, length 0.65-0.95 times length of palm, low serrate ridge running transversely across cutting edge proximally, remainder of edge straight, inconspicuously Three New Decapods 39 Taste 1. Branchial Formula of Callianassa trilobata. Maxillipeds Walking legs Gill type 1] 2 3 1 2) 3 4 5 Pleurobranchs = se = ee a Eas bs Zs Arthrobranchs = 2 2, 2 2 2 2, - Podobranchs = = = a Eb she 2 mt * A single rudimentary gill may be present. serrate; internal surface with scattered blisters, dorsal margin lacking blisters found in male. Ischium of small cheliped lacking ventral serrations. Merus with simple convex dorsal margin, ventral margin lacking keel or denticles. Carpus narrow, length 2.5 times width. Palm shorter than carpus, narrowing distally. Propodal finger long and thin, cutting edge entire. Dactylus straight, narrow, cutting edge entire. Propodus of third pereiopod (P3) bilobed, posterior lobe wide, rounded, ventral margin concave. P4 subchelate, P5 chelate. Branchial formula shown in Table 1, second maxilliped with rudimentary arthro- branch. Abdomen elongate, well developed. First abdominal somite divided by transverse dorsal ridge, anterior 0.2 of somite narrow, rounded an- teriorly, posterior area widening toward posterior margin. Well de- veloped fringe of hair on posterolateral margins of third and fourth somites, length of fringes 0.25 times somite width. Fifth somite with similar fringe midlaterally. Lateral margin of sixth somite distinctly bi- lobed by strong transverse groove separating anterior three quarters from posterior quarter; lateral margin of anterior lobe inconspicuously bilobed with indentation occurring one-third length of lobe from anterior margin; posterior margin of somite indented. Telson distinctly wider (1.14—1.6) than long, lateral margins trilobed; posterior margin concave centrally. First pleopod of male uniramous, two-segmented, distal segment with acute tip, rounded prominence distolaterally. Second pleopod of male biramous, exopod bladelike, acute at tip, 0.78 times length of first seg- ment of endopod. First segment of endopod bladelike, wider than exopod; second segment triangular with acute distal tip; third segment small, elongate, articulating laterally at junction of first and second segments. First pleopod of female uniramous, two-segmented, distal segment thick at base, bladelike distally. Second pleopod biramous, exopod bladelike, shorter than first segment of endopod. Endopod two- segmented, first segment bladelike, projecting slightly at distal tip and forming subchela with small, elongate second segment. Appendix interna of third through fifth pleopods subtriangular in outline, hooks located along lateral surface. 40 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Endopod of uropod elongate oval, length 1.5-1.95 times width, narrowing distally, fringe of fine setae along distal half of posterior margin, denser fringe at distal tip. Exopod of uropod slightly longer than endopod, lower exopodal plate longest posteriorly, with dense fringe of setae. Single basal spine present. Suture distinct. Upper exopodal plate 0.6 times length of lower plate. Color; Entire animal white. Eye of fresh specimen with white spot in center of pigmented area. Dimensions of Holotype: EJ-68-2 (FBCML), ¢. Total length 76 mm, carapace length 17 mm. Telson width 5.0 mm, length 4.4 mm. Width of endopod of uropod 3.5 mm, length 5.9 mm. Large cheliped: width of merus 5.9 mm, length 10.6 mm; width of carpus 9.0 mm, length 11.9 mm; width of propodus 8.9 mm, length 14.2 mm; length of dactylus 7.25 mm. Known Range: Miami and Tampa Bay, Florida. Discussion: There are similarities between the cheliped of this species and that of C. audax de Man, but the species can be distinguished by the form of the telson, shape of the eyestalks and endopod of the uropod, and the keel on the merus of the large cheliped in C. trilobata. Remarks: Two specimens are known which, because they exhibit characters usually associated with the male (form of the large cheliped and the pleopods), have been termed males and described as such. However, both specimens have male and female coxal apertures. The reason for this phenomenon is not yet apparent. Etymology: The name is derived from the lateral contours of the telson. Callianassa quadracuta new species Figure 2 Holotype: 16, 68 mm; Venezuela, Cumana; 1859; J. P. Couthouy. MCZ 760. Paratypes: 16, 75 mm, 22 9, 27-39 mm, | ovigerous 2, 62 mm; Venezuela, Cumana; 1859; J. P. Couthouy. MCZ 760. 16, 69 mm, 19, 74.5 mm, 2 damaged 2 9; Venezuela, Cumana; 1859; J. P. Couthouy. MCZ 732. 1 ovigerous 2, 70 mm; Venezuela, Cumana; 1859; L. Agassiz. MCZ 12872. | Diagnosis: Chelipeds of first walking legs subequal, carpus with two acute distodorsal and two acute distoventral projections, distodorsal corner of palm an acute projection. Endopod of uropod triangular, extending well beyond distal margin of telson. Telson distinctly wider than long. Dactylus of third maxilliped expanded distally, width 0.75—0.9 times width of propodus. Description: Carapace with two weak ridges dorsally, one on either side of midline running parallel to body axis, terminating before reaching front. Short median ridge narrowing anteriorly, continuous with rostrum. Three New Decapods 4] Fic. 2. Callianassa quadracuta: a, mandible; b, first maxilla; c, second maxilla; d, first maxilliped; e, second maxilliped; f, third maxilliped; g, P3; h, small cheliped; i, large cheliped; j, dorsum; k, tail fan; 1, male first pleopod; m, male second pleopod; n, female first pleopod; 0, female second pleopod. 42. Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Convex area as wide as eyestalk located over base of eye, narrowing posteriorly. Posterior area of carapace with ridge along dorsal midline. Rostrum a low acute triangle extending 0.1-0.2 times length of eye- stalks, slightly depressed. Lateral projections low rounded triangles at external margin of eyestalks. Eyestalks flattened, extending beyond distal margin of first antennular segment, length 1.8—2.8 times width; lateral margins indistinctly concave; distal margin straight, median projection denticulate at tip; cornea lateral, subterminal, covering about 0.1 exposed dorsal surface of eyestalks. Length of third antennular segment 0.75-0.95 times length of second segment. Third antennular segment 0.6—0.8 times length of fourth antennal segment. Fourth antennal segment 1.06—-1.5 times length of fifth segment. Antennal flagellum 2.54.35 times length of antennular. Second antennular segment extending to 0.9 length of fourth antennal segment. Third antennular segment to 0.75 fifth antennal segment. Second and third antennular segments with dense rows of elongate setae laterally. Basis of mandible wide, first segment of palp shorter than second segment, incisor process with 10 truncate teeth, some inconspicuously serrate, molar process entire, bifurcate ventrally. Basal endite of first maxilla slightly expanded distally, distal margin straight; coxal endite with indication of distal lobe. Epipod of first maxilliped triangular, narrowly rounded distally; basal endite rounded; internal margin of exopod indented. Exopod of second maxilliped longer (1.3) than first segment of endopod. Merus and ischium of third maxilliped wide, length of both segments 1.55—-1.85 times greatest width of either segment, spinous ridge on ischium with seven free spines distally, distal-most largest, remainder of ridge with about eight denticles; propodus not expanded, width 0.6-0.7 times width of ischium; width of dactylus measured proximally 0.35 times width of propodus, 0.75-0.9 times if width of dactylus measured distally. Chelipeds of first pereiopods subequal. Ischium of left cheliped short, with 18 subacute denticles ventrally, longer spine near distal end. Merus with two inconspicuous denticles proximally on ventral margin, five denticles medially, length of merus 1.53-1.74 times width. Carpus shorter (0.8—0.9) than merus, length 0.65—0.85 times width, dorsal margin cristate proximally, divided on external surface distally forming two acute projections, one above the other, at distodorsal corner; ventral margin entire, secondary ridge just above margin on external surface, terminating distally as acute projection, second acute projection just above ventral-most articulation with palm. Palm longer (1—1.32) than wide, longer (1.6-1.96) than carpus; ventral margin of palm entire, rounded, dorsal margin cristate on proximal half, distal half with minute denticles, terminating distally as acute projection; distal margin of palm inconspicuously serrate along articulation with dactylus, slightly blistered behind notch between fingers. Series of raised tufts of hair on external Three New Decapods 43 surface of palm near proximoventral articulation. Propodal finger strong, blunt at tip, much shorter than dactylus, series of 15 rounded denticles proximally on cutting edge ending at median triangular tooth, remainder of cutting edge inconspicuously serrate. Weak ridge running along outer surface below cutting edge and for short distance on palm. Dactylus strong, length 0.6-0.75 times length of palm, blunt and curving inward distally; cutting edge entire on proximal third, serrate on remainder. Ischium of right cheliped as in left, ventral margin with 16 irregular denticles and single spine near distal end. Merus as in left, length 1.45— 1.8 times width. Carpus as in left with four acute projections distally, length 0.76 times width, length 0.85-0.95 times length of merus. Length of palm 1.17-1.52 times length of carpus, notably shorter and more oblique than palm of left cheliped, dorsal margin lacking distal serra- tions, ridge on propodal finger and palm more distinct. Propodal finger subacute distally, curving slightly inward, cutting edge with 10 irregular serrations. Dactylus slender, subacute distally, length 1.05-1.2 times length of palm, cutting edge with series of rounded denticles decreasing in size distally. For practical purposes, this cheliped termed small cheliped. Propodus of P3 with narrow rounded lobe posteriorly, anterior margin slightly convex, segment about as long as broad. P4 simple, P5 chelate. Branchial formula as in C. trilobata, all gills well developed, gill of second maxilliped with lamellae. First abdominal somite divided by transverse ridge; anterior quarter subrectangular, widening posteriorly; margins of posterior area diverging and continuing laterally almost to level of pleopod articulation before reaching posterior margin of somite. Third and fourth somites with well developed fringe of hair posterolaterally on dorsal surface. Fifth somite with well developed midlateral fringe. Lateral margin of sixth somite bilobed, anterior lobe distinctly wider than posterior, lateral margins convex; posterior lobe separated from anterior by lateral indentation, lacking well defined groove; posterior margin of somite with hint of indentation at midline, stronger indentation just beyond tufts of hair. Telson distinctly wider (1.46-1.76) than long; lateral margins with slight indentation in anterior third, remainder convex; posterior corners smoothly rounded, posterior margin with median convex projection. Dorsal surface of telson convex, distinct transverse ridge on proximal half interrupted medially by tuft of hair. First pleopod of male uniramous, two-segmented, distal segment elongate, rounded distally, slight indentation on internal margin. Second pleopod of male biramous, exopod bladelike, subacute at tip. Endopod two-segmented, proximal segment with pliable flap running along distal half of lateral margin, distal segment bladelike, rounded at tip. First pleopod of female uniramous, two-segmented, proximal segment extending horizontally beyond level of articulation of second seg- 44 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ment; distal segment bladelike, thicker proximally, rounded at tip. Second pleopod of female biramous, peduncle extending horizontally beyond level of articulation of endopod; exopod bladelike, curving inward, longer than endopod; endopod bladelike, thicker proximally, with only one segment. Appendix interna of third through fifth pleopods subtriangular with hooks along lateral surface. Endopod of uropod triangular, length 1.2-1.7 times width, distal tip extending 2.1 times length of telson beyond posterior margin of telson; margins slightly irregular due to widely spaced setae, dense fringe of setae at distal tip. No median ridge. Exopod of uropod longer than endopod, upper exopodal plate with dense fringe of setae, posterodistal margin with two rows of approximately 14 strong setae. Suture distinct. Lower plate fringed with both hair and setae distally, strong short setae forming dorsal row; posterior corner with row of 12 strong spine- like setae. Ridge lacking, one strong basal spine present. Color: Thorax and chelipeds white, remainder unknown in fresh ma- terial, entire animal beige when preserved in alcohol. Dimensions of Holotype: MCZ 760, 6. Total length 68 mm, carapace length 17 mm. Telson width 5.5 mm, length 3.75 mm. Width of endopod of uropod 2.75 mm, length 4.5 mm. Left cheliped: width of merus 4.25 mm, length 6.85 mm; width of carpus 8.4 mm, length 5.9 mm; width of propodus 9.5 mm, length 10.9 mm; length of dactylus 6.6 mm. Right cheliped: width of merus 4.0 mm, length 6.4 mm; width of carpus 8.0 mm, length 6.1 mm; width of propodus 8.4 mm, length 8.5 mm; length of dactylus 10.0 mm. Known Range: SE Florida, Venezuela. Discussion: This species appears to be closely related to C. aequimana Baker from Australia and to C. novaebritanniae Borradaile and its variety which was described by de Man (1928). De Man separated the two species and the variety based on the telson morphology, size, morphology, of the ischium of the large cheliped, and several less distinctive characters. As Sakai (1966) noted, for practical purposes, the ridge on the dorsal surface of the telson is most useful. Callianassa quadracuta, like C. aequimana, has a notched ridge, while C. novae- britanniae has a continuous weak ridge, and the variety lacks any ridge. In addition, the acute distal projections on the carpus of the cheliped and the convex posterior border of the telson separate C. quadracuta from all these Pacific forms. Only one other species, Callianassa laticauda Otto, has been described as having a relatively well-developed gill on the second maxilliped (Gurey, 1944). The significance of the character is unknown since the branchial formula has been described for only a small number of species of Callianassa. No other characters relating C. laticauda and C. quadracuta are immediately apparent. Etymology: The name of the species is derived from the acute projections on the carpus of the chelipeds. Three New Decapods 45 Callianassa fragilis new species Figure 3 Holotype: 14, 27 mm; Puerto Rico, Punta Arenas, sand flat; 12 June 1946; H. G. Hewatt. USNM 82367. Paratypes: 1 damaged ¢; data as in holotype. 12, 16.5 mm; Antigua, Falmouth Bay, Black’s Point; 30 April 1959; Smithsonian Bredin Expedition 112-59. USNM. 26 6, 39-40 mm; Venezuela, Cumana; 1859; Capt. Couthouy. MCZ 760. Additional specimens have been collected around Miami and have been deposited in the collection at the University of Miami Marine Institute. Diagnosis: Total length less than 45 mm. Merus of large cheliped with proximal hook directed distally. Third segment of antennule ex- tending beyond distal end of fifth antennal segment. Telson shield- shaped, with posteromedian concavity. Endopod of uropod wide oval, extending beyond posterior margin of telson. Description: Rostrum and. lateral projections rounded triangles. Rostrum extending only 0.07—0.23 times length of eyestalks. Lateral projections just beyond margin of eyestalks, not extending as far an- teriorly as rostrum. Eyestalks elongate, extending almost to end of first antennular segment, length 2.2-2.7 times width; lateral margin more or less straight, directed at slight oblique angle inward; distal margin straight, more inwardly directed, with internal triangular projec- tion; pigmented area central, subterminal, covering about 0.05 exposed dorsal surface of eyestalks, irregular in shape. Length of third antennular segment 2.2-3.7 times length of second antennular segment. Third antennular segment 1.25-1.7 times length of fourth antennal segment. Fourth antennal segment 1.15-1.55 times length of fifth antennal segment. Antennal flagellum 2.75—4.2 times length of antennular. Second antennular segment extending to 0.55 length of fourth antennal segment. Third antennular segment to just beyond distal end of fifth antennal segment. Second and third antennular segments moderately fringed with setae on lateral surfaces. Mandible with 12 teeth in incisor process, teeth progressively larger toward ventral end, molar process with two strong ventral teeth and four smaller teeth dorsally. Basal endite of first maxilla expanded distally, rounded; coxal endite narrow, with small rounded distal lobe. Basal endite of first maxilliped convex distally; exopod squared distally, with indentation on internal margin; epipod lacks distal acute projection, narrowly rounded laterally. Exopod of second maxilliped only 0.75 times length of first segment of endopod. Merus and ischium of third maxilliped wide, length of segments 1.4—1.6 times greatest width, internal surface of ischium with 16 weak denticles; merus subrectangular, disto- ventral area a rounded corner; propodus only slightly expanded proxi- 46 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 3. Callianassa fragilis: a, mandible; b, first maxilla; c, second maxilla; d, first maxilliped; e, second maxilliped; f, third maxilliped; g, P3; h, female large cheliped; i, male large cheliped; j, small cheliped; k, dorsum; 1, tail fan; m, female second pleopod; n, female first pleopod; o, male first pleopod. Three New Decapods AT mally, width 0.43 times width of merus; width of dactylus 0.4—0.67 times width of propodus. Ischium of large cheliped of male with five broad, inconspicuous serrations ventrally. Merus more than twice (2-2.2) as long as wide, proximoventral margin produced into distally directed hook, hook with 3-4 strong serrations ventrally, acute tip; remainder of ventral margin with 11 denticles separated by tufts of hair. Length of carpus 0.68—0.9 times length of merus, longer medially due to convex proximal margin; width of carpus 1.1—-1.4 times dorsal length, ventral margin entire. Palm longer (1.3-1.8) than carpus, length greater (1.15-1.3) than width, ventral margin entire. Propodal finger shorter than dactylus, cutting edge entire. Notch between fingers rounded, extending proxi- mally for a short distance. Dactylus 0.6—-0.82 times length of palm, truncate teeth proximally and distally with three or four rounded serra- tions on cutting edge of distal tooth, proximal tooth entire or serrate, triangular tooth medially. Tip of dactylus strongly curved, not hooked. Ischium and merus of female cheliped like those of male. Carpus longer than wide (1.14—1.22), length equalling length of merus, almost (0.9-0.95) as long as palm. Palm narrowing distally, slightly narrower than carpus. Propodal finger serrate along cutting edge, notch between fingers not extending proximally. Dactylus slightly curved, lacking strong dentition, cutting edge serrate. Ischium and merus of small cheliped lacking ventral denticles. Ventral margin of merus inconspicuously concave proximally, lacking hook. Carpus elongate, length 5-6 times width. Palm narrow, length 0.4 times length of carpus, notch not extending proximally. Propodal finger almost as long as dactylus, minute serrations on cutting edge. Dactylus straight, cutting edge entire. Propodus of P3 bilobed, dactylus with acute tip. P4 simple, P5 chelate. Branchial formula as in C. trilobata, second maxilliped lacking rudimentary gill. First abdominal somite short, lacking any transverse ridge. Third somite with tuft of hair in posterolateral corner. Fourth somite with midlateral tuft. Fifth somite with tuft of hair in anterior third of lateral margin. Lateral margin of sixth somite weakly bilobed, margins of anterior 0.75 slightly convex, fringed with fine hair, separated from posterior rounded lobes by indistinct groove; posterior margin indented medially. Telson shield-shaped, width 1.16 times length, median concavity in posterior margin; lateral margins convex, slight notch 0.25 total length from proximal end, remainder of margin smoothly rounded; tuft of elongate setae on dorsal surface set back from each posterior corner. First pleopod of female uniramous, two-segmented, distal segment bladelike, rounded at tip. Second pleopod biramous, exopod bladelike, rounded at tip, shorter than endopod (0.88); endopod similar, with transverse articulation 0.65 total length from proximal articulation. First 48 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington TaBLE 2. Morphological Characteristics of Callianassa atlantica and C. fragilis. Characteristic C. atlantica C. fragilis Telson posterior border acute median median indentation projection Eyestalk beyond lst antennu- shorter than Ist an- lar segment tennular segment Eyestalk projection slender, curving short, rounded 3rd antennular segment 3.6—5.3 2.2-3.7 2nd antennular segment large cheliped fingers about equal dactylus longer small cheliped carpus 3.6—4.0 4.5-5.1 length/width dactylus of 3rd slender wide maxilliped pleopod of male uniramous, two-segmented, distal segment elongate, subacute at tip. No indication of second pleopod. (Holotype lacking pleopods on first and second abdominal somites.) Appendix interna of third through fifth pleopods subtriangular, hooks only on small area of lateral surface near apex. Endopod of uropod wide oval, length 1.6 times width, extending 0.33 times length of telson beyond posterior margin of telson. Exopod of uropod extending just beyond endopod. Upper exopodal plate 0.8 times length of lower plate. Suture indistinct. Lower exopodal plate with dense distal fringe of setae, posterior corner with eight strong setae, anterior margin fringed with hair. No basal spine. Color: Transparent except for subcutaneous yellow-orange on dorsal abdominal surface and white chelipeds. Dimensions of Holotype: USNM 82367, ¢. Total length 27 mm, carapace length 6 mm. Telson width 2.25 mm, length 1.95 mm. Width of endopod of uropod 1.55 mm, length 2.5 mm. Large cheliped: width of merus 2.0 mm, length 4.25 mm; width of carpus 3.9 mm, length 2.9 mm; width of propodus 4.0 mm, length 5.25 mm; length of dactylus 4.3 mm. Known Range: SE Florida, Puerto Rico, Antigua, Venezuela. Discussion: Callianassa atlantica Rathbun is the only other western Atlantic species known which has a hook on the merus of the large cheliped. The two species appear to be closely related; both have an elongate third antennular segment, similar telson shapes, similar female pleopods, and both lack spinous frontal projections and male second pleopods. Table 2 shows several characters which can be used to separate the species. Three New Decapods 49 Remarks: This species is found in shallow burrows in sand, mud, or clay, where it lives in close proximity to burrows of other species of Callianassa or Upogebia. When excavating around burrows of other species, it is not uncommon to find specimens of C. fragilis floating in water that has seeped into the hole. The animal apparently is affected by surface tension and can escape only after a prolonged struggle. Etymology: The name reflects both the great ease with which the large cheliped becomes separated from the body and the small size of the species. LITERATURE CITED Gurney, R. 1944. The systematics of the crustacean genus Callianassa. Proc. zool. Soc. London, 114(5): 82-90, text figs. 1-19. Man, J. G. bE. 1928. A contribution to the knowledge of twenty-two species and three varieties of the genus Callianassa Leach. Capita zool., 2(6): 1-56, pls. 1-12. Saxal, K. 1966. On Callianassa (Callichirus) novaebritanniae Bor- radaile (Thalassinidea, Crustacea) from Japan. J. Fac. Agric. Kyushu Univ., 14(1): 161-171, 4 text figs. 50 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington b 14.0673 Vol. 83, No. 4, pp. 51-58 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A REVIEW OF THE APHODIINE BEETLES OF THE GALAPAGOS ISLANDS =< HSON] (COLEOPTERA: SCARABAEIDAE)! /~ Vy IN 70) By Oscar L. CarTwRIGHT ( FUN 1 97 Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. » C/BRARIED The discovery of the genus Diastictus on Isla Wolf, confusion of names due to misidentification, and synonomy in the re- ported species of Ataenius, initiated the following brief review of the Aphodiinae found on the Galapagos Islands. The study was made possible by the generous loan of all of the many specimens in the California Academy of Sciences collection, by my good fortune in seeing many other specimens in American collections, and in Paris and London museums. Paratypes of all previously described species except Ataenius atramentarius (Erichson) have been examined. Of the latter I have seen a good series in the British Museum in London. As might be surmised, since the Galapagos Islands are nearest the South American mainland, at least part of the coleopterous fauna has been derived from this continent. Linell, 1898, and Van Dyke, 1953, as well as other authors listed in the very comprehensive bibliography covering the insects of the Galapagos Islands by Linsley and Usinger, 1966, have pointed to South America as the original source of much of the fauna. Van Dyke believed, “The coleopterous fauna is definitely related to that of the barren grounds of western South America especially Ecuador and Peru, and no doubt derived from them at some period long ago.” Hurd, 1958, in discussing carpenter bees expressed his belief that, “when the faunal relationships of the Galapagos Islands are considered 1 Financial assistance was provided by National Science Foundation Grant No. GB-1434. 4—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (51) 52 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington in the light of those of continental areas, the faunal affinities are much closer with those of Central America. There is some evidence which suggests that the Galapagos Islands were at one time connected by a series of islands to Central America.” Linsley and Chemsak, 1966, in two papers on the Cerambycidae of the Galapagos Islands, and of Cocos Island, also found affinities with mainland South America, Central America and the West Indies. Two Cocos Island species are found in the West Indies. One of them was described from Cuba. Based on my limited knowledge of the Aphodiinae of South and Central America, and the West Indies, I believe two of the known species probably were derived from species origi- nating in South America, one from Central America, one pos- sibly from the West Indies and one from an endemic on an- other Galapagos Island. Such an assumption must be pure conjecture of course since it is impossible to be sure from which species and exact area the progenitors came. The only species of Diastictus is closely allied to a similar species from Colombia. Ataenius atramentarius (Erichson) was described from Peruvian specimens. Ataenius arrowi Hinton and cavagnaroi n. sp. are close to nugator Harold, 1880, which occurrs from southern United States, through Central America (Costa Rica) and into Argentina and Chile. Ataenius aequa- torialis Petrovitz is similar to the West Indian species A. vincentiae Arrow. Ataenius cavagnaroi, thus far found only on Isla Fernandina, may have been derived from the more widely dispersed, very closely related endemic species arrowi which is known from Isla Santiago, Isla Santa Cruz, Isla Pinta, and Isla Isabella. So far as we know at present all known Aphodiinae found on the Galapagos Islands are endemic except Ataenius atramentarius. Key To GENERA AND SPECIES 1. Length less than 3 mm.; clypeus verrucose; first segment of hind tarsus equal to the length of the following segments combined __________. Diastictus darwini n. sp. Galapagos Beetles 53 Length usually more than 3 mm.; clypeus simply punc- tate, never verrucose; first segment of hind tarsus much longer than following two combined _.. Ataenius spp. 2 2. Length 5.2 to 5.4 mm.; elytral intervals weakly convex over anterior disc, over apical third intervals carinate, laterally eroded and alutaceous _..____-__ rose yl alld Se dll eae A. atramentarius (Erichson) Length less than 5.0 mm.; elytral intervals weakly to moderately convex or carinate over entire length _... 3 3. Length 4.4 to 4.6 mm.; clypeus rounded each side of median emargination; elytral intervals weakly evenly convex; sutural interval impunctate; male anterior spur hooked; tip of tibia and first tarsal segment densely Glethedy waithy long! hair ios s ees ee 4 Length 2.9 to 3.5 mm.; clypeus finely dentate each side; elytral intervals carinately convex entire length, sutural interval strongly punctate ________ aequatorialis Petrovitz 4, Dull surface lustre; elytral striae fine, not noticeably crenate, punctures fine; intervals noticeably alutaceous, Vety weakly convex ..0 2 cavagnaroi n. sp. Shining surface lustre; elytral striae moderately crenate- punctate; intervals shining, moderately convex ______. uments ul nee AO nd es 2 arrowi Hinton Diastictus darwini Cartwright new species Holotype: Length 2.3 mm., width 1.0 mm. Shining, dark castaneous, convex, oblong-oval, widest at apical third. Antennae testaceous. Head strongly convex; clypeal margin evenly rounded each side of moderately deep median emargination, edge narrowly reflexed, surface moderately verrucose, genae sharply rounded, nearly right-angled, a sharply defined anteocular groove extending upward from gena around the eye; occiput with mixed fine and minute punctures. Pronotum convex, one-fourth wider than long, anterior angles obtuse, posterior angles broadly rounded, sides nearly straight but due to convexity not visible from directly above except over anterior third; postapical groove deep in anterior angles causing the angles to appear explanate, the groove continued upward to disc in a series of closely placed moderate punctures leaving a smooth, minutely punctate anterior edge, a similar smooth area laterally outside fovea into the posterior angles, disc with moderately coarse scattered punctures generally separated by one or more times their diameters, longitudinal, vaguely 54 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington impressed median line indicated by row of similar punctures; lateral and basal marginal line well defined. Elytra one-third longer than wide, sides slightly divergent to apical third; striae strong, deep, crenately punctate; intervals weakly convex, smooth but with a row of very minute punctures and indistinct very minute alutaceous sculpture near striae, the latter more noticeable on the sutural interval. Metastermum shining, disc smooth but with scattered minute punc- tures, median line weakly impressed, very finely alutaceous at sides, triangular area in front of posterior coxae merely flattened and in- distinctly alutaceous. Abdominal segments shining very minutely alu- taceous especially at sides, crenate along anterior margins, crenations of terminal segment much longer and deeper, at middle about one-third total length of segment. Pygidial transverse eroded area medially inter- rupted at base, eight pygidial setae. Middle and posterior femora smooth, shining, posterior marginal line nearly half the length of femur inward from knee. Posterior tarsus more than half the length of the tibia. First segment of posterior tarsus shorter than long spur, apically as wide as length of second segment, as long as two following segments combined. Holotype, California Academy of Sciences, and six paratypes collected on Isla Wolf, 1 February 1964, by D. Q. Cavagnaro; two paratypes from Isla Darwin, 29 January 1964, by D. Q. Cavagnaro. Paratypes in the California Academy of Sciences and Smithsonian Institution. Paratypes vary in length from 2.2 to 2.7 mm., in color from dark castaenous to piceous. The coarse pronotal punctures are slightly more numerous and the median longitudinal line slightly deeper in some specimens. Pygidial setae number 6 or 8. Diastictus darwini is nearest D. gregalis (Cartwright), new combina- tion, from Colombia, South America. It differs in being noticeably broader, with less convex elytral intervals, a shallower less noticeable metasternal midline and in being uniform in color, not darker laterally than on disc of elytra. Ataenius atramentarius (Erichson), 1847-110 Euparia atramentarius Erichson, 1847-110. Ataenius atramentarius: Harold, 1869-1066. Ataenius dampieri Petrovitz, 1961-356. (New synonymy ) Ataenius scutellaris: Van Dyke, 1953-123. (not Harold 1867-82) Erichson placed atramentarius in Euparia, noting the species had been collected in Peru. I have examined nine specimens of atramentarius in the British Museum and compared paratypes of dampieri Petrovitz with one of them. I can find no differences. In the original description of dampieri, Petrovitz states his species is distinguished by the short hairs of the elytra and the shortened posterior marginal line of the hind femur. Since these characters are exactly duplicated in the Peruvian Galapagos Beetles 55 specimen of atramentarius and I can find no differences otherwise, it is unfortunately necessary to place dampieri in synonymy. Van Dyke misidentified this species as At. scutellaris Harold. Among the specimens he listed was a single specimen from Isla Isabella (Albemarle Island) not now in the Academy Collection. I have seen A. atramentarius (Erichson) from Isla Floreana (Charles Island), Isla Pinta (Abingdon Island), and Isla San Cristobal (Chatham Island). Ataenius aequatorialis Petrovitz, 1961-355 Ataenius aequinoctialis Petrovitz, 1961-355. (Lapsus calami) This species was described from Santa Cruz in 1961. It is the smallest of the Galapagos Ataenius and of the known species it is the only one with dentate clypeus. Except for the more evident short fine elytral pubescence and subcarinately convex elytral intervals, aequa- torialis resembles exiguus Brown or a small abditus (Haldeman), as well as vincentiae Arrow as pointed out by Petrovitz. At. vincentiae differs in having the entire cariniform convex ridge of the elytral intervals broken by a median row of punctures and by having closer, shallower pronotal punctures. All specimens examined were collected on Isla Santa Cruz (Indefati- gable Island). Ataeénius arrowi Hinton, 1936—414 Fig. 1 Dr. Hinton described arrowi from James Island in 1936. The series before me were collected on the Horneman Ranch, Isla Santa Cruz, February and March 1964 and on Isla Darwin in January 1964. The males of arrowi are much more shining than the females, the pronotal punctures are less dense and finer, the anterior tibial spur is bent inward at the tip, and the end of the posterior tibia and tarsus are quite hairy. The posterior tibial fringe of arrowi is usually composed of a group of five short close setae. The short accessory spine is close to the spurs without an intervening seta. I have seen specimens of arrowi Hinton from Isla Santiago (James Island), Isla Santa Cruz (Indefatigable Island), Isla Pinta (Abingdon Island), and Isla Isabella (Albemarle Island). The specimens from Isla Pinta frequently show slight differences such as having more uniform head punctures and the 10th elytral intervals slightly flatter than 9th but I can find no other differences. Ataenius cavagnaroi Cartwright new species Fig. 2 Holotype male—Length 3.9 mm., width 1.8 mm. Piceous, finely alutaceous, weakly shining, elongate, moderately convex. Head moder- ately convex; genae nearly right angled; clypeus rounded each side of moderate median emargination, edge finely reflexed, surface very finely 56 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington iS. Fics. 1, 2.—Dorso-caudal view of the lateral lobes of the male genitalia: 1—Ataenius arrowi Hinton, 2—Ataenius cavagnaroi n. sp. punctate, the punctures generally separated by almost twice their diam- eters, band of frontal punctures coarse, about two to three times the diameter of the clypeal puncture and separated by less than half their diameter except in basal or occipital area where they are less dense. Parts of the clypeus have been broken away on each side of the median emargination but remainders of the sides are practically straight to angles of the genae. Pronotum 1.6 mm. wide, 1.1 mm. long, very moderately convex; lateral and basal marginal line fine, edge barely broken by extremely short, fine setae, widely spaced laterally, more closely posteriorly around posterior angles, anterior angles obtusely rounded, posterior angles distinct but rather broadly rounded; surface densely punctate with mixed coarse and fine punctures throughout, the finer punctures usually half or more the diameter of the larger, usually separated by the diameter of the smaller or less, laterally, especially in the anterior angles the punctures are shallower and alutaceous within, surface between punc- tures very finely alutaceous. Elytra 2.6 mm. long, 1.8 mm. wide, oblong oval, humeri finely dentate; striae fine, very weakly crenate with very fine punctures; intervals, all alike, weakly convex, the first three almost flat, surface alutaceous with scattered minute punctures separated by four or more times their diameters. Galapagos Beetles 57 Metasternum concave lengthwise, shining and smooth over middle disc, a moderately strong and deep midline ending anteriorly in wider deeper pore, outer edges of disc very finely and closely punctate, with slightly larger punctures outward to sides, more strongly alutaceous at extreme sides, triangular depressed area in front of hind coxae deep and finely alutaceous. Abdominal segments alutaceous, with scattered mod- erately fine rather shallow punctures throughout, a trifle larger toward sides, separated by one or more times their diameters, segments finely crenate along anterior margin. Eroded area of pygidium strongly alutaceous and with very indistinct shallow punctures, shining margin noticeably widened apically. Spur of anterior tibia bent inward at tip, tibial margin serrate above apical teeth, femur with perimarginal groove, surface closely, roughly, coarsely, shallowly punctate. Middle and hind femora with moderately fine punctures rather irregularly but closely spaced except along an- terior margin and near knee; posterior marginal line half the length of the femur inward from knee. Posterior tibia with four closely spaced fimbriae, short accessory spine close to spurs without intervening seta, first tarsal segment a trifle longer than long spur. Remaining segments of hind tarsi missing. Unique holotype, California Academy of Sciences, collected on Isla Fernandina, W. side, 1,100 ft., 5 February 1964, D. Q. Cavagnaro collector. The species is named after its collector. This species is closely related to Ataenius arrowi Hinton but the pronotal punctures are much coarser and denser than in males of that species and they show less disparity in size than in females of arrowi. The strongly alutaceous elytral intervals are much flatter, the striae and their punctures are fine, and the crenations much less noticeable than in arrowi. The distinctly serrate anterior tibiae are noticeable. The para- meres of the male aedeagus show a distinct lateral tooth, see fig. 2, which is lacking in arrowi. LITERATURE CITED Arrow, GitBeRT JoHN. 1903. On the laporostict lamellicorn Cole- optera of Grenada and St. Vincent (W. Indies). Transactions Entomological Society London, pp. 509-520. Brown, WILLIAMSON JAMES. 1932. New species of Coleoptera III. Canadian Entomologist, vol. 64, pp. 3-12. Cartwricut, Oscar Linc. 1948. The American species of Pleuro- phorus (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Transactions of the American Entomological Society, vol. 74, pp. 131-145. ERICHSON, WILHELM FERDINAND. 1847. Conspectus insectorum cole- opterorum quae in Republica Peruana observata sunt. Archiv Naturgeschicte, vol. 13, pp. 67-185. HALDEMAN, SAMUEL STEHMAN. 1848. Descriptions of North American Coleoptera, chiefly in the cabinet of J. L. LeConte, M.D., 58 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington with references to described species. Journal Academy Nat- ural Sciences Philadelphia, vol. I, pp. 95-110. von Haroup, Epcar. 1867. V. Diagnosen neurer Coprophagen, vom Herausgeber. Coleopterologische Hefte. I., pp. 76-119. . 1869. In Catalogus Coleopterorum hucusque descriptorum synonymicus et systematicus autoribus Dr. Max Gemminger et B. de Harold. Vol. 4, Familia 33, Scarabaeidae, pp. 979-1346. Monachii. 1880. Verzeichniss der von E. Steinheil in Neu-Granada gesammelten coprophagen Lamellicornien. Entomologische Zeitung., vol. 41, pp. 13-46. Hinton, Howarp Everest. 1936. New species of Ataenius allied to A. cribrithorax Bates (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae). Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Ser. 10, vol. 17, pp. 413-428. Hurp, Paut D., Jr. 1958. The carpenter bees of the eastern pacific oceanic islands. Journal of the Kansas Entomological Society, vol. 31, pp. 249-255. LinsLEy, EARLE GORTON, AND JOHN A. CHEMsAK. 1966. Cerambycidae of the Galapagos Islands. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, vol. 33, No. 8, pp. 197-236. 1966. Cerambycidae of Cocos Island, vol. 33, No. 9, pp. 237-248. LinsLEY, EARLE GorRTON, AND Rospert L. Usincrer. 1966. Insects of the Galapagos Islands. Proceedings of the California Academy of Sciences, series 4, vol. 33, No. 7, pp. 113-196. (See this paper for complete bibliography of papers on insects of Galapagos Islands. ) PEetrovitz, RupotF. 1961. Neue und verkannte Aphodiinae aus allen Erdteilen. Entomologischen Arbeiten aus dem Museum G. Frey, Tutzing, vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 344-356. Van Dyke, Epwin Coorer. 1953. The Coleoptera of the Galapagos Islands. Occasional Papers of the California Academy of Sciences, No. 22, pp. 1-181. ery 7. 0672 Vol. 83, No. 5, pp. 59-76 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NORTH AMERICAN ORDOVICIAN OPHIUROIDEA_<j\1 MSON/a~. THE GENUS TAENIASTER BILLINGS, 1858 | es (PROTASTERIDAE ) HN By Freperick H. C. Horcnxiss! SiBRARIE= Thirteen species of ophiuroids have been described from the Ordovician strata of North America. Of these, Stenaster obtusus (Forbes) (Stenasteridae), Taeniaster spinosus ( Bil- lings) (Protasteridae), and Hallaster cylindricus ( Billings ) (Lapworthuridae) are discussed at great length in Spencer's Monograph of the British Palaeozoic Asterozoa. The remain- ing species are essentially known only from their first ap- pearance in the literature. The type species of the genus Taeniaster Billings is Palaeocoma spinosa Billings of which there are three syntypes, two of which were figured by Billings (1858). Spencer (1934) did not select a lectotype but regarded the three specimens as “co-types” and proceded to base the greater part of his general account of the genus on the unfigured syntype and some other material which he was able to ‘identify’ through this third specimen. The unfigured syntype presents an aboral view of a protasterid brittle-star while the figured syntypes present oral views. I have had the extraordinary opportunity of studying the type material of all of the North American Ordovician species of Protasteridae as well as other material housed in the Smithsonian Institution and latex casts of type material of relevant species from Great Britain. I find that the syntype presenting an aboral view is neither conspecific nor congeneric 1 This paper was prepared while the author was in residence in Bethesda, Mary- land. Present address is Department of Biology, Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut, 06520. 5—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (59) 60 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington with the two syntypes which present an oral aspect. It being no longer possible to regard the three syntypes as “co-types” as done by Spencer, the first-figured individual is selected as the lectotype. Thus the generic diagnosis given by Spencer and Wright (1966) in the Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontol- ogy for this form cannot stand. It is interesting to note that T. spinosus is an index fossil (Shimer and Shrock, 1944) and also appears in textbooks of paleontology (Moore, Lallicker, and Fischer, 1952). The following generic diagnosis, specific description, and synonomy is new. The generic diagnoses of Spencer (1934) and Billings (1858) are readily available, the latter being quoted in full in Schuchert (1915). Acknowledgments.—I wish to thank Dr. Porter M. Kier of the Smithsonian Institution for making this study possible by allowing use of the collections, facilities and equipment under his care. Some of the Smithsonian material had been set aside for study by Dr. H. B. Fell of the Harvard Museum of Comparative Zoology and I thank him for releasing that ma- terial for my study. Many people assisted this study by loaning material and providing latex casts of specimens; for these kindnesses I wish to thank Dr. Bernhard Kummel of the Harvard Museum of Comparative Zoology, Dr. Thomas E. Bolton of the Geological Survey of Canada, Mr. Clinton F. Kilfoyle of the New York State Museum, Dr. D. H. Collins of the Royal Ontario Museum, Dr. R. V. Melville of the Institute of Geological Sciences (London), Dr. Murray Mitchell of the Institute of Geological Sciences (Leeds), Dr. R. P. S. Jefferies and Mr. H. G. Owen of the British Museum (Natural History ), Dr. Colin Forbes and Dr. R. B. Rickards of the Sedgwick Museum, and Dr. E. C. Wilson of the Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History. I am obliged to Dr. Howard R. Cramer of Emory University for critically reading the manu- script in its original form and to Dr. Karl M. Waage of Yale University for reading the final draft. Abbreviations.—The following abbreviations are employed: United States National Museum (Smithsonian Institution) __ Se 8 as inns ett USNM Ordovician Ophiuroidea 61 Merve orkeotate, Museum! 2 NYSM Harvard Museum of Comparative Zoology — MCZ memoerealiounvey of Canada _ GSC SUBCLASS OPHIUROIDEA GRAY, 1840 OrDER OEGOPHIURIDA MaAtsumMoro, 1915 SUBORDER LYSOPHIURINA GREGORY, 1896 Family Protasteridae S. A. Miller, 1889 Taeniaster Billings, 1858 Taeniaster Billings, 1858, Geol. Surv. Canada, Can. Org. Rem., dec. 3, p. 80 (in part). Type species Palaeocoma spinosa Billings by sub- sequent designation, Schuchert (1914, p. 42) —Chapman, 1861, Canadian Journ., n. ser., vol. 6, p. 517.—Wright, 1862, Mon. Brit. Foss. Echinod., Oolitic, vol. 2, pt. 1 (Palaeontogr. Soc. for 1861), pp. 24, 34.—Chapman, 1864, Expos. Min. Geol. Canada, p. 111.—Hall, 1868, 20th Rep. N. Y. State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 300; also revised edition, 1868-1870, p. 338.—Zittel, 1879, Handb. Pal., vol. 1, p. 445.— Nicholson and Etheridge, 1880, Mon. Sil. Foss. Girvan Dist., p. 323.— Sturtz, 1886, Neues Jahrb. fur Min., Geol., Pal., vol. 2, p. 150.— Sturtz, 1886, Palaeontographica, vol. 32, pp. 78, 83.—Miller, 1889, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p. 285 (in part)—Gregory, 1889, Geol. Mag., dec. 3, vol. 6, p. 26.—Gregory, 1897, Proc. Zool. Soc. London for 1896, p. 1035.—Gregory, 1900, Treat. Zool., vol. 3, Echinoderma, p. 251.—Cummings, 1908, 32d Ann. Rep. Dep. Geol. Nat. Res. Indiana, p. 715.—Schuchert, 1914, Fossilium Catalogus Animalia, pt. 3, p. 42.—Schuchert, 1915, USNM Bull. 88, p. 216 (in part).— Spencer, 1934, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. ix, p. 483 (in part).— Spencer and Wright, 1966, in Treatise on Invert. Paleont., pt. U, Echinodermata 3, p. U87 (in part). Alepidaster Meek, 1872, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 4, p. 275.— Schuchert, 1915, USNM Bull. 88, p. 228 (in part). Protaster Forbes.—Miller, 1889, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p. 276 (in part). Urosoma Spencer, 1930, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. viii, p. 433 (in part). Drepanaster Whidborne.—Spencer, 1934, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. ix, p. 492 (in part). (For further references see citations under species heading below). Diagnosis: Interradial outline of disk generally straight or concave but may be convex; oral interradial areas of disk bear plates (of uncer- tain outline) and spines; aboral surface of disk invested with plates (of uncertain outline) and granules; margins of the disk perceptibly thickened in some material suggesting marginalia present; mouth angle plates short; first ambulacral short and stout; proximal ambulacrals only slightly excavated to accommodate the override of the first ambulacral; madreporite present. Arms taper uniformly; median suture between alternate ambulacrals straight, not sinuous. Ambulacral ossicles without 62 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington se Fic. 1. Taeniaster spinosus. Lateral plates of an arm of USNM 92607 showing the characteristic ear-shape. x30. Ordovician Ophiuroidea 63 deep excavations for the insertion of dorsal longitudinal muscles; aboral outline of ambulacral ossicles therefore quadrate, not trapezoidal or triangular; oral surfaces of ambulacral ossicles ornamented at the ankle of the boot with a circular, subcircular or lemniscate depression; the waist of the boot is traversed by a groove leading from the median suture to the podial basin; the toe of the boot is variously pointed or blunt; proportions of the ambulacral boot vary along the arm; proximally the foot of the boot may be longer than the boot is tall. The laterals are generally ventral but there is great variation in the preserved attitude of the laterals relative to the ambulacral groove; from one view (fig. 1) the laterals are a diagnostic ear-shape; the laterals bear small proximal and distal fittings; both vertical and groove spines present. Comparison with other genera: Taeniaster Billings closeiy resembles Protaster Forbes as described by Spencer (1934, p. 465) and further study may show these genera to have overlapping limits. A tentative difference is that Protaster as described by Spencer is not ornamented at the waist and ankle of the boot. The absence of deep excavations for the insertion of the dorsal longitudinal muscles in Taeniaster and Protaster distinguishes these genera from Protasterina Ulrich: type species by monotypy Protasterina (Protaster lapsus) fimbriata Ulrich (= Protaster flexuosus Miller and Dyer). Drepanaster Whidborne (type species by original designation Protaster scabrosus Whidborne) was diagnosed by Spencer (1934, p. 492) on the characters of D. grayae Spencer when, in fact, the genotype is vastly different; all that I am prepared to state at this time is that D. grayae is akin to Protasterina. Remarks: J recognize but one species of Taeniaster in the material I have examined, the evidence for which is documented below under “Synonyms of Taeniaster spinosus (Billings)” and in the accompanying figures. In the description of the type species which follows, I have taken care to indicate those features which are noted in the lectotype and those which were noted from other specimens. Range and distribution: Trentonian of Ontario and New York; Edenian of Kentucky; Maysvillian and Richmondian of Ohio; and the Richmondian of Indiana and Ontario. Taeniaster spinosus ( Billings ) Figures 1-9, I1 Palaeocoma spinosa Billings, 1857, Geol. Surv. Canada, Rep. Progr. for 1853-1856, p. 292.—Bolton, 1960, Cat. Type Invert. Foss. Geol. Surv., Canada, vol. 1, p. 91. < Fic. 2. T. spinosus. The madreporite of an individual from USNM 92617. x30. Fic. 3. T. spinosus. A latex cast made from the holotype of T. schohariae Ruedemann. NYSM 7784. x8. 64 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Ordovician Ophiuroidea 65 Taeniaster spinosus ( Billings )—Billings, 1858, Geol. Surv. Canada, dec. 3, p. 81, pl. x, figs. 3a-3d—Wright, 1862, Mon. Brit. Foss. Echinod., Oolitic, vol. 2, pt. 1 (Palaeontogr. Soc. for 1861), p. 34.—Miller, 1889, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p. 285, fig. 439.—Sturtz, 1893, Verh. naturh. Ver. preuss. Rheinl., etc., vol. 50, p. 20.—Parks, 1908, Trans. Canadian Inst., vol. 8, p. 363.—Ruedemann, 1912, Bull. N. Y. State Mus., No. 162, p. 89.—Schuchert, 1914, Fossilium Catalogus Animalia, pt. 3, p. 42.—Schuchert, 1915, USNM Bull. 88, p. 219, text fig. 17, pl. 36, fig. 1—Bassler, 1915, USNM Bull. 92, vol. 2, p. 1256.— Spencer, 1934, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. ix, p. 488, text figs. 291c, 292, 293, 315-320, pl. xxxi, fig. 9 (in part )—Willard, 1937, Journ. Paleont., vol. 11, no. 7, p. 622.—Shimer and Shrock, 1944, Index Foss. N. Amer., p. 213. Protaster? granuliferus Meek, 1872, Amer. Journ. Sci., ser. 3, vol. 4, p. 274 (Alepidaster at end of description).—Meek, 1873, Geol. Surv. Ohio, Paleont., vol. 1, p. 68, pl. 3 bis, figs. 8a, 8b (Alepidaster at end of description ).—Lesley, 1889, Geol. Surv. Pennsylvania Rep., p. 4—Miller, 1889, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p. 276—James, 1896, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 18, p. 138.—Parks, 1908, Trans. Canadian Inst., vol. 8, p. 368. Taeniaster elegans Miller, 1882, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, p. 41, pl. i, figs. 6-6c.—Miller, 1889, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p. 285.— James, 1896, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 18, p. 139.—Parks, 1908, Trans. Canadian Inst., vol. 8, p. 368.—Ruedemann, 1912, Bull. N. Y. State Mus., No. 162, p. 89.—Schuchert, 1914, Fossilium Catalogus Animalia, pt. 3, p. 42—Foerste, 1914, Bull. Sci. Lab. Deni- son Univ., vol. 17, p. 328.—Schuchert, 1915, USNM Bull. 88, p. 221.— Bassler, 1915, USNM Bull. 92, vol. 2, p. 1255.—Spencer, 1934, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. ix, p. 491.—Willard, 1937, Journ. Paleont., vol. 11, no. 7, p. 622. Protaster miamiensis Miller, 1882, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, p. 116, pl. 5, figs. 6, 6a, 6b—Miller, 1889, N. Amer. Geol. Pal., p. 276.—James, 1896, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 18, p. 138.—Parks, 1908, Trans. Canadian Inst., vol. 8, p. 368.—Spencer, 1934, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. ix, p. 437. Taeniaster granuliferus (Meek).—Cumings, 1908, 32d Ann. Rep. Dep. Geol. Nat. Res., Indiana, p. 733, pl. 3, fig. 7. Taeniaster schohariae Ruedemann, 1912, Bull. N. Y. State Mus., No. 162, p. 88, pl. 3, fig. 1—Schuchert, 1914, Fossilium Catalogus Animalia, pt. 3, p. 42.—Schuchert, 1915, USNM Bull. 88, p. 220.—Bassler, 1915, < Fic. 4. T. spinosus. A view of the aboral surface as seen in USNM 92604. x44. Fic. 5. T. spinosus. One of the syntypes of T. elegans Miller. USNM 40878. 7. 66 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Ordovician Ophiuroidea 67 USNM Bull. 92, vol. 2, p. 1255.—Willard, 1937, Journ. Paleont., vol. 11, no. 7, p. 622. Alepidaster granuliferus (Meek ).—Schuchert, 1914, Fossilium Catalogus Animalia, pt. 3, p. 11.—Schuchert, 1915, USNM Bull. 88, p. 230, fig. 26.—Bassler, 1915, USNM Bull. 92, vol. 1, p. 25.—Spencer, 1934, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. ix, p. 492. Alepidaster miamiensis (Miller ).—Schuchert, 1914, Fossilium Catalogus Animalia, pt. 3, p. 11.—Schuchert, 1915, USNM Bull. 88, p. 233.— Bassler, 1915, USNM Bull. 92, vol. 1, p. 25. Taeniaster meafordensis Foerste, 1914, Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ., vol. 17, p. 326, pl. 4, figs. 5-7.—Schuchert, 1915, USNM Bull. 88, p. 221.—Bassler, 1915, USNM Bull. 92, vol. 2, p. 1255.—Foerste, 1924, Geol. Surv., Canada, Mem. 138, p. 104, pl. 8, figs. 1—-4.—Willard, 1937, Journ. Paleont., vol. 11, no. 7, p. 622.—Bolton, 1960, Cat. Type Invert. Foss. Geol. Surv., Canada, vol. 1, p. 93. Taeniaster miamiensis (Miller ).—Foerste, 1914, Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ., vol. 17, p. 328.—Willard, 1937, Journ. Paleont., vol. 11, no. 7, p. 622. Protaster (Taeniaster) spinosus (Billings)—Spencer, 1922, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. v, p. 201, text fig. 140. Urosoma hirudo (Forbes).—Spencer, 1930 and 1934, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. vii, p. 434, text figs 278-280, pl. xxvii, figs. 3, 4, 5; pt. ix, p. 437, text figs. 281, 282, pl. xxix, figs. 1, 2, 3 (in part). Drepanaster schohariae (Ruedemann ).—Spencer, 1934 and 1940, Mon. Brit. Pal. Asterozoa, pt. ix, p. 493; pt. x, p. 500. Diagnosis: As for the genus—monotypic. Material: USNM 40878 (syntypes of T. elegans), USNM 40886 (syntypes of Protaster miamiensis), USNM 87166 (syntypes of T. meafordensis), USNM 92604, USNM 92607, USNM 92617, USNM 92627, USNM 92639, USNM 161520, NYSM 7784 (holotype of T. schohariae ), MCZ 470 (holotype of Protaster? granuliferus; ex MCZ 21), GSC 1404 (herein selected as lectotype of Palaeocoma spinosa), GSC 1404a (paralectotype of Palaeocoma spinosa—herein referred to Pro- tasterina), GSC 1404b (paralectotype of Palaeocoma spinosa), GSC 8580, a, b, c (syntypes of T. meafordensis ). Disk: Very few details of the disk have been discerned. The inter- radial margin of the disk is straight, concave, or, rarely, convex and in some individuals is slightly thickened (fig. 4) suggesting marginalia though the thickening could also be from the folding of the disk at this locus. USNM 40878 is notable for the seeming absence in oral view of z& Fic. 6. T. spinosus. The oral surface of the holotype of Protaster? granuliferus Meek. MCZ 470. x9. Fic. 7. T. spinosus. The aboral surface of the holotype of Protaster? granuliferus Meek. MCZ 470. <9. 68 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 8. T. spinosus. The lectotype. GSC 1404. «7% Fic. 9. T. spinosus. A paralectotype. GSC 1404b. x74. Ordovician Ophiuroidea 69 the disk (fig. 5) although very slight traces are to be found in the interradii of some individuals. MCZ 470 (fig. 7), GSC 1404b (fig. 9), GSC 8580c, and USNM 92604 (fig. 4) present aboral views of the disk. The disk plates are highly ankylosed and overlain by fine granules. The oral interradial aspect of the disk is invested with plates which are so ankylosed that it is impossible to determine their shape. Spines are found in the oral interradial areas of many individuals including the lectotype, however, some of these spines are dislodged vertical or groove spines. NYSM 7784 clearly demonstrates small disk spines unconfused with groove or vertical spines (fig. 3). Mouth frame: The oral aspect of the mouth frame is well illustrated in the lectotype (fig. 8), MCZ 470 (fig. 6), USNM 40878 (fig. 5), NYSM 7784 (fig. 3), and GSC 8580 (fig. 11). The mouth angle plates form short V’s; the oral wedge (i. e. the area included by the radial bow of the ambulacrals and virtually subtended by the proximal end of the syngnaths) is small as the first ambulacral is also short. The apophyses of the mouth angle plates seat the vertically elongated, oval torus seen clearly in MCZ 470 (fig. 6). No teeth have been observed. The cup for the first tube foot is not visible but probably lies within the radial bow apical to the proximal ridge bordering the cup for the second tube foot (Spencer: 1930, p. 403). The cup for the second tube foot is most clearly visible in NYSM 7784 (fig. 3) and is seen to be differentiated so as to assist in bringing food to the mouth. The aboral aspect of the mouth frame is visible in USNM 92604 (fig. 4). The short, stout first ambulacral and the short, thin mouth angle plates are seen to be ornamented with a groove for the water-ring; the groove for the nerve-ring and the pseudohemal vessels was not separately identified. The proximal ambulacrals are only slightly ex- cavated to accommodate the overriding action of the first ambulacral during opening of the mouth aperture. Madreporite: The madreporite was found in MCZ 470 (fig. 6), GSC 9580 (fig. 11), USNM 92617 (fig. 2) and NYSM 7784 (fig. 3). It approximates a disk with a simple channel traversing approximately two- thirds of the rim, except in NYSM 7784 (fig. 3) where the madreporite is swollen, appearing subspherical with the channel showing as a wide crease. It is located to the right of the second lateral plate on the oral surface of the disk. Arms: The arms taper uniformly. In aboral view usually only the double row of ambulacral plates is visible; USNM 92604 (fig. 4) is an exception with the laterals spread outward from the rays. The median suture separating the double row of ambulacral plates is straight. In oral view the lateral plates margin the ambulacral groove which is roofed over by the biserially arranged ambulacrals. (N. B. that the aboral aspect of the arms is not visible in the lectotype and is scarcely evident in paralectotype GSC 1404b.) 70 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 10. ? Protasterina sp. Technically, this specimen is a paralecto- type of T. spinosus. The deep excavations for the insertion of the dorsal Ordovician Ophiuroidea 71 Ambulacrals: The proximal ambulacral boots have short, stout boot- legs with the foot of the boot longer than the boot is tall; beyond the first few ambulacrals the foot of the boot shortens and the boot is taller and thinner. The ambulacral boot is ornamented at the ankle with a depression to which Spencer (1925, p. 254) ascribes the function of seating tissues to support the radial nerve and pseudohemal canal; on the first few ambulacrals, however, it extends out into the foot; distally it becomes oval as the ambulacrals narrow. The waist of the boot is traversed by a groove leading from the median suture to the podial basin. Spencer (1925, p. 254) deduced that this groove accommodated branches from the radial nerve and pseudo- hemal canal to the tube foot. The groove is transverse to the boot-leg except in NYSM 7784 (fig. 3) where it traverses the waist obliquely. Several of the halves of vertebrae of the individual from USNM 40878 shown in figure 5 show the ventral muscle field excavating the sole of the ambulacral boot for the insertion of one end of the ventral longitudinal muscle; there is a corresponding excavation on the top of the ambulacral boot-leg. The ridge separating the dorsal and ventral muscle-fields and participating in the articulation between serial halves of vertebrae is visible in one of the arms of NYSM 7784 (fig. 3) where the laterals have fallen away and permit a lateral view of the ambulacrals. Viewed aborally the proximal ambulacrals are approximately square in outline; the distal ambulacrals are rectangular in outline with the longer edge being along the axis of the arm. In MCZ 470 and USNM 92604 the ambulacrals bear a saddle-shaped depression extending to the lateral edge of the plate; in other material (notably USNM 92617, USNM 40878 and NYSM 7784) this saddle-shaped depression is not evident. The spacing between the ambulacrals for the dorsal longitudinal muscles is more evident in USNM 92604 (fig. 4) and NYSM 7784 (fig. 3) that in other material examined. MCZ 470 (fig. 7) and USNM 92617 provide views of the ambulacral surface facing the median suture. It is found to be excavated to form a sinuous hollow canal within the arm for the radial water vessel. Laterals: The laterals are a characteristic ear shape when viewed as shown in figure 1. From other viewpoints they are not especially distinctive except that the proximal and distal fittings are small. Vertical spines are at least three in number, about as long as an arm segment, taper evenly to a point, and while essentially straight may curve slightly. The groove spines are also at least three in number, about < longitudinal muscles are similar to those found in Protasterina. GSC 1404a. x5. Fic. 11. T. spinosus. The oral surface of one of the syntypes of T. meafordensis. GSC 8580. 5. 72 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington as long as an arm segment, wider at the blunt tip than at the base, and essentially straight. Measurements: Measurements were obtained using calipers. Irregu- larities in preservation and geometry of the individuals created some subjectivity in measurement; however, the data serves to illustrate the size range of the material. While the r/R ratio is generally smaller in specimens of larger disk size, USNM 92639 and USNM 92604 have disproportionately high ratios indicating great variation in this regard. Tr R GSC 1404 1.8 mm 6.3 mm GSC 1404b - 10.6 mm GSC 8580 3.6 mm 13.5 mm USNM 40878 - 16.8 mm USNM 40886 4.7 mm 24.8 mm USNM = _- 92604 5.4 mm 13.9 mm USNM 92617 3.1 mm 9.0 mm USNM = 92639 3.8 mm 11.7 mm USNM — 161520 3.9 mm - NYSM 7784 3.7mm 15.5 mm MCZ A470 4,7 mm — Formation and locality: Unless otherwise indicated, the data are taken from the label accompanying the specimen(s) and/or the data accompanying original description of the specimen(s). Billings’ material (GSC 1404 and GSC 1404b) is from the “Trenton,” Middle Ordovician, Montmorency Falls, Quebec (Bolton, 1960). NYSM 7784, the holotype of T. schohariae, is from the Schenectady Formation near Schoharie Junction, New York. USNM 92617 bears the labels “Eden (100’)” and “Covington, Ken- tucky” which suggest the locality given by Schuchert (1915) for the syntypes of Protasterina fimbriata, namely: “the lower Eden at about 100 feet above low-water mark in the Ohio River at Covington, Ken- tucky.” USNM 161520 bears the label Eden, Covington, Kentucky. These specimens are regarded as from the Eden Group without specifica- tion of formation. The labels of USNM 40878, USNM 92639 and USNM 92604 show these specimens to be from the Waynesville Formation of the Richmond Group; the first two are from Waynesville, Ohio and the third is from Oregonia, Ohio. Also from Oregonia, Ohio is USNM 92627 which is from the Richmond Group without specification of formation. The syntypes of Protaster miamiensis (USNM 40886) collected near Waynes- ville, Ohio are cited in Bassler (1915) as coming from possibly the Waynesville Formation or the Liberty Formation of the Richmond Group. The holotype of Protaster? granuliferus (MCZ 470) collected at Moore’s Hill, Indiana is cited in Bassler (1915) as coming from the Richmond Group without specification of formation. Ordovician Ophiuroidea 13 USNM 92607 bears a label indicating the material was collected from the Corryville Member of the McMillan Formation of the Maysville Group at Cincinnati, Ohio. GSC 8580, a, b, c and USNM 87166, syntypes of T. meafordensis, were collected about 220 feet above Lake Huron, on Workman’s Creek, three miles southeast of Meaford, Ontario, in the Meaford Formation (Upper Ordovician ). Location of type specimen: ‘The lectotype of Taeniaster spinosus (Billings) (= Palaeocoma spinosa Billings) is No. 1404 in the collections of the Geological Survey of Canada. Remarks: Specimens GSC 1404 and GSC 1404b were figured by Billings (1858, pl. x, figs. 3a-3d). Spencer (1934, p. 488) was the first to mention the third specimen (GSC 1404a) stating that “The third, which is not in such a good state of preservation, is important, because it is the only one of them which shows the apical surface of the arm. I am regarding the three as co-types of the species.” Through GSC 1404a, Spencer was able to identify other Canadian material held in the British Museum (Natural History) and also the species Protaster white- avesianus Parks with Taeniaster spinosus. If Spencer had seen the material that I have had access to, I feel sure that he too would have concluded that GSC 1404a (fig. 10) is not a specimen of T. spinosus. GSC 1404a, Protasterina flexuosa (Miller and Dyer), Protaster white- avesianus, T. maximus Willard, Drepanaster grayae, and the material of “T. spinosus” described by Cramer (1957, p. 906) all possess ambulacrals which are deeply excavated for the insertion of the dorsal longitudinal muscles. Pending further study of these forms, they are all tentatively placed in the genus Protasterina. I have examined MCZ 458 (formerly MCZ 28, MCZ 29, and MCZ 30) as Schuchert (1915, p. 230) thought this material represented a new species of Alepidaster. This examination has shown that the mouth frame and ambulacrals of this material are developed much as in Protasterina. Synonyms of Taeniaster spinosus (Billings ) Protaster? granuliferus (Alepidaster at end of description) Meek, 1872 Amer. Journ. Sci., ser 3, vol. 4, p. 274. Remarks: This species is based on a single specimen, MCZ 470, which provides excellent detail as may be seen from figures 6 and 7. Every feature found in the lectotype and paralectotype of T. spinosus is evident. It is one of the larger specimens available for study and bears a particu- larly well preserved madreporite. Taeniaster elegans Miller, 1882, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat., vol. 5 p. 41, pl. 1, figs. 6, 6a—6c. Remarks: As stated by Miller, this species was founded upon more than thirty specimens occurring on a single slab (USNM 40878), but showing 74 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington only the ventral side, with the exception of the ends of some of the rays. An individual is illustrated in figure 5. The disk is scarcely evident in the interradii. Miller correctly noted that only two rows of plates form the dorsal side of the ray, the laterals being ventral. As with other material that I am uniting with T. spinosus, the ambulacral boots are clearly ornamented at the ankle with a depression and at the waist of the boot by a groove leading from the median suture to the podial basin. While groove spines are largely missing in this material, vertical spines are exceedingly well preserved. Protaster miamiensis Miller, 1882, Journ. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 5, p. 116, pl. 5, figs. 6, 6a, 6b. Remarks: 1 have examined the five syntypes of this species (USNM 40886). Although much obscured by matrix, the proximal ambulacral ossicles are seen to have at the waist of the boot the groove leading from the median suture to the podial basin. The toes of the proximal boots are pointed as in the lectotype of T. spinosus and traces of a depression on the ankle of the -koot further confirms the identity of this species with Billings’. Groove spines are particularly noticeable in this material, probably due to its lack of weathering. The specimens present the oral aspect. Taeniaster schohariae Ruedemann, 1912, Bull. N. Y. State Mus., No. 162, p. 88, pl. 3, fig. 1. Remarks: Ruedemann’s description and figure contain many errors and do not adequately describe the single individual upon which the species is based (NYSM 7784). It is not surprising, therefore, that Spencer erroneously referred this species to Drepanaster. I provide here a photograph (fig. 3) of a cast made from the holotype which shows what a fine specimen it is. It is readily observed that the laterals are ear- shaped, with small proximal and distal fittings; that both groove and vertical spines are present; that the mouth angle plates are short and stout; that a madreporite is present; that the ambulacrals are not deeply excavated for the insertion of the dorsal longitudinal muscles; that the ambulacral boot is ornamented at the ankle with a subcircular depression and at the waist with a groove leading from the median suture to the podial basin; that the median suture is straight, not sinuous; and that small spines are scattered in the ventral interradial areas of the disk. The similarity of posture between NYSM 7784 and GSC 1404b is also worthy of note. Taeniaster meafordensis Foerste, 1914, Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ., vol. 17, p. 326, pl. 4, figs. 5-7. Remarks: GSC 8580, a, b, c and USNM 87166 are the syntypes of this species. The individual from GSC 8580, illustrated in figure 11, shows that the mouth angle plates are short and stout; that a madreporite Ordovician Ophiuroidea 75 is present; that the ambulacral boot is ornamented at the ankle with subcircular depression and at the waist with a groove leading from the median suture to the podial basin; and that the median suture is straight, not sinuous. Other individuals, particularly from GSC 8580c, show that the ambulacrals are not deeply excavated for the insertion of the dorsal longitudinal muscles. LITERATURE CITED Basster, R. S. 1915. Bibliographic Index of American Ordovician and Silurian Fossils, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 92, 2 vols., 1,521 p. Bituincs, E. 1858. On the Asteriadae of the Lower Silurian Rocks of Canada. Geol. Surv. Canada, Canadian Organic Remains, dec. 3, pp. 75-85. Botton, T. E. 1960. Catalogue of Type Invertebrate Fossils of the Geological Survey of Canada, Vol. I. Geol. Surv. Can., 215 p. Cramer, H. R. 1957. Ordovician Starfish from the Martinsburg Shale, Swatara Gap, Pennsylvania. Journ. Paleont., vol. 31, no. 5, pp. 903-907, pl. 108, 1 text fig. Moore, R. C., C. G. LAuicker, AND A. G. FiscHer. 1952. Invertebrate Fossils. McGraw-Hill, 766p., text figs. ScuucHERT, C. 1915. Revision of Paleozoic Stelleroidea with Special Reference to North American Asteroidea. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 88, 311 p., 38 pls., text figs. Sumer, H. W., AND R. R. Surock. 1944. Index Fossils of North America. Technology Press (M. I. T.), 837 p., 303 pls. SPENCER, W. K. 1925. A Monograph of the British Palaeozoic Asterozoa, pt. vi, Palaeontogr. Soc. for 1922, pp. 237-324, pls. xviii—xxii, text figs. 1930. A Monograph of the British Palaeozoic Asterozoa, pt. viii, Palaeontogr. Soc. for 1928, pp. 389-436, pls. xxv— XXxViii, text figs. 1934. A Monograph of the British Palaeozoic Asterozoa, pt. ix, Palaeontogr. Soc. for 1933, pp. 437-494, pls. xxix— Xxxii, text figs. , AND C. W. Wricur. 1966. Asterozoans. In Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, pt. U., Echinodermata 3, vol. 1, pp. U4-U107, figs. 1-89. Wittarp, B. 1937. Taeniaster in Pennsylvania. Journ. Paleont., vol. 11, no. 7, pp. 620-623, 1 text fig. —— YY VOC 72 Vol. 83, No. 6, pp. 77-82 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DRACHMASTER BULLISI NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF OPHIDIASTERIDAE (ECHINODERMATA: ASTEROIDEA), WITH A KEY TO THE {HSON Niap CARIBBEAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY® By Maureen E. DOWNEY LIBRA RY A eel Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Two specimens of a small starfish collected by the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries vessel M/V Oregon, one off Trinidad and the other off Martinique, represent another genus of the large family Ophidiasteridae. Of the 23 recognized genera in this family, at least six are represented in the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico. Eight or more species of Ophidiasteridae have been reported from this same area; however, in the course of a study of a very large collection of asteroids from this region, only six of the species (in addition to the new one) have been found. This essentially tropical family is principally a shallow water one, only three species in the family occurring at depths below 200 fathoms. Indeed, most species are found in very shallow water and they are usually reef-dwelling or reef-associated. They are remarkably abundant in the Indo- Pacific region and especially in the vicinity of Torres Strait. H. L. Clark (1921) has very thoroughly reviewed the family and described several new species from Australia. Two new monotypic genera have been added to the family since that time, one from the Indo-Pacific and one from Florida. Drachmaster new genus Arms with internal plates connecting the outer plates in transverse series. Etymology: Generic name—masculine, from the Greek, drachme, target, and aster, star. 6—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (77) 78 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fig.1 Fics. 1-4. 1, Cross-section of half a ray, showing arrangement of plates. 2, External view of transverse arrangement of plates. 3, Pedicel- laria (erect). 4, Alveolus in which pedicellaria rests. Abbreviations: C =carinal plate; Ar = adradial plate; S = superomarginal; I = infero- marginal; A= first actinolateral; B= second actinolateral; Ad = adambulacral plates; Ip = internal plates. Drachmaster bullisi new species Figures 1-6 Disc small, rather flat. Anal pore central, surrounded by a number of enlarged spiniform granules; madreporite irregularly triangular or elliptical, sunken below general disc surface, and covered with deep gyri. Arms long, cylindrical, not much tapered, and terminate bluntly. All plates covered with moderately thick skin closely beset with small squamiform or minutely spinous granules of uniform size (because of this skin covering, it was not possible to determine the exact arrange- ment of the disc plates, but it seems to be quite like that of Ophidiaster). Plates on arms smooth, slightly tumid, in 11 very regular longitudinal rows (exclusive of adambulacral plates), and also in regular transverse rows. Plates in transverse series connected internally by small tumid plates (the principal feature by which Drachmaster is distinguished from all other genera of Ophidiasteridae) (Fig. 1). Eight longitudinal rows of conspicuous papular areas, with from one to three papulae per area. Viewed externally, from top of arm to adambulacrals, plates in transverse New Asteroid 79 Fig. 6 Fics. 5-6. 5, Drachmaster bullisi (Holotype, USNM E11359). Aboral view. 6, Oral view, same specimen. series are: (1) carinal, (2) adradial, (3) superomarginal, (4) infero- marginal, (5) first actinolateral, and (6) two second actinolaterals, side by side, each corresponding to an adambulacral plate (fig. 2). Adambulacral armature of two short, blunt, somewhat flattened furrow spines, connected near their bases by skin, and a much longer, 80 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington flat, more acute outer spine. Small spines around oral margin of jaw plates similar to and continuous with furrow spines; behind these, on actinal surface of jaw plates, two pairs of large spines, like outer adambulacral spines; distalmost pair accompanied each by a small spine- let between furrow spines and larger outer spine. Internally, a large flange on upper edge of ambulacral plates overlaps upper edge of ambulacral plate proximal to it. Superambulacral plates present. On smaller specimen, but one pedicellaria, on abactinal surface in one interradial area; on rays, several incipient pedicellariae between adambu- lacrals and inferomarginals. Larger specimen abundantly provided with pedicellariae; one on upper edge of each superomarginal plate. Pedicel- lariae rare below inferomarginals, but occur frequently on abactinal surface. Valves of pedicellariae slender, elongate, minutely toothed, flattened laterally, and terminate in prominent hyaline hook which crosses hook of opposite valve when pedicellariae are erect (Fig. 3). Alveoli in which pedicellariae rest elongate-diamond-shaped, with raised lips (Fig. 4). Ocular plates large, tumid; terminal portion of plate covered with large low rounded tubercles. R/r—6/1. Holotype: R=33 mm, r=4.5 mm. Paratype: R= 14 mm, r = 4.5 mm. The type material is in the U.S. National Museum. Material examined: Holotype (USNM E11359), “Oregon” Station 5970, 11°13’N, 60°52’W, 34 fms., March 1966 (one arm missing, another regenerating). Paratype (USNM E11360), “Oregon” Station 5923, 15°36’N, 61°15’W, 40 fms., March 1966 (one arm removed for dissec- tion). Etymology: In honor of Harvey R. Bullis, Jr., Director, Exploratory Fishing and Gear Research Base, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Pascagoula, Mississippi. Discussion H. L. Clark’s (1921) excellent review of the Ophidiasteridae renders unnecessary an extensive discussion of the other genera within this family. His very useful key need not be altered to accommodate Drachmaster, as the major character separating this new genus from the other genera in the family is the presence of the internal plates con- necting the plates in transverse series. A Key TO THE CARIBBEAN SPECIES OF OPHIDIASTERIDAE 1. With internal plates connecting the outer plates in transverse SERIES) p05. Test! Li EA oe ee ee ce Drachmaster bullisi Without. internal, plates. 24.4. eee 2, 2. Complete covering of imbricating scales Copidaster lymani Without covering of amibricating scales) sess aeena een 3 3. Abactinal plates in regular longitudinal series = 4 Abactinal plates not in regular longitudinal series 7 New Asteroid 81 4. Papular areas regularly present below inferomarginals — =) Papular areas not present below inferomarginals (isolated papulae Sometimes. present): Tamaria floridae Pap Ulan areas im, eight Series: oe. 6 papulanraneas im tem series 2... Hacelia superba 6. Three rows of spines on adambulacrals Ophidiaster bayeri Two rows of spines on adambulacrals Ophidiaster guildingi 7. Adambulacral armature spiniform, subprismatic; arms triangular IMCTOSS-Section (im adult) 222 Narcissia trigonaria Adambulacral armature granuliform; arm cylindrical — 8 8. Large tumid plates occurring randomly on disc and arms — esc needa uct Ae Sa coe Linckia nodosa “esata SE nN SEs al Cae REN Linckia guildingi ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I wish to thank Dr. Harvey R. Bullis and the Fish and Wildlife Service for providing the material on which this paper is based. I also appreciate the help of Dr. Mary Gardiner, whose knowledge of Greek was called upon to aid me with the etymology of Drachmaster. Dr. David. L. Pawson, of the Smithsonian Institution, was, as always, patient and helpful with suggestions during the preparation of the manuscript. BIBLIOGRAPHY Cxiarkx, A. H. 1948. Two new starfishes and a new brittle-star from Florida and Alabama. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, vol. 61, pp. 55-66, 1 pl. Cxark, A. M. 1967. Notes on asteroids in the British Museum ( Nat- ural History). V. Nardoa and some other ophidiasterids. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.). Zoology. vol. 15, no. 4, pp. 169-198, 6 pls. Cxiark, H. L. 1921. The Echinoderm Fauna of Torres Strait: its composition and its origin. Carnegie Institution of Wash- ington, Dept. of Marine Biology, vol. X, viii, 223 pp., 38 pls. FisHerR, W. K. 1911. Asteroidea of the North Pacific and adjacent waters. Pt. I. Phanerozonia and Spinulosa. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 76, vi, 419 pp., 122 pls. Gray, J. E. 1841. A synopsis of the genera and species of the class Hypostoma (Asterias, Linn.). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 6: 175—- 184; 275-290. SLADEN, W. P. 1889. Report on the Asteroidea collected by H.M.S. “Challenger” during the years 1873-1876. Vol. XXX, xliF 893 pp., 117 pls. 82 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington rs af 7.0673 Vol. 83, No. 7, pp. 83-98 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SUBSPECIES OF THE WESTERN ATLANTIC / i SMITHS, CAT SHARK, SCYLIORHINUS RETIFER {jj Ba \ nad fi | " 197, By STEWART SPRINGER AND VICTOR SADOWSKY s < 1p Bureau of Commerical Fisheries, Washington, D.C., and RIES A eS Instituto Oceanogrdfico, Universidade de Sao Paulo, Cananéia, Brasil The cat sharks of the genus Scyliorhinus (family Scyliorhini- dae) in the western Atlantic are a morphologically homogene- ous group readily separable into six categories by differences in color pattern. Five forms have been described. Our purpose in this report is to describe a sixth and to review the status of the group based on newly collected specimens from the West Indies and the coast of South America. Of the six highly distinctive forms of Scyliorhinus we rec- ognize two at the species level but divide one species into five subspecies. We follow Hubbs (1943) to differentiate subspecies from species. Thus, we regard incompleteness versus completeness of differentiation as the main test by which subspecies may be distinguished from species. We con- sider geographically contiguous but not greatly overlapping ranges as typical of subspecies. All except a few of our speci- mens in which color pattern remains after preservation are identifiable as one form or another by pattern but the pattern varies moderately in each species or subspecies. Intergrada- tion of pattern is represented in our material only by the tendency for pattern elements of subspecies to blend in a few areas where ranges meet or possibly overlap. Such areas of intergradation are off the Colombia-Venezuela border and around oceanic banks of the northwestern Caribbean Sea. Our series of specimens is not large enough to demonstrate details 7—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (83) 84 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington re fox] =! wea es (LSE G 6h 8r Lb OF SF FH S&F Sb Ih OF GE 8E LE 9 SE FE avIqeyeA sno;Apuodsouout Jo 1equinyy ypLousaq wafyas ° mjayoapy lafiyas poq safyas ypoow afar lafuon lafyas (2 ge Kgs Se 191102 snurysonfiasg ANnnnn €€ ce 8 o¢€ seroads ‘ssnuly.oyhasg oueiyy Uro}seM JO sofoedsqns pue sajoeds ur eviqe}1eA snojApuodsouout Fo siaquimu snolreA Jo aouermNo00 Jo Aouonboig ‘[ AIaVI, Cat Shark Subspecies 85 of intergradation of pattern between all subspecies with contiguous ranges—if, in fact, it always does occur. Scyliorhinus torrei Howell Rivero (1936) differs from S. retifer retifer and the other forms considered here to be sub- species of S. retifer in color and pattern. S. torrei is also much smaller than any of the subspecies of retifer. It differs with- out overlap in the number of monospondylous vertebrae from all the subspecies of S. retifer (see Table 1). The distance between a transverse line across the anterior ends of the nasal openings and the tip of the snout is less in our series of S. torrei than in any of the subspecies of S. retifer. Although our series show some overlap in other proportional measurements with one subspecies or another of S. retifer, S. torrei usually has a proportionally shorter snout, smaller pectoral fins, and smaller dorsal fins. Characters other than color pattern separate many specimens of the five subspecies of S. retifer but variation within sub- species is substantial; we have found no morphological feature consistently present without overlap, at least between forms occupying contiguous geographical ranges. Since western Atlantic Scyliorhinus are demersal and probably non-migratory except for movements of short distances, an analysis of quantifi- able characters should provide a good basis for estimates of relationships of populations. It does not appear likely, how- ever, that either sufficient numbers of Scyliorhinus or samples properly comparable and representative for statistical treat- ment of populations can be assembled in the foreseeable future. Morphometrics as traditionally used in shark classifica- tion are of limited value as applied to scyliorhinid sharks for delineation of categories in which differences are small. Dif- ficulties follow not only because of variability and allometry inherent in the scyliorhinids but also because unpredictable shrinkage or stretching in preservation and necessarily vague reference points make precise and reproducible measurement impractical. Color pattern is the most practical character in western Atlantic Scyliorhinus identification and is the primary char- acter used in the key that follows. Pattern is best described by 86 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Bermuda 1S SCYLIORHINUS torrei S. retifer retifer . r. meadi . boa . haeckelii . besnardi 90 80 70 60 50 Fic. 1. Chart showing known distribution of western Atlantic Scyliorhinus. Details probably are biased because specimens have been collected only by trawling and because Scyliorhinus appears to occur most abundantly in areas of rough bottom that may preclude effective trawling. The range of S. r. haeckelii probably is continuous along the coast of Brazil between the mouth of the Amazon River and the offing of Rio de Janeiro, where little trawling has been done. The new sub- species, S. r. besnardi is to be expected off the coast of northern Argentina. Cat Shark Subspecies 87 illustrations. Good drawings of all except the one newly described subspecies (Figure 2) are listed in references under each subspecies. 1A Key To WESTERN ATLANTIC SCYLIORHINUS Color pattern of randomly distributed, round or some- what irregularly shaped, white or cream colored spots, about the size of the dark-adapted pupil or smaller, on brown or light tan ground color over all dorsal surfaces; ventral surfaces white; a series of seven or eight diffuse saddle-blotches of slightly darker brown which may be indistinct; size small, adults mature at about 29 cm and probably do not reach lengths greater than 32 cm ____ a. Scyliorhinus torrei Howell-Rivero, 1936. (Note: Color patterns in Scyliorhinus torrei and Schroederichthys maculatus may be identical but torrei has a much shorter tail section. In torrei the distance from the anus to the tail tip is from 57 to 63 percent of total length whereas in Schroederichthys it is from 64 to 72 percent ). 1B Color pattern various, but white or light-colored spots, 2A 2B 3A if present, are either irregularly shaped flecks of white in melanistic specimens or are incorporated as parts of saddle-blotches and are not distributed over all of the dorsal surface; dorsal ground color usually gray in life but may become brown after preservation in alcohol; ventral surfaces usually white but may be irregularly suffused with darker color; size moderate, length at PAY Oo CM OL More: 2 ee EN 2A or 2B. Color pattern of dorsal surfaces a network of narrow and solid dark lines which are usually most prominent where they outline 7 or 8 dorsal saddlelike areas, dark lines frequently but not always reticulating along flanks _ pa Sys ces Scyliorhinus retifer retifer (Garman, 1881). No continuous, narrow and solid lines of darker color outhimm: *saddle-blotches 2 3A or 3B. Series of seven or eight saddle-blotches (including two on caudal fin) with indistinct edges; some blotches may be absent in the larger specimens; no small black or 88 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington white spots present in color pattern —._._._.___ tee Mito SJE sche Scyliorhinus retifer meadi Springer, 1966. 3B Small black spots, small white spots or both black and white spots present in color pattern ______________ 4A or 4B. 4A White spots usually present, usually but not exclusively incorporated in saddle-blotches; melanistic forms from off Colombia-Venezuela border may not have white spots _. Scyliorhinus retifer boa Goode and Bean, 1896. 4B No white spots on dorsal surfaces ________ 5A or 5B. 5A Pattern of numerous small black spots, most of them much smaller than the diameter of expanded pupil; some spots may outline a series of seven or eight saddle- blotches 2 ee BE Scyliorhinus retifer haeckelii Miranda Ribeiro, 1907. (Note: Color patterns in Scyliorhinus retifer haeckelii and Schroederichthys tenuis may be identical but Schroederichthys differs in having a very long tail section, its length from anus about two times distance from anus to snout tip ). 5B Pattern of moderately large black spots, most of them as large as expanded pupil or larger; spots arranged in approximate bilateral symmetry; some spots partly en- closing a center of lighter color or occurring as very closely adjacent pairs; distance between spots or spot- pairs usually greater than diameter of the smaller spot __- SERA UPR area Scyliorhinus retifer besnardi new subspecies. Scyliorhinus retifer retifer (Garman, 1881) Scyllium retiferum Garman, 1881, p. 233 (type locality, 38°22'35’N, 73°33'40"W, off Delaware Bay in 89 fathoms). Scylliorhinus retifer: Goode and Bean, 1896, part, pp. 16-17, figs. 14-15. Scyliorhinus retifer: Regan, 1908, p. 457; Bigelow and Schroeder, 1948, pp. 207-211, fig. 33; Bigelow, Schroeder and Springer 1953, pp. 213— 214; Springer, 1966, pp. 602-603, figs. 2, 6, 8. Study material and records of capture: Museum of Comparative Zoology (MCZ) 825, holotype of Scyllium retiferum; USNM 187076 and more than 125 other specimens in United States National Museum (USNM) collection; records from 22 trawling stations (Springer and Bullis, 1956), from 49 trawling stations (Bullis and Thompson, 1965), and from additional trawling stations occupied after 1960 (unpublished data, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries ). Cat Shark Subspecies 89 Diagnosis: The reticulate pattern of narrow black lines sets this sub- species off from all other Atlantic sharks. The closest resemblance is to halfgrown specimens of Cephaloscyllium fasciatum from the vicinity of Hainan Island, China (see Chan, 1966, fig. 5). The reticulated pat- tern in S. r. retifer is well developed by the time the young leave the egg cases. It is remarkably persistent after preservation and in the very large series examined shows only moderate variation. Examples that show extremes in pattern variation are illustrated in Springer’s review (1966) of western Atlantic cat sharks. The specimens we have seen fail to show either consistent pattern differences between small and large individuals or between samples from the northern and southern ends of the geographi- cal range. In S. r. retifer chromatophores in the skin produce some of the back- ground color but pigment diffused within the hard material of dermal denticles is a major component of the dark reticulating lines. Excepting two specimens (USNM 75023, from R/V Albatross collections made off the coast of South Atlantic states in 1883-1885), all of the series that we have seen are easily and definitely identifiable by pattern. The two specimens have partly disintegrated and denticles are no longer in place. Size: Males may reach sexual maturity at about 350 mm; the largest specimen seen, a female and probably not sexually mature, was 480 mm long. The length of the young at hatching is probably about 100 mm as indicated by young apparently newly hatched. Distribution: S. r. retifer occurs along the continental shelf and slope from the southwestern edge of Georges Bank, Massachusetts, to Nicaragua. In the extreme northern part of its range it has been taken at depths of as little as 73 m but its habitat becomes deeper southward to 550 m off Nicaragua. The subspecies has not been recorded from the eastern or southern side of the Straits of Florida. Its range is either slightly overlapping or contiguous with the ranges of Scyliorhinus torrei and Scyliorhinus retifer meadi off the south-central and south-eastern coast of Florida. The geographical ranges of S. r. retifer and S. r. boa overlap on the continental slope of the northwestern Caribbean Sea but in this area S. r. retifer has been found usually at a greater depth than S. r. boa. All of the specimens of western Atlantic Scyliorhinus that we find recorded were collected with otter trawls or dredges. Records of capture of S. r. retifer along the coast of the United States are especially con- centrated off the Virginia Capes, off Dry Tortugas, Florida, and off Pensacola, Florida, in areas with considerable growth of sessile in- vertebrates of moderate size. Research vessels have collected less than two dozen mature specimens among more than a thousand taken in spite of continued efforts to collect large specimens of S. r. retifer over several years. Seventeen of the adults, eleven males, 365 to 410 mm, and five females, 360 to 420 mm long, were taken in a single net haul from about 90 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 180 m off North Carolina, July 19, 1960. Most of the locality records are based on captures of immature specimens taken singly. From fishing results we deduce that S. r. retifer adults prefer very rough bottom habitats that are generally considered untrawlable and that the immature sharks scatter to some extent over areas with fewer bulky obstructions. Natural history notes: Several identifiable egg cases of S. r. retifer have been recovered that show cross bands similar to those illustrated by Springer (1966, fig. 8). One egg case measures 60 mm long between indented ends and 27 mm at the widest part. Scyliorhinus retifer boa Goode and Bean, 1896 Scylliorhinus boa Goode and Bean, 1896, p. 17, fig. 6 (type locality, Barbados in 200 fathoms ). Scyliorhinus boa: Bigelow and Schroeder, 1948 (part, pertains only to type specimen), p. 204.—Springer, 1966 (part, reference only to type specimen ), p. 601. Scyliorhinus hesperius Springer, 1966, p. 603-604, fig. 15B. Study material: MCZ 1335, holotype of Scylliorhinus boa; USNM 187732, holotype of Scyliorhinus hesperius; USNM 187728 and 26 other specimens. Diagnosis: Scyliorhinus retifer boa is a subspecies in which differentia- tion appears to be far from complete, and, as defined here, probably includes several more or less distinct geographical races. The 26 speci- mens we have seen vary widely in color pattern. The subspecies is characterized by the presence of white or light-colored spots about the size of the dark-adapted pupil or smaller, the white spots usually scattered within dark dorsal saddle blotches. Specimens from the Antilles and the coast of eastern Colombia are darker than those from the coasts of Honduras, Nicaragua, and Panama. In the more melanistic specimens the dorsal pattern is irregular and obscure and dark color extends irregularly onto ventral surfaces. In S. r. boa the dorsal saddle areas or dorsal blotches of darker color are not outlined by continuous, reticulating narrow lines of black as they are in S. r. retifer and are usually not outlined by small black dots or interrupted series of black dashes as they are in S. r. haeckelii. Newly hatched specimens of S. r. boa and S. r. haeckelii, however, may not always be separable. The only very young ones available to us for examination are from the Lesser Antilles and the Guianas. Some have small, white spots as well as numerous small, black spots. Evidently, the white spots become more prominent with growth in S. r. boa but disappear in S. r. haeckelii. The holotype of Scylliorhinus boa, a juvenile 6-inches long collected by the R/V Blake in about 365 m depth off Barbados, is now in poor condition (Bigelow and Schroeder, 1948). It was named and a diagnosis was given by Goode and Bean (1896) as a variant of S. retifer. A dual numbering system for some of the R/V Blake material accounts for the Cat Shark Subspecies 91 station number CVII given by Goode and Bean and number 291 given by Springer (1966). In this instance the two numbers refer to the same station (see Dick, 1969). The holotype (MCZ 1335) now shows neither the scarcely visible reticulations noted by Goode and Bean nor the white spots which are apparently intended but not clearly shown in Goode and Bean’s illustra- tion (1896, fig. 6). Specimens recently collected off Barbados and off nearby St. Vincent are adults and do have white spots, although a reticulate pattern is not present. Scyliorhinus from other areas in the Lesser Antilles and the southern coasts of Hispaniola are also the white- spotted form. We conclude that the white-spotted form should be con- sidered Scyliorhinus retifer boa and that Scyliorhinus hesperius Springer, 1966 described from the Caribbean off Panama is a junior synonym of S. boa. One melanistic specimen, USNM 204378, from the Colombia-Venezuela zone of intergradation is the only example without white spots in our series that we refer to S. r. boa. It has relatively few black spots, larger than those of typical S. r. haeckelii. It might be identified as S. r. besnardi in the key given here except that the spots are slightly smaller than the dark-adapted pupil and have no light-colored centers. Size: A sexually mature male from Barbados is 540 mm long. Al- though the specimens in our small series of S. r. boa are large in com- parison with specimens in the very large series of S. r. retifer, we doubt that this size relation is significant. Because most of the slopes around the smaller islands of the West Indies are rough-bottom areas, exploratory fishing vessels were forced to attempt to get samples from or very near rocky or rough bottom if they were to get them at all. Thus, for S. r. boa we have a proportionally larger sample of the full grown specimens which, we postulate, prefer rough-bottom habitats. Distribution: S. r. boa ranges from its type locality at Barbados north- ward through the Lesser Antilles, and along the southern coasts of Hispaniola and Jamaica. It occurs off the Central American coast south- ward from Honduras and is represented on the Caribbean coast of Colombia by melanistic variants. The specimens seen were trawled from depths of 274 to 676 m. Natural history notes: One melanistic Colombia specimen of S. r. boa (USNM 204378) was alive when brought on the deck of the R/V Oregon and was placed in a drum of sea-water where it was observed to exhibit luminescence (Harvey R. Bullis, Jr., personal communication). He described the light as a diffuse glow from the ventral surfaces but noted two distinct light-producing spots on the dorsal midline between the tip of the snout and the origin of the first dorsal fin. Subsequent examina- tion of this specimen in the laboratory failed to reveal photophores, which suggests that the luminescence may have been of bacterial origin. This appears to be the only report of bioluminescence from a galeoid shark. 92 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Scyliorhinus retifer meadi Springer, 1966 Scyliorhinus meadi Springer, 1966, pp. 600-601, fig. 14B (type locality, off Cape Kennedy, Florida, 28°21’N, 79°51’W). Study material: USNM 188049, the holotype, and five other speci- mens. Diagnosis: Scyliorhinus retifer meadi has a color pattern of seven or eight dorsal saddles but no reticulating dark lines, no black spots, and no white spots, and thus differs from other subspecies of S. retifer. It has a greater average number of monospondylous vertebrae than other subspecies but overlaps S. r. retifer and S. r. boa (see Table 1). The six known specimens have appreciably longer denticle points than other subspecies of S. retifer of equal size. Size: Mature and newly hatched specimens are not known. Distribution: Specimens have been taken only at the type locality in 329 m depth off Cocoa Beach near Cape Kennedy, from the same depth off St. Augustine, in 457-622 m off Bimini, Bahamas, and in 549 m in the Santaren Channel between the Cay Sal and Bahama Banks. As shown in Figure 1, the known geographical range of S. r. meadi lies within and very near the range of S. r. retifer. This is in apparent conflict with an expected distribution of a subspecies as outlined earlier. The extent of the range of S. r. meadi cannot be well represented, how- ever, by records of six immature specimens from four locations. The contact between the two subspecies seems insubstantial. The area of geographical overlap lies off the Florida coast between St. Augustine and Fort Pierce. That both subspecies are rare in this area is shown by the capture of only four or five immature specimens of each subspecies in very thorough exploratory trawling operations carried out over several years. Much less information is available from the side of the Gulf Stream adjacent to the Bahama Banks where less than two percent as much trawling effort has been made. The two records of capture of S. r. meadi on the Bahama side of the Gulf Stream thus seem more important and lead to the belief that it is primarily a Bahamian subspecies. In its color pattern S. r. meadi resembles some specimens of S. r. boa except for the absence of white spots but none of the six immature specimens show any trace of the reticulate pattern that characterizes S. r. retifer. Scyliorhinus retifer haeckelii ( Ribeiro, 1907) Catulus haeckelii Ribeiro, 1907, pp. 163-165, pl. 8 (type locality off Rio de Janeiro in 80 m). Scyliorhinus boa: Bigelow and Schroeder, 1948, (part, type of C. haeckelii depicted in illustration and incorporated in account of species, pp. 204-207, fig. 32).—Springer 1966, (part, except type of S. boa, pp. 601-602, fig. 15A). Cat Shark Subspecies 93 Scyliorhinus fernandezi Weibezahn, 1953, pp. 3-7, fig. 1. Study material: Museum Nacional Brasil (MNB) 494, the holotype; USNM 188060 and 20 other specimens. Diagnosis: Scyliorhinus retifer haeckelii has a color pattern of very small black spots smaller than the dark-adapted pupil, the spots usually distributed generally over the dorsal surfaces and in many examples outlining the seven or eight dark colored dorsal saddles. In three of our specimens the dorsal saddles are only faintly represented and the black spots are smaller, more numerous, and more evenly distributed over the dorsal surfaces than in the more typical form. None of the available specimens show any trace of reticulating narrow lines except as series of discrete black spots, but three newly hatched specimens have bands of slightly darker color (less strong than the color of dorsal saddles) that are similar to bands on anterior lateral surface of immature western Caribbean S. r. boa. The illustrations of the holo- type and other illustrations noted in the synonymy above depict very well the color pattern that is characteristic of most of our specimens of S. r. haeckelii. Size: S. r. haeckelii may be slightly smaller than S. r. boa or S. r. retifer, as previously suggested by Springer (1966, p. 602) because a 346-mm male S. r. haeckelii is apparently sexually mature. Distribution: Our material indicates that S. r. haeckelii ranges along the continental slope of South America from western Venezuela to the vicinity of Rio. de Janeiro, although the only specimen recorded from south of the equator is the holotype. Depths recorded for S. r. haeckelii are from 37 to 402 m. The holotype of Catulus haeckelii was taken off Rio de Janeiro from 80 m and the holotype of Scyliorhinus fernandezi was from 37 m. These records suggests the possibility that S. r. haeckelii frequents somewhat shallower water than S. r. boa and (in the tropical segment of its range) S. r. retifer. Natural history notes: A series of 9 egg cases with 3 newly hatched young permits positive identification of the egg cases of S. r. haeckelii. The egg cases are light amber, transparent, and do not have transverse bands such as has been noted for egg cases of S. r. retifer that carry developing eggs. Each egg case has a pair of well-developed tendrils at each end. The upper and lower surfaces are smooth except for very faint longitudinal striae and the lateral edges are thickened and re- enforced much as in egg of Scyliorhinus stellaris and S. r. retifer. The egg cases of the series are 62 to 66 mm long measured along the axis (not including horns and tendrils) and are from 24 to 27 mm at their widest parts. The young obtained with, but not directly from, the egg cases are 100, 102, and 130 mm long. Seven of the cases contain yolk without indication of developing embryos. The series was collected by the UNDP/FAO vessel Calamar at its station 413 off Surinam in 137 m— (coral and “sea-fan” bottom) at 07°28’N; 56°24’/W. 94 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington “LLEVOG WNSNQ ‘eeu wul-99¢ 8 ‘edAjered “ipupusaq safyau snury.onhag jo BuIMeIG °% ‘DI Cat Shark Subspecies 95 Seyliorhinus retifer besnardi new subspecies (Figure 2) Holotype: A 385-mm female (USNM 204376) trawled at station 419 the R/V Prof. W. Besnard of the Instituto Oceanografico de la Uni- versidade de Sdo Paulo, from a depth of 190 m, temperature 15.67° C, salinity 35.726%. at the trawling depth, at 33°26’S, 51°21’S, near the continental shelf edge off northern Uruguay, 2 November 1968. Paratypes: A 470-mm adult male, Instituto Oceanografico Sio Paulo (IOSP 81BS), partially dissected; a 338-mm female (IOSP 82BS); and a 366-mm male (USNM 304377); all from the same haul as the holotype. Other Material: A 356-mm male (IOSP 83BS) from R/V Prof. W. Besnard station 436 from a depth of 140 m, temperature 15.77° C, salinity 35.702%. at the trawling depth, at 30°15’S, 49°00’W, off Porto Alegre, Brazil. Diagnosis: S. r. besnardi has the diagnostic characters of the genus Scyliorhinus; that is, chondrocranium with a supraorbital crest, lower labial furrow developed but upper labial furrow absent, and upper lip slightly overlapping lower lip near mouth corners. The color pattern of S. r. besnardi is somewhat like the color pattern of Halaelurus buergeri of Japanese waters but H. buergeri lacks supra- orbital crests. The color pattern of S. r. besnardi also resembles that of some specimens of Scyliorhinus caniculus and S. stellaris from the west coast of Africa but in the two latter species the nasal flaps extend nearly or quite to the upper lip and sometimes overlap it. S. 7. besnardi may be readily distinguished from other western Atlantic Scyliorhinus by the color pattern differences already set forth in the key. In addition, of the five specimens of S. r. besnardi for which we have vertebral counts, four have 38 monospondylous vertebrae and one has 37, whereas in 12 specimens of S. r. haeckelii only one has as few as 38. Other subspecies of retifer have somewhat higher counts, from 39 to 49 (see Table 1). Description: Following are proportional measurements of the holotype in percentages of total length except as indicated. The range is given in parentheses for the holotype, two paratypes (excepting the 470-mm male), and the 356-mm specimen listed above. Measurements were made as outlined in Bigelow and Schroeder (1948). Tip of snout to: front of mouth, 4.2 (4.1-5.4); eye, 4.2 (4.2-5.5); spiracle, 10.1 (9.6-10.6); first gill opening, 14.5 (14.5-15.6); last gill opening, 19.0 (18.9-19.2); origin pectoral, 18.2 (17.8-18.5); origin first dorsal, 48.1 (48.1-49.7); origin pelvics, 39.5 (39.5-41.6); origin second dorsal, 66.0 (66.0-67.2); origin anal, 58.5 (58.5-60.9); origin upper caudal lobe 79.2 (77.5-79.3); anterior end cloacal opening, 41.8 (41.8-45.2). Greatest width of: head, 11.2 (11.2-11.5); trunk at pectorals, 8.6 96 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington (8.6-11.0); trunk at pelvics, 6.2 (6.0-6.4); trunk at caudal origin, 2.1 (2.1-2.8). Greatest height of: head at spiracles 7.3 (6.1—-7.3); trunk at pectorals, 9.9 (9.8-9.9); trunk at pelvics, 8.6 (8.4-8.7); trunk at caudal origin, 3.4 (3.3-3.6). Eyes: horizontal diameter 3.6 (2.9-3.6); distance between supra- orbital crests of chondrocranium 3.5 (3.5—-3.8); distance between upper eyelids 6.2 (6.26.3). Spiracles: greatest diameter 0.5 (0.5-0.7); least distance from eye, 0.8 (0.8-1.2); distance between, 7.5 (7.5-7.9). Mouth: width, 6.5 (6.5-7.9); length, 3.9 (3.6-4.2); upper labial furrow absent; length lower labial furrow, 1.2 (1.2—1.7). Nasal apertures: level of anterior ends to tip of snout, 2.5 (2.5-3.2); level of posterior ends to front of mouth, 0.6 (0.5-1.0). Gill slits: height of first, 1.8 (1.5-1.9); height of fifth, 1.0 (1.0-1.2). First dorsal fin: length base, 5.7 (5.7-6.9); length posterior tip (posterior inner margin), 2.6 (2.6-3.1); height, 4.4 (4.5-5.1); length anterior margin, 9.1 (9.1-10.7). Second dorsal fin: length base, 5.2 (5.2-5.7); posterior tip (posterior inner margin), 2.6 (2.6-2.8); height, 2.9 (2.7-3.8); length anterior margin, 7.5 (7.5-8.2). Pelvic fins: origin to posterior tip, 9.9 (7.4—-10.2). Caudal fin: upper margin, 20.8 (20.8-22.5); anterior margin lower lobe, 9.6 (9.6-10.4); tip to notch, 6.5 (6.5-7.1). Distance between fin bases: first to second dorsal, 12.5 (10.4-12.5); pectoral to pelvic, 16.4 (16.1-18.2); pelvic to anal 11.7 (11.7-13.7); anal to lower caudal, 9.9 (7.9-9.9); second dorsal to upper caudal, 9.1 (4.8-9.1). Teeth: number of upper, 23 plus 23 in holotype to 25 plus 26 in one paratype; number of lower 21 plus 1 plus 23 in holotype to 22 plus 3 plus 23 in one paratype. Vertebrae: in holotype and in three paratypes from radiographs, in 470-mm male paratype from dissection, total number 125 (122-129); number monospondylous 38 (37-38 ). Gill rakers: one about 1 mm high on each side of gill bars plus a second smaller gill raker on some gill bars of holotype; one paratype has only one on each side of gill bars without second smaller gill raker. Color pattern of holotype (see fig. 2), gray above flecked with a few very small white specks which are incompletely formed replacement denticles; dorsal surface with seven or eight indistinct saddles only slightly darker than background color and marked with black, round or ovoid spots, some paired or double, some forming lunate or ocelluslike markings, most spots as large or larger than pupil, pairs or single spots separated from one another by distances greater than the diameter of spots, a series of eight spots on dorsal midline, three of which are double, spots present on dorsal surface of paired fins and on dorsals and Cat Shark Subspecies 97 caudal; ventral surfaces white but somewhat irregularly suffused with darker color. Paratypes with a similar pattern of spots arranged in approximate bilateral symmetry, as in holotype. Teeth of upper and lower jaws not differing greatly in size or shape; largest about 1 by 1 mm in holotype; typically with long central cusp flanked by one short cusp on each side but some with additional cusps, usually one extra on the inner side, but a few with extra cusps on both sides of central cusp; bases of teeth striate; symphysis of upper jaw distinct, without median tooth, but first tooth on each side of symphysis small; lower jaw without well-marked symphyseal separation and with 3 small medial teeth. Dermal denticles 3-pointed on lateral surfaces, the central point longest, with three prominent ridges. Pelvic fins of males united along inner margins for about two-thirds the distance to their tips, pelvic fins of females united by membrane only at base. Claspers of the 470-mm male extend well beyond the tips of the pelvics, whereas claspers of the 366-mm paratype do not nearly reach the pelvic tip. This suggests that maturity in the male may be reached at lengths near 470 mm or less. Etymology: The new subspecies is named in honor of Professor Wladimir Besnard, founder of the Oceanographic Institution of the University of Sdo Paulo. Acknowledgments: We thank Harvey R. Bullis, Jr., for permission to report his observation of luminescence from a specimen of S. r. boa, and Jules M. Crane for assistance in a laboratory search for photophores on the specimen. Illustrations were prepared by Mildred M. Carrington. LITERATURE CITED BicELow, Henry B., AND Witi1amM C. ScHRoEDER. 1948. Sharks. Fishes of the western North Atlantic. Sears Found. Mar. Res., Mem. 1(1): 59-576. BicELOw, HENRY B., WiLLIAM C. SCHROEDER, AND STEWART SPRINGER. 1953. New and little known sharks from the Atlantic and from the Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 109(3): 213-276. Buuuis, Harvey R., Jr., AND JoHN R. THompson. 1965. Collections by exploratory fishing vessels Oregon, Silver Bay, Combat, and Pelican made during 1956-1960 in the southwestern North Atlantic. Bur. Comm. Fisheries Spec. Sci. Rept. 510, 130 pp. Cuan, W. L. 1966. New sharks from the South China Sea. J. Zool. 148: 218-237. 98 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Dick, MyvAnwy M. 1969. Louis Agassiz’s numbers for steamer Blake stations of 1877-78, 1878-79. Breviora, no. 313: 1-11. GaRMAN, SAMUEL. 1881. XII.—Report on the selachians. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 8(11): 231-237. GoopE, GEORGE BROWN, AND TARLETON H. BEAN. 1896. Oceanic Ichthyology. Special Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1-26 and 1-553, pls. 1-123 with 417 figs. Howe wu Rivero, Luis. 1936. Some new, rare and little-known fishes from Cuba. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 41(4): 41-76, pl. 9-13. Husss, Cart L. 1943. Criteria for subspecies, species and genera, as determined by researches on fishes. Ann. New York Acad. Sci., 44(2): 109-121. Recan, C. Tare. 1908. A synopsis of the sharks of the family Scyliorhinidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 8, 1: 453465. RiBEmRo, ALIpIo DE MrranpA. 1907. Fauna braziliense. Peixes. Tomo ii. Arch. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro, 14: 131-217, 19 pls. SPRINGER, STEWART. 1966. A review of western Atlantic cat sharks, Scyliorhinidae, with descriptions of a new genus and five new species. Fishery Bull. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Serv., 65(3): 581-624. , AND Harvey R. Buus, Jr. 1956. Collections by the Oregon in the Gulf of Mexico. Bur. Comm. Fisheries Spec. Sci. Rept. 196, 134 pp. WEIBEZAHN, FRANZ H. 1953. Una nueva especie de Scyliorhinus de Venezuela. Novedades Cientificas del Mus. Hist. Nat. La Salle, series Zool. number 9: 1-7. Vol. 83, No. 8, pp. 99-114 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NINE NEW AMERICAN STOMATOPOD CRUSTACEANS\\\1 HSONT 07 By RaymMonp B. MANNING \ UN 4 i97G Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. f ! NBRARIES 7 Since a revision on the western Atlantic stomatopods was submitted for publication in 1967, five species not included in that report have been sent to me by a number of individuals. In addition, four new species from the eastern Pacific region also have been discovered; inasmuch as a planned review of the eastern Pacific Stomatopoda has been further delayed those are characterized here. I would like to thank the following individuals for providing me with the specimens reported here: Dorothy Bliss, American Museum of Natural History; E. E. Boschi, Instituto de Biologia Marina, Mar del Plata, Argentina; Harvey R. Bullis, Jr., U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; C. E. Dawson, Gulf Coast Research Laboratory; L. McCloskey, then of Duke University Marine Laboratory; H. Rodrigues da Costa, Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro; Enrique M. del Solar, Instituto del Mar del Peru, Lima; and G. L. Voss, School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, University of Miami. The illustrations are by my wife Lilly. Terms and measurements have been described in detail in an earlier paper (Manning, 1969). Types have been deposited in the American Museum of Natural History (AMNH), the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden (RMNH), and the Division of Crustacea, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution (USNM), as indicated in the text. Nannosquilla carolinensis new species Figure 1 Holotype: 19, 18 mm; off North Carolina; 34°06.9'N, 76°11.5’'W; 100 meters; Eastward station 5980; 7 October 1966; USNM. 8—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (99) 100 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Nannosquilla carolinensis new species. Female holotype, TL 18 mm, Eastward station 5980: a, anterior portion of body; b, sixth abdominal somite, telson, and uropod; c, telson, ventral view; d, uropod, ventral view. (Setae omitted ). Paratype: 14, 18 mm; data as in holotype; USNM. Diagnosis: Cornea subglobular, set obliquely on stalk. Rostral plate flattened laterally, rounded anterolaterally, anterior margins converging on obtusely pointed apex. Dactylus of raptorial claw with 8 teeth. Mandibular palp absent; 4 epipods present. Abdomen flattened, smooth, unarmed. Telson broader than long, smooth dorsally, false eave with rounded median and lateral projections; marginal armature comprising, on either side of midline, 6 submedian denticles in a curved row, 1 movable submedian tooth, 6 fixed teeth and denticles, and 1 large fixed lateral tooth. Uropod with 2-3 stiff setae on inner margin and 4-5 New American Stomatopods 101 spatulate spines on outer margin of proximal segment of exopod; spines of basal prolongation subequal in length. Color: Background color light, appearing speckled with numerous dark stellate chromatophores. Measurements: Male paratype and female holotype both 18 mm; other measurements of female: carapace length 3.1; cornea width 0.7; telson length 1.4, width 2.5. Discussion: Nannosquilla carolinensis resembles N. antillensis (Man- ning) in having the spines of the basal prolongation subequal but differs in having the rostral plate rounded anterolaterally and in lacking the posterolateral spines of the sixth abdominal somite. Etymology: The name alludes to the discovery of the species off North Carolina. Nannosquilla dacostai new species Figure 2 Holotype: 12, 19 mm; Brazil; 02°31'S, 40°22’W; 23 meters; Expedicao Norte Nordeste I, station 1720; H. Rodrigues da Costa; 29 October 1967; USNM. Diagnosis: Cornea subglobular, set obliquely on stalk. Rostral plate broadly rounded laterally and anterolaterally, anterior margins converging on obtusely pointed apex. Dactylus of raptorial claw with 6 teeth. Mandibular palp and 4 epipods present. Abdomen flattened, smooth, with strong posterolateral spines on sixth somite. Telson broader than long, smooth dorsally, false eave rounded medially, median prominence flanked laterally by obtusely rounded lateral projection; marginal arma- ture, on either side of midline, comprising 8 submedian denticles in transverse row, 1 movable submedian tooth, 4 fixed teeth and denticles, innermost set posterior to movable tooth, and 1 large fixed lateral tooth. Uropod with 3-4 stiff setae on inner margin and 5 spatulate spines on outer margin of proximal segment of exopod; inner spine of basal pro- longation of uropod the longer. Color: Faded. Measurements: Unique female holotype, TL 19 mm; other measure- ments: carapace length 2.9; cornea width 0.8; telson length 1.3, width 2.0. Discussion: Nannosquilla dacostai is similar to N. antillensis (Man- ning), differing in having only six teeth on the claw, broadly rounded anterolateral angles on the rostral plate, and four rather than five to eight fixed teeth and denticles on the telson lateral to the movable submedian tooth. With the exception of N. carolinensis, described above, and N. antillensis, all other western Atlantic species of Nannosquilla have the inner spine of the basal prolongation of the uropod longer than the outer. Etymology: The species is named for H. Rodrigues da Costa who collected the holotype and made it available for study. 102 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 2. Nannosquilla dacostai new species. Female holotype, TL 19 mm, Brazil: a, anterior portion of body; b, sixth abdominal somite, telson, and uropod; c, telson, ventral view, enlarged; d, uropod, ventral view, enlarged. (Setae omitted ). Meiosquilla dawsoni new species Figure 3 Holotype: 16, 29.5 mm; Fort Amador Causeway, Pacific coast, Panama; chem-fish poison on sand pool and among rocks, small rock pile adjacent to causeway; 0.2 feet; C. E. Dawson, collector; 29 Novem- ber 1966; USNM 124744. Paratype: 124, 47 mm; taken by shrimp trawler out of Guaymas, Mexico; A. Sorenson; 1946; USNM. Diagnosis: Eye large, triangular cornea bilobed, set obliquely on stalk. Ocular scales subtruncate. Anterior margin of ophthalmic somite with median tubercle. Rostral plate cordiform, longer than broad, apex rounded. Carapace smooth, lacking spines or carinae except for short reflected marginals and laterals on posterior portion. Dactylus of raptorial claw with 4 teeth; dorsal ridge of carpus of claw undivided. Mandibular palp absent; 4 epipods present. Exposed thoracic somites lacking sub- New American Stomatopods 103 Fic. 3. Meiosquilla dawsoni new species. Male holotype, TL 29.5 mm, Panama: 4a, anterior portion of body; b, right eye; c, lateral processes of fifth, sixth, and seventh thoracic somites; d, fifth and sixth abdominal somites, telson, and uropod. (Setae omitted). median carinae, intermediates present on sixth to eighth somites. Lateral process of fifth thoracic somite a rounded lobe, compressed antero- posteriorly, sharp ventral spine present on each side; lateral processes of sixth and seventh thoracic somites broadly rounded; ventral keel of eighth thoracic somite erect, apex rounded. Abdomen without sub- median carinae on anterior 5 somites, abdominal carinae spined as 104 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington follows: submedian 6, intermediate 6, lateral 6, marginal 5; carinae of sixth somite strongly inflated in male. Telson with 3 pairs of marginal teeth, submedians with movable apices; marginal carinae of telson short, dorsal surface lacking supplementary carinae; denticles sharp, 3-4, 7-8, 1; median carina and bases of marginal teeth inflated in males. Uropodal exopod with 6 movable spines on outer margin of proximal segment; basal prolongation of uropod with 4-6 fixed spines on inner margin. Color: Background color light, body covered with numerous small black chromatophores. Measurements: Males only examined, TL 29.5-47 mm; other mea- surements of male holotype: carapace length 6.9; cornea width 2.0; rostral plate length 1.2, width 1.0; telson length 4.0, width 5.3. Discussion: Meiosquilla dawsoni is the eastern Pacific analog of M. quadridens (Bigelow); it differs from that species in having a slenderer rostral plate and in lacking posterior spines on the intermediate and lateral carinae of the fifth abdominal somite. The new species differs from the two known eastern Pacific species, M. swetti (Schmitt) and M. oculinova (Glassell), in lacking supplementary dorsal carinae on the telson. Etymology: The species is named for the collector, C. E. Dawson. Squilla decimdentata new species Figure 4 Holotype: 16, 80 mm; Venezuela; 10°43.5'N, 64°16’W to 10°45.5’/N, 64°15'W; 39-33 fathoms; Pillsbury station 723; 21 July 1968; USNM. Paratypes: 12, 46 mm; Venezuela; 10°45’N, 62°00’'W to 10°45.5’N, 62.°02.5'W; 42-47 fathoms; Pillsbury station 705; 18 July 1968; USNM.— 1¢é, 28 mm; 29, 51-52 mm; Venezuela; 10°47.4’N, 62°55’W to 10°47.6'N, 62°56’W; 26-25 fathoms; Pillsbury station 710; 19 July 1968; USNM.—2 6, 22-55 mm; 42, 36-52 mm; Venezuela; 10°48’N, 63°13’W to 10°50’N, 63°13’W; 25-28 fathoms; Pillsbury station 711; 19 July 1968; RMNH.—5¢, 60-82 mm; 59, 59-73 mm; data as in holotype; RMNH.—9 6, 58-86 mm; 62, 48-77 mm; same data; USNM.—1 9, 68 mm; Venezuela; 10°20'N, 65°02’W; 35 fathoms; Pillsbury station 727; 21 July 1968; USNM.—1¢@, 33 mm; Venezuela; 10°42.5’N, 66°21’W to 10°44’N, 66°20.4’W; 75-105 fathoms; Pillsbury station 738; 22 July 1968; USNM.—2¢@, 35-53 mm; Venezuela; 10°54.7’N, 66°17.8’W to 10°57.6'N, 66°18’W; 128-153 fathoms; Pillsbury station 739; 23 July 1968; RMNH.—1¢6, 35 mm; Venezuela; 11°39.6’N, 69°22.1’W to 11°42’N, 69°20’'W; 88-102 fathoms; Pillsbury station 757; 27 July 1968; USNM. Diagnosis: Eye large, cornea bilobed, set obliquely on stalk. Ocular scales subtruncate, inclined laterally. Rostral plate with short median carina, length and width of plate subequal, apex rounded. Median carina of carapace with anterior bifurcation; anterolateral spines of carapace strong but not extending to base of rostral plate; anterior margins of New American Stomatopods 105 Fic. 4. Squilla decimdentata new species. Female paratype, TL 68 mm, Pillsbury station 727: a, anterior portion of body; b, left eye; c, lateral processes of fifth, sixth, and seventh thoracic somites; d, raptorial claw; @, basal prolongation of uropod. (Setae omitted). lateral plates of carapace concave. Dactylus of raptorial claw with 10-11, usually 10, teeth, outer margin evenly rounded; dorsal ridge of carpus irregularly tuberculate. Mandibular palp and 5 epipods present. Lateral process of fifth thoracic somite a sharp, curved spine; lateral processes of next 2 somites bilobed, anterior lobes small, posterior lobes much larger, posterolateral apices sharp. Posterior 3 thoracic and all 6 ab- dominal somites with submedian and intermediate carinae, those on 106 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington thoracic somites unarmed. Abdominal carinae spined as follows: sub- median 5—6, intermediate (2)3-6, lateral (1)2—6, marginal 1-5. Telson broader than long with median carina and 3 pairs of marginal teeth, prelateral lobes present; median carina and margin of telson inflated in adult males; denticles 47, 10-14, 1; ventral surface of telson with short postanal keel. Uropodal exopod with 7—9 short movable spines on outer margin of proximal segment. Color: Posterior 3 thoracic and anterior 5 abdominal somites with dark posterior line; second abdominal somite with obscure transverse dark patch middorsally; telson with pair of dark submedian crescents. Measurements: Males, TL 22-86 mm; females, TL 33-77 mm; other measurements of male holotype, TL 80 mm: carapace length 15.8; anterior width of carapace 6.8; cornea width 5.3; rostral plate length 2.5, width 2.5; telson length 15.2, width 16.1. Discussion: Squilla decimdentata can be distinguished from all known species of Squilla by the larger number of teeth on the dactylus of the raptorial claw, 10-11; the other species normally have six teeth on the claw, although S. heptacantha (Chace) always has seven. The new species closely resembles S. lijdingi Holthuis in color pattern and general facies, but can be distinguished from that species by the carina on the rostral plate and the well-formed anterior bifurcation of the median carina of the carapace in addition to the number of teeth on the claw. Etymology: The name is from the Latin, decem, ten, and the Latin, dentatus, toothed, in reference to the number of teeth on the dactylus of the claw. Eurysquilla solari new species Figure 5 Holotype: 192, 47 mm; Peru; 09°24’S, 79°28’W; 160 meters; Kaiyo Maru; Enrique M. del Solar; 26 December 1968; USNM. Diagnosis: Cornea strongly bilobed, set very obliquely on stalk. Ocular scales broad, flattened dorsally, inclined laterally. Antennal protopod with 1 ventral papilla. Rostral plate rounded laterally, strong apical spine present. Dactylus of raptorial claw with 7 teeth. Mandibular palp and 5 epipods present. Lateral processes of sixth and seventh thoracic somites rounded laterally and posterolaterally; eighth somite with carina above lateral margin. Abdominal carinae spined as follows: submedian 6, intermediate 5-6, lateral 5-6, marginal 4-5. Telson broader than long, with median carina and 3 pairs of dorsal carinae, dorsal carinae tuberculate, marginals entire; bases of intermediate and lateral teeth with patch or ridge of erect tubercles; inner intermediate denticle broad, triangular, outer intermediate denticle and lateral denticle slender, arising ventral to posterior margin. Uropodal exopod with 7 movable spines on proximal segment; basal prolongation slender, ter- minating in 2 spines, inner longer, inner margin of prolongation smooth. Color: Body conspicuously marked with dark chromatophores; dark — oe or New American Stomatopods 107 Fic. 5. Eurysquilla solari new species. Female holotype, TL 47 mm, Peru: a, anterior portion of body; b, fifth and sixth abdominal somites, telson, and uropod; c, uropod, ventral view. (Setae omitted). lateral patches present on first and fifth abdominal somite; median por- tion of thoracic and abdominal somites and posterior portion of median carina of telson dark. Measurements: Unique female holotype, TL 47 mm; other measure- ments: carapace length 8.0; cornea width 3.0; rostral plate length 2.2, width 2.2; telson length 5.8, width 9.9. 108 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Discussion: Eurysquilla solari resembles both E. veleronis (Schmitt) from the eastern Pacific and E. plumata (Bigelow) from the western Atlantic, differing from both in having an apical spine on the rostral plate and in having posterior spines on the intermediate and lateral carinae of the fifth abdominal somite. All three species are marked by the dark spots on the fifth abdominal somite. Etymology: The species is named for the collector, Enrique M. del Solar. Gonodactylus petilus new species Figure 6 Holotype: 16, 18 mm; southwestern Caribbean Sea, off Panama; 09°28.3'N, 78°20.7’W to 09°29.2’N, 78°21.7’'W; 51-55 meters; Pillsbury station 419; 19 July 1966; USNM. Paratypes: 16, 22 mm; same; 09°26.6’N, 78°16.3’W to 09°26.8’N, 78°17’'W; 57-59 meters; Pillsbury station 418; 19 July 1966; RMNH.— 29, each 22 mm; same; 09°30.5’N, 78°25.6’W to 09°30.7'N, 78°26'W; 51 meters; Pillsbury station 420; 19 July 1966; USNM.—19°, 19 mm; same; 09°32.1’N, 78°33.5’W to 09°32.5'N, 78°34.3'W; 53-59 meters; Pillsbury station 421; 19 July 1966; RMNH. Diagnosis: Anterolateral angles of rostral plate broadly rounded. Ocular scales erect, separate, rounded dorsally. Lateral process of sixth thoracic somite more rounded laterally and broader than process of seventh somite. Lower portion of posterior margin of pleura of anterior 4 abdominal somites concave dorsally, convex or straight ventrally. Anterior 5 abdominal somites unarmed posterolaterally. . Sixth abdominal somite with 6 carinae, each usually with posterior spine, carinae inflated, unarmed in adult males. Abdomen slender, Abdominal Width-Carapace Length Index ranging from 704 to 731 in specimens with carapace lengths ranging between 3.4 and 4.5 mm. Telson broader than long, of Oerstedii-type, lacking dorsal tubercles on carinae; median carina flask-shaped, with rounded posterior tubercle, not noticeably inflated in males; accessory median carinae long, extending anteriorly for about one-third length of median carina, fusing posteriorly with median carina to form anchor; knob low; anterior submedian carinae with posterior tubercles or dimple; submedian, intermediate, accessory intermediate, and marginal carinae of telson sharp; low, swollen oblique ridge ex- tending from base of each submedian tooth towards knob; submedian teeth very slender, movable apices usually present; intermediate teeth sharp, longitudinal axes subparallel with axes of submedians; apex of lateral tooth distinct; 13-14 submedian denticles and 2 anteriorly-recessed intermediate denticles, inner set on rounded lobe, present. Uropod slender, elongate; outer margin of proximal segment of exopod with 9-11 movable spines; endopod slender, rounded mesially and laterally, tapering to rounded apex. Color: Dactylus of raptorial claw pink; merus with large proximal New American Stomatopods 109 Fic. 6. Gonodactylus petilus new species. Male holotype, TL 18 mm, Pillsbury station 419: sixth abdominal somite, telson, and uropod (setae omitted ). and smaller distal spot on dorsal depression. Sixth thoracic and first abdominal somite with trace of median patch of dark chromatophores. Measurements: Males, TL 18-22 mm; females, TL 19-22. mm. Other measurements of male, TL-22 mm: carapace length 4.5; fifth abdominal somite width 3.3; telson length 2.7, width 3.0. Discussion: Gonodactylus petilus is the slenderest species to be de- scribed from the Americas; it differs from the known western Atlantic species lacking dorsal spines and tubercles on the telson in having very elongate accessory median carinae on the telson. The new species closely resembles G. stanschi Schmitt from the eastern Pacific region, but that species has some dorsal spinules on the telson. Etymology: The specific name is from the Latin, petilus, thin. Gonodactylus pumilus new species Figure 7 Holotype: 14,20 mm; Gardner Bay, Hood Island, Galapagos Islands; 01°22’S, 89°39’W; 15 feet, from coral heads; Arcturus station 54; 25-27 April 1925; AMNH. Paratypes: 102, 8-16 mm; 92, 8-16 mm; data as in holotype; AMNH.—1 ¢, 15 mm; 19, 16 mm; data as in holotype; USNM. 110 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 7. Gonodactylus pumilus new species. Male holotype, TL 20 mm, Arcturus station 54: sixth abdominal somite, telson, and uropod (setae omitted ). Diagnosis: Anterolateral angles of rostral plate acute, sharp in some specimens but not spiniform. Ocular scales erect, separate, rounded or subtruncate dorsally. Lateral process of sixth thoracic somite more rounded laterally and broader than process of seventh somite. Lower portion of posterior margin of pleura of anterior 4 abdominal somites concave dorsally, slightly convex or flattened ventrally. Anterior 5 abdominal somites unarmed posterolaterally. Sixth abdominal somite with 6 carinae, submedians and intermediates slightly inflated, each usually with posterior spine; apical spines reduced or absent on sub- median carinae of some males. Abdominal Width-Carapace Length Index ranging from 703 to 857 in specimens with carapace lengths ranging from 2.1 to 4.0 mm. Telson usually broader than long, of Oerstedii-type, lacking dorsal tubercles on carinae; median carina strongly arched dorsally, flask-shaped, with strong posterior spine (lacking in some males); accessory median carinae fusing posteriorly with median carina to form anchor, except in adult males in which inflation of median carina obliterates anchor; accessory medians armed posteriorly in some specimens, short, not extending anteriorly for one-fourth length of carina; knob low; anterior submedian carinae unarmed posteriorly; submedian, intermediate, accessory intermediate, and marginal carinae sharp; low, swollen oblique ridge extending from base of each sub- New American Stomatopods LM) median tooth towards knob; submedian teeth with movable apices; in- termediate teeth sharp, apices slightly upturned, longitudinal axes sub- parallel with axes of submedians; apex of lateral tooth distinct; 9-11 submedian denticles and 2 anteriorly-recessed intermediate denticles, inner set on rounded lobe, present. Uropod not markedly slender; outer margin of proximal segment of exopod with 9-10 movable spines; endopod short, broad, inner margin and apex rounded. Color: Faded. Measurements: Males, TL 8-20 mm; females, TL 8-16 mm. Other measurements of male, TL 15 mm: carapace length 2.9; fifth abdominal somite width 2.3; telson length 1.8, width 2.1. Discussion: Gonodactylus pumilus is the eastern Pacific counterpart of G. torus Manning; it differs from G. torus in having acute antero- lateral angles on the rostral plate. The new species is also a dwarf species, like G. torus, which does not exceed 20 mm in total length; males 12 mm or more in total length exhibit the inflated median carina of the telson, a secondary sexual character. Gonodactylus pumilus is the smallest species recorded from the Americas. Etymology: The specific name is from the Latin, pumilus, dwarf or pygmy. Parasquilla (Parasquilla) boschii new species Figure 8 Holotype: 19, 128 mm; east of Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil; 30°11'S, 48°34’W; Walther Hervig station 60; 27 February 1968; USNM 126072. Paratypes: 192, 108 mm; Caribbean Sea, off Nicaragua; 12°21'N, 82°36.5'W; 105-108 fathoms; Oregon station 6448; 7 February 1967; USNM 125988.—1 ¢, CL23.2 mm; Brazil, off Rio de Janeiro; 22°59.6’S, 44°02.2'W; 21 meters; Almirante Saldanha station 1327; H. Rodrigues da Costa; 26 January 1966; USNM. Diagnosis: Anterolateral angles of rostral plate rounded. Lateral processes of sixth and seventh thoracic somites rounded posterolaterally; eighth thoracic somite with median carina on posterior half of dorsal surface. Abdominal carinae spined as follows: submedian 6, inter- mediate 5-6, lateral 6, marginal 4—5; short accessory carina present on anterior half of each of anterior 5 abdominal somites above lateral carina. Telson with oblique interrupted carina on each side of dorsal surface extending towards intermediate marginal tooth; basal prolongation of uropod crenulate on inner margin. Color: Largely faded, but lateral portions of body darker than dorsal surface; terminal spinules on walking legs crimson. Measurements: Only male examined broken, CL 23.2 mm; females, TL 108-128 mm. Other measurements of female holotype, TL 128 mm: carapace length 30.4; cornea width 5.0; rostral plate length 3.0, width 6.1; fifth abdominal somite width 25.6; telson length 20.1, width 20.6. Discussion: Parasquilla (Parasquilla) boschii closely resembles P. (P.) 112 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 8. Parasquilla (Parasquilla) boschii new species. Female para- type, TL 108 mm, Oregon station 6448: a, anterior portion of body; b, outline of first and second abdominal somites, right side, in lateral view; c, sixth abdominal somite, telson, and uropod. (Setae omitted). ferussaci (Roux) from the eastern Atlantic region, differing in having short accessory carinae above the lateral carina on each of the anterior five abdominal somites. The new species differs from the three other American species in having a posterior spine on each intermediate carina of the sixth abdominal somite. New American Stomatopods 113 Fic. 9. Parasquilla (Parasquilla) similis new species. Female para- type, TL 128 mm, Pillsbury station 529: a, anterior portion of body; b, sixth abdominal somite, telson, and uropod. (Setae omitted). 114 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Etymology: The species is named for Enrique E. Boschi who first made material of the species available for study. Parasquilla (Parasquilla) similis new species Figure 9 Holotype: 14, 160 mm; Gulf of Panama; 08°00.7’N, 79°11.8’W to 08°00.3’N, 79°12.8°W; 84 meters; Pillsbury station 529; 6 May 1967; USNM. Paratypes: 18, 157 mm; 12, 128 mm; data as in holotype; USNM.— seal mm; 19, 135 mm; data as in holotype; RMNH.—1 2, 125 mm; Caleta, La Cruz, Peru; 03°38’S; 23 April 1969; Enrique M. del Solar, collector; USNM. Diagnosis: Anterolateral angles of rostral plate rounded. Lateral processes of sixth and seventh thoracic somites rounded posterolaterally; eighth thoracic somite lacking median carina on posterior half of dorsal surface. Abdominal carinae armed as follows: submedian 6, intermediate unarmed, lateral 6, marginal 5; accessory carina not present above each lateral carina of anterior five abdominal somites. Telson with oblique, interrupted carina on each side of dorsal surface extending toward intermediate tooth. Basal prolongation of uropod with 5-11 erect tubercles on inner margin. Color; Pattern faded to overall bronze cast. . Measurements: Males, TL 151-160 mm; females, TL 125-135 mm. Other measurements of male holotype, TL 160 mm: carapace length 37.6; cornea width 4.8; rostral plate length 4.8, width 8.4; fifth ab- dominal somite width 35.1; telson length 26.4, width 29.5. Discussion: Parasquilla (Parasquilla) similis is the first species of the genus to be described from the eastern Pacific region. It closely re- sembles P. boschii Manning and P. meridionalis Manning from the west- ern Atlantic, differing from both in lacking a short median carina on the eighth thoracic somite. It agrees with P. boschii, P. coccinea Manning and P. meridionalis in lacking posterior spines on the intermediate carinae of the sixth abdominal somite and differs from the latter two species in having well developed dorsal carinae on the telson, a feature which it shares with P. boschii. None of the other species in the subgenus Parasquilla has erect tubercles on the inner margin of the basal pro- longation of the uropod. Large males of P. similis have the intermediate carinae of the sixth abdominal somite as well as the median carina and the bases of the marginal teeth of the telson noticeably inflated. Etymology: The name is from the Latin, similis, similar, alluding to the resemblance to P. meridionalis. LITERATURE CITED MANNING, RAyMOND B. 1969. Stomatopod Crustacea of the western Atlantic. Stud. trop. Oceanogr., Miami, no. 8: 1-380, figs. 1-91. 7. O73 Vol. 83, No. 9, pp. 115-122 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TWO NEW NEOGENE SPECIES OF CAE MOO AT TUBERCULODINIUM AND ONE OF Cy ; in XENICODINIUM (PYRRHOPHYTA) By Warren S. Drucc jet) as Chevron Oil Field Research Company pe AURA Me La Habra, California Two widely separated localities were the source of the ma- terial on which this paper is based. One is core hole 5 of the Joint Oceanographic Institution’s Deep Earth Sampling Pro- gram (JOIDES). This core hole is located on the Florida- Hatteras Slope about 150 kilometers due east of Jacksonville, Florida. It was drilled by M/V Caldrill in April 1965. The age of the samples from this locality is Post-Miocene. The other location is north central Sumatra. Here the material is from two wells, one near Rumbai and the other on Rupat Island. The age of the sample from the Rumbai area is lower Miocene. The sample from the Rupat Island area is middle Miocene to Pliocene. Type specimens are deposited in the Helen Tappan Loeblich collection at the Department of Geology, University of California, Los Angeles, California. Genus Tuberculodinium Wall, 1967 Tuberculodinium wallii new species (Figs. 1, 4-6) Description: Tract discoidal, with two wall layers. The endophragm is about 1 uw thick and forms a central body. The thin membranous periphragm is supported by processes arising from the central body. The periphragm is commonly damaged or missing due to its fragile nature. The spherical processes are closed distally and the cup-shaped processes are open distally. The processes are concentrated along the peripheral region and number from about 6 to 14. The dorsal and ventral areas of the central body (including the operculum) are ornamented by closely spaced small spherical “processes” which vary from 1 pu to 6 u in diameter. The archeopyle reflects the position of three plates (see 9—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (115) 116 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 3 Fics. 1-3, diagrams to show types of opercula, 1, Tuberculodinium wallii n. sp.; 2, T. vancampoae (Rossignol) Wall; 3, T. rossignolae n. sp. figure 1) which, judging by their size, shape, and location, are precingu- lar. Using Evitt’s (1967) study of the archeopyle as a guide, these plates most probably represent precingular plates 2”, 3”, and 4”. Dimensions: Body 87 u to 117 uw. Central plate of the operculum is 35 uw to 74 uw high and 22 u to 32 u wide at the base. Occurrence: JOIDES core hole 5, 105-179’ depth, Lat. 30°23’N, Long. 80°08’W, Post Miocene age. Discussion: Tuberculodinium vancampoae (Rossignol) Wall also ex- hibits a three plate operculum (Figures 2, 7-9). The illustrated speci- mens are from JOIDES core hole 5, although, in addition, topotype material of T. vancampoae was kindly sent to me by Dr. Martine Rossignol. Although no opercula were visible on the topotype material, the size and shape of the archeopyle opening seem to be the same as those of the JOIDES specimens. Tuberculodinium wallii differs from T. vancampoae in exhibiting small spherical “processes” on the dorsal and ventral surfaces. The archeopyle of the former is also somewhat larger and slightly differs in shape from T. vancampoae. Tuberculodinium rossignolae new species (Figs. 3, 10, 11) Description: Tract discoidal with two wall layers. The endophragm forms the central body of the tract and is about 2 uw thick. The central body bears from 9 to 14 tubular processes with rounded to flaring tips Two New Pyrrhophyta HAY Fics. 4-7; 4, Tuberculodinium wallii n. sp., holotype, JOIDES hole 5, 125’ depth, operculum fallen inside; 5, T. wallii n. sp., paratype, JOIDES hole 5, 179’3” depth, operculum fallen inside; 6, T. wallii n. sp., paratype, JOIDES hole 5, 125’ depth; 7, T. vancampoae (Rossignol) Wall, JOIDES hole 5, 125’ depth, operculum in place with one lateral plate missing; all x384. which support an outer thin periphragm. Occasionally some of the processes are dumb-bell shaped. The processes are located peripherally and only rarely are found in a dorsal or ventral position. The archeopyle is seemingly precingular and usually consists of two reflected plates (Figure 3). Rarely there are three plates but in such cases one of the lateral plates commonly is somewhat deformed or only partially visible. Dimensions: Central body 64 u to 116 » diameter. Overall diameter 90 uw to 145 w. “Central” plate of operculum 26 uw to 42 uw high and 13 uw to 32 uw wide at the base. 118 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 9 Fics. 8, 9; 8, Tuberculodinium vancampoae (Rossignol) Wall, JOIDES hole 5, 105’ depth, operculum missing except for one lateral plate fallen inside; 9, T. vancampoae (Rossignol) Wall, JOIDES hole 5, 125’ depth, shows archeopyle; all «384. Occurrence: Lower Miocene, subsurface, near Rumbai, Sumatra. Discussion: This species differs from Tuberculodinium vancampoae and T. wallii n. sp. in that it usually exhibits two opercular plates rather than three. In addition, the processes tend to be restricted to the peripheral areas rather than uniformly distributed as on T. vancampoae. The present species also lacks the small dorsal and ventral spherical “processes” of T. wallii n. sp. Two New Pyrrhophyta 119 11 Fics. 10, 11; 10, Tuberculodinium rossignolae n. sp., holotype; 11, T. rossignolae n. sp., paratype; both from subsurface near Rumbai; Sumatra; both x<518. 120 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 12-14; 12, Xenicodinium hispidum n. sp., holotype; 13, X. hispidum n. sp., paratype; 14, X. hispidum n. sp., paratype, operculum dislodged showing shape of operculum; all from subsurface, Rupat Island, Sumatra; all «518. Genus Xenicodinium Klement, 1960 Xenicodinium hispidum new species (Figs. 12-15) Description: Tract flattened dorso-ventrally, rounded pentagonal in outline. Wall single layered, thin, finely granulate. Trapezoidal six- sided intercalary archeopyle on the dorsal epitract. The operculum separates first on the lower edges similar to the mode of opening of Wetzeliella. The tract is ornamented by processes 3 u to 5 uw long. These are hollow and usually pointed distally but occasionally exhibiting blunt Two New Pyrrhophyta AIL to slightly capitate morphology. The density of process distribution is variable with some specimens having fewer processes than the illustrated examples. Dimensions: Tract 78 « to 97 uw high, 72 » to 87 » wide. Occurrence: Middle Miocene to Pliocene, subsurface, Rupat Island, Sumatra. Discussion: This species differs from Xenicodinium densispinosum Klement in being flattened rather than egg-shaped and is slightly larger. In addition, the processes are less closely spaced. The affinity of this species is probably peridinioid in view of its general similarity to Wetzeliella. LITERATURE CITED Evirr, W. R. 1967. Dinoflagellate Studies II. The Archeopyle. Stan- ford University Publications 10(3): 1-83. 122 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington /*T,0673 | Vol. 83, No. 10, pp. 123-132 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON DISPOSITION OF SPECIES OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE GENERA SYNUROPUS, SPHERARMADILLO, SPHAERONISCUS AND <\tHSO\) SCLEROPACTES (ONISCOIDEA, he la. SPHAERONISCIDAE) ( JUN 1 1979 By Gerorce A. ScHULTz Ny IBRARIES 15 Smith St., Hampton, N.J., 08827, U.S.A. ARI Specimens of two genera of terrestrial isopod crustaceans described by Richardson (Synuropus Richardson, 1901, and Spherarmadillo Richardson, 1907) are discussed here. Syn- uropus is found to be a junior synonym of Scleropactes Budde-Lund, and only minor differences (mainly lack of eyes ) are found to separate Spherarmadillo from Sphaeroniscus Gerstaecker as redefined by Vandel (1963, 1964). Another species said by Mulaik (1960) to belong to the genus Scleropactes is transfered to Armadilloniscus Uljanin. Two species from Columbia described as Sphaeroniscus species by Pearse (1915) are also transfered to Scleropactes. All genera mentioned except Armadilloniscus are in the family Sphaeroni- scidae as defined by Vandel (1964). Spherarmadillo schwarzi was described by Richardson (1907) from a single female 18 mm long by 8.5 mm wide (not 50 < 22 mm as stated in the original description! ) from Living- ston, Guatemala. The type specimen (USNM 33471) and many other specimens from Trece Aquas, Guatemala (USNM 97379-80-81), were examined by the author and were found to be correctly placed in a separate genus by Richardson, and the new genus correctly placed near Sphaeroniscus. The specimens of Spherarmadillo principally differ from specimens of Sphaeroniscus as defined by Vandel (1963, p. 88) in that they are without eyes. The coxapodal ridge is not developed along the entire length of the underside of peraeonal 10—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasH., Vot. 83, 1970 (123) 124 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 1-7. Spherarmadillo schwarzi Richardson (1907). 1. lateral view, peraeonal segment I and cephalon. 2. details, lateral margin of peraeonal segment I. 3. flagellum, antenna 2. 4. Cephalon, frontal view. 5. pleotelson. 6. pleopod 1, male. 7. pleopod 2, male. Figs. 8-10. Scleropactes grandulatus (Richardson) new combination, dorsal view female, holotype. 9. uropod. 10. cephalon, frontal view. segment I as implied by Van Name (1936), but instead it is a sulcus or groove on the posterior portion of the margin. An angular border (a beveled edge) is found on the anterior and longest portion of the margin (see figs. 1 and 2 here—Richard- Terrestrial Isopods 125 son’s figure “c” is misleading) and the notched portion is on the posterior part. The mouth parts include a maxilla, 1 which has two pencillate tufts of sensory setae. The specimens from Trece Aquas (in three vials with three numbers; all collected in June 1907) were examined and con- sist of 11 females, the longest being 19 mm long, and one male 14 mm long. One female was gravid, but the marsupium had been disturbed so the embryos it contained were not counted. There is no doubt that the specimens are S. schwarzi. The first and second pleopods of the male (USNM 57381) were examined and are illustrated here (figs. 6 and 7). No pseudotracheae were found on either of the exopods, a further characteristic of the family Sphaeroniscidae. The correct name for the species is still Spherarmadillo schwarzi Richardson (1907). Mulaik (1960) described two blind species from Mexico which he included the genus Spherarmadillo—S. huatuscensis and S. cavernicola (the latter from a cave). According to Mulaik there is a difference in the frontal margins of the cephalons, and in the lengths of the uropodal rami (cf. figs. 15 and 18). Both species are shorter than S. schwarzi (S. hautuscensis—7 mm; S. cavernicola—4 mm). S. hautuscensis (not well defined) differs from both species in possessing especialy long uropodal rami. No specimens of S. hautuscensis were examined by the author. Specimens of S. cavernicola from a cave at Rancho de Cielo, Tamaulipas, Mexico, were examined (USNM 255216) and the species is illustrated here (figs. 11 to 17). None of the many specimens examined were much over 4 mm long and the species is remarkably like S. schwarzi differing mainly in the configuration of male pleopods (cf. figs. 6 and 7 and figs. 11 and 12) and in the average size of the specimens. There is also some difference in the types of lateral margins on peraeonal segment I—in S. schwarzi it is beveled or angular; in S. cavernicola it is more of a groove or “step” being slightly indented along most of the entire length. Spherarmadillo Richardson contains three species, two from Mexico and one from Guatemala. 126 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 11-17. Spherarmadillo cavernicola Mulaik (male). 11. pleopod 1. 12. pleopod 2. 13. pleopod 3. 14. cephalon. 15. pleotelson and uropods. 16. lateral view peraeonal segment I and cephalon. 17. detail, margin of peraeopod I. Fig. 18. Spherarmadillo huatuscensis Mulaik, pleotelson and uropods (after Mulaik). Figs. 19-22. Scleropactes columbiensis (Pearse) new combination. 19. detail, margin peraeopod I. 20. pleotelson and uropods. 21. cephalon, anterior view. 22. cephalon, dorsal view. Terrestrial Isopods 127 Synuropus grandulatus was described by Richardson (1901) from a single female 6.2 mm long from El Yunque, Puerto Rico at 2800 ft. altitude. Her illustration of the species lacked detail and her description was brief. In 1905 (p. 599) she repeated the description, and it was again repeated by Van Name (1936, p. 222). Since the species was not well described, it was placed by Van Name in the Oniscidae—‘“it would seem to be close to Alloniscus, if really separable from it,” he stated. The author examined the type specimen of S. grandulatus (USNM 23912) and concluded that it is not a member of the Oniscidae, but rather belongs in the genus Scleropactes (Sphaeroniscidae ). Additions and corrections to Richardson’s description of the species follow: Body oval, not able to roll into a ball, with lateral parts of segments expanded and recurved. Dorsum of body covered with minute tubercles (Richardson’s illustration exagerates the size and pattern of the tubercles ) which are more apparent on the anterior part than on the posterior part of the body. Cephalon deeply set into peraeonal segment I, where rounded anterior angulations reach beyond compound eyes of many ocelli. Anterior margin of cephalon produced as obtusely pointed medial lobe. Lateral lobes well defined and acutely pointed. Ridge somewhat continuous with frontal line above eye and separating it from lateral cephalic bump. Flagellum of short antenna 2 with three subequal articles. Two pencillate setae on endopod of maxilla 1. Peraeonal segment I wide and flared or slightly recurved. No mar- ginal sulcus or coxal indications of any kind present on segment I. Other segments of subequal proportions with lateral margins of peraeon parallel for much of length. Pleon with margins continuous with peraeon; lateral margins of segments 1 and 2 hidden and 3, 4 and 5 recurved. Pleotelson with posterior border obtusely (somewhat angularly) rounded. Basis of uropod with sulcus along outer margin and with expanded lateral and posterior ventral edge of sulcus. Endopods close together and extended beyond subsimilar exopods. Richardson states that the color (now faded) is “brown, mottled with black.” The small female shares characters with species of the genus Scleropactes Budde-Lund. The cephalon is shaped much like that illustrated by Jackson (see Van Name, 1936, p. 292, fig. 270) in that there is a furrow or line above each eye. The configuration of the basis of the uropod also is like that of some species of Scleropactes. The lack of ability to roll into 128 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fics. 23-26. Scleropactes gaigei (Pearse) new combination. 23. cephalon, anterior view. 24. pleotelson and uropods. 25. detail, margin peraeopod I. 26. cephalon, dorsal view. a ball is characteristic of several species which are also dorsoventrally flattened as in S. grandulatus. S. estherae Arcangeli (1930) is closest to S. grandulatus in many char- acters although there are many differences between the species. Neither species is able to roll into a ball and both are dorso- ventrally flattened. The species of the genus are diverse and more work must be done to more properly define them, but it is clear that as now defined Richardson’s specimen is really Scleropactes grandulatus (Richardson, 1901). Pearse (1915) described two species of Sphaeroniscus from Columbia—S. columbiensis (USNM 98374) and S. gaigei (USNM 98378). The University of Michigan type specimens are now in the Smithsonian Institution. Both of the species were reexamined and some aspects of each are illustrated in figures 19-22 and 23-26, respectively. The specimens lack the particular ridge and notch on the lateral margin of peraeonal segment I peculiar to species of Sphaeroniscus as restricted by Vandel (1963, p. 88, footnote). Since the speci- mens of both species lack the notch, they are in the newly defined genus Parsphaeroniscus Vandel. The specimens of both species, however, have a pronounced ridge on the cephalon just over the eye. There are no well Terrestrial Isopods 129 defined cephalic bumps on either as is characteristic of Scleropactes grandulatus (fig. 10). The basis of the uropod in both species is produced on the lateral posterior margin with the exopod emerging from a notch in the medial posterior margin thus formed. Pearse’s illustration of S. columbiensis (p. 548, fig. 8 u) shows the exopods attached at the medial corner of the basis, but they were not that way in the type specimen examined by the author (fig. 20). Unfortunately, because there were only a few specimens, the male pleopods were not examined. Adult specimens of S. columbiensis are large. The type measures 16 mm long and is from the Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Columbia, at 4800 ft. found “under leaves and logs” in a forest. S. gaigei is smaller (4.4 mm long) and from on San Lorenao, Sierra Nevada de Santa Marta, Columbia, at 7800 ft. found “under leaves in ground.” These two species can no longer be retained in the genus Sphaero- niscus, but rather they must be placed in Scleropactes Budde- Lund, and their proper names are Scleropactes columbiensis (Pearse, 1915) and Scleropactes gaigei (Pearse, 1915). Mulaik (1960) included the new species Scleropactes cedrosensis (p. 181) in the Eubelidae along with the species of Spherarmadillo mentioned above. It is obvious from his illustrations of this species (a single specimen 1.7 mm long) that it is of the genus Armadilloniscus Uljanin. Species of Armadilloniscus are always found on or near marine beaches. The specimen was most probably found on a beach on Isla Cedros, Baja California, Mexico, and Mulaik’s illustration (pl. 17, fig. 342), especially that of the cephalon, is almost identical with Menzies’s (1950, p. 479, fig. 19) illustration of the cephalon of A. lindahli (Richardson, 1905). Also Mulaik (pl. 17, fig. 346) illustrates a mass of “feathery” setae on the apex of the exopod of maxilla 1; it is comparable to the same structure found in A. ellipticus (see Van Name, 1936, p. 102, fig. 45) and is characteristic of species of Armadilloniscus, not Sclero- pactes. The large group of setae is also present on maxilla 1 on more obviously unrelated species of Ligia. The only dif- ficulty encountered in acception the placement of Mulaik’s species in Armadilloniscus is that the number of flagellar 130 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington articles recorded (p. 182) and illustrated (pl. 17, fig. 342) by Mulaik is three and the number of articles in the flagellum of all known species of Armadilloniscus is four. Other than the article number, the general configuration of the antennae, a rather particular configuration, illustrated by both Menzies and Mulaik are in agreement. Blake (see Van Name, 1936, p. 102, fig. 45) erronously recorded the number of flagellar articles as five for A. ellipticus from New England, and the author working with A. ellipticus found it difficult to deter- mine the correct article number without a compound micro- scope and with transmitted light. If the middle flagellar article as illustrated by Mulaik (pl. 17, fig. 342) is divided into two articles, then the flagellum would be composed of four articles each of slightly decreasing length. It would then be almost identical with the flagellum illustrated by Menzies (pl. 25, fig. 22), and strongly suggests that Mulaik’s illustra- tion is wrong. Scleropactes cedrosensis Mulaik (1960) clearly is a junior synonym of Armadilloniscus lindahli (Richardson, 1905), and the record by Mulaik extends the known range of the species from mid-California, to mid-Baja California which is not a improbable range extension. The author wishes to thank the personnel of the Division of Crustacea, National Museum of Natural History, Smith- sonian Institution, for aid in studying the type specimens used in the study. LITERATURE CITED ArRCANGELI, A. 1930. Contributo alla conoscienza del “Microgenton” di Costa Rica. Bol. Lab. Zool. Gen. Agrar. Portici, 25: 1-29. Menzies, R. J. 1950. Notes on California isopods of the genus Armadilloniscus, with the description of Armadilloniscus coronacapitalis n. sp. Proc. California Acad. Sci., 26(13): 467-481. Mutarxk, S. 1960. Contribucion al conocimiento de los isopodos ter- restres de Mexico (Isopoda, Oniscoidea). Rev. Soc. Mex. Hist. Nat., 21(1): 79-220. Pearse, A. S. 1915. An account of the Crustacea collected by the Walker Expedition to Santa Marta, Columbia. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 49( 2123): 531-556. RICHARDSON, H. 1901. Key to the isopods of the Atlantic Coast of North America with descriptions of new and _ little-known species. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 23(1222): 493-579. Terrestrial Isopods 15) . 1905. Monograph on the isopods of North America. Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 54: liii-727. 1907. A new terrestrial isopod from Guatemala, the type of a new genus. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 25(1535): 509-511. VANDEL, A. 1963. Isopodes terrestres recueillis en Amerique du sud par Claude Delamare Deboutteville. Biol. Amer. Austr., 2: 63-101. 1964. De lVemploi des appareils respiratoires pour l’estab- lissement d’une classification rationelle des isopodes terrestres (Oniscoidea). Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 89(5/6): 730-736. Van Name, W. G. 1936. The American land and fresh-water isopod Crustacea. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., 71: 1-535. 132 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ial iow, Sa ae heed wi i 3 i¢ Bs atv E hit hy Pee | ene se } i : : { eis -) ® ek, i iy ‘ An | 7 Y By kee von eae) Nuns, ae id edtins \ Beat sah [#47 ioe TUR ny Ie a ee a! Wigsk , | + AO } *) t's < iL Kr Aid pee ab. thee he A ; : : ay hs ‘a ’ : y aoe fr Pe Ce wn a ai feel ey’ ‘ oda’. 5 ie Kia ve ‘ar 2 SEs foams Pus Again Ta, eb ates ‘lel yey mai aH i Ny wet vith ' ca ; tt vw ye if " Mi " a: | Tot Fy a aye by Magli =| vO , FA Na) piped bai ae ah: Mit gh fbois ie Kityhle A hi May Ja! i ‘a Aine aa bi oly bhi Kas Wit y py \ 7” ta a Pe ks Mii aye 574.0673 Vol. 83, No. 11, pp. 133-144 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW OPHIDIOID FISH (GENUS LUCIFUGA ) FROM A LIMESTONE SINK, NEW PROVIDENCE ISLAND, BAHAMAS? By Danie, M. CoHEN AND C. RIcHARD ROBINS Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, Washington, D.C. and Maytag Chair of Ichthyology, Institute of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, University of Miami The ophidioid fish described here was collected in Mermaid’s Pool, a little-known limestone sink near Nassau on New Providence Island in the Bahamas. Proper placement of this species required study of its closest known relatives, the two species of Cuban cave brotulids. We refer all three species to the genus Lucifuga, which is diagnosed below. We are indebted to Dr. Carleton Ray, Johns Hopkins Uni- versity, who collected specimens during a dive in Mermaid’s Pool, and made them available to us. Research for this paper was supported by a grant from the National Science Founda- tion (GB-7015) to C. R. Robins. We also thank Dr. and Mrs. James E. Bohlke, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, who made it possible for Robins to visit Mermaid’s Pool during August, 1969; Dr. Isabel Canet and Luis R. Rivas, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries; and Dr. Salvatore Carfi, Universita di Firenze, who helped us in various ways. Curators at the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences (CAS), The University of Michi- gan Museum of Zoology (UMMZ) and the Smithsonian In- stitution (USNM) allowed us to utilize their collections. Lucifuga Poey Diagnosis: Chin barbel absent. Gill membranes separate. Live- bearing; male genitalia well-developed, lacking ossified parts. Ventral AA tTHSOA™ 1 Contribution No. 1179 from the Institute of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences; "Wha UN University of Miami. / 11—Proc. Bion. Soc. WasH., Vou. 83, 1970 (133) IN \ ~/BRARIE 2 4 el 134 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington fins each with a single ray, immediately adjacent to each other, originating well behind the symphysis of the cleithra; the pelvic girdle not extending anteriorly to the symphysis of the cleithra. Connection between dorsal and anal and caudal fins variable in extent; caudal fin exserted, rays 8-11. Pectoral fin entire, without separate, elongated rays; not on an elongated peduncle. Dorsal-fin origin over centrum 8, 9 or 10, usually 9; a single predorsal rayless pterygiophore. Head partly naked, bearing prominent canals with large chambers. Head pores: 1 in lateral canal; 2 in supra- orbital; 6 in suborbital; 7 in preoperculo-mandibular. Anterior nostril directly above the upper lip. Developed gill rakers 3; tongue with an anterior prowlike extension. Spine on opercle flattened, weak, not visible exteriorly. Branchiostegal rays 7, 4 attached to outer surface of epihyal and enlarged distal portion of ceratohyal, 3 attached ventrally along shaft of ceratohyal. Body compressed; tail section not greatly elongated; snout depressed. Lateral line interrupted, the shorter, anterior part above midline of body, the posterior part in midline. Teeth present on pre- maxillary, vomer, and dentary; present or absent on palatine. Maxillary vertically expanded posteriorly, a small ventrally directed process near posteroventral angle. Eyes poorly developed, not externally visible in many preserved specimens. Body completely covered with small, im- bricate scales. First neural spine shorter than those following. Ribs apparently present on first centrum; centra 2 to 6 or 7 bearing ribs, the following abdominal centra with pleural ribs at the ends of parapophyses, with exception of last centrum which usually lacks them. Total vertebrae 46 to 53. Relationships: We agree with Eigenmann (1909) and Hubbs (1938) that Lucifuga belongs in the large assemblage of viviparous ophidioid genera called Brosmophycinae by some ichthyologists. The dermatopsin genera (Cohen, 1966) and the Dinematichthys-Ogilbia assemblage (in- cluding the Mexican cave genus Typhliasina Whitley = Typhlias Hubbs ) can be dismissed as close relatives because of their ossified genital claspers. Among the many remaining genera, Lucifuga seems closest to some of the deep water species with depressed snouts, presently placed in Cataetyx and Diplacanthopoma. Both of these genera are in the process of revision, hence detailed comparisons are not possible at present. Susceptible of brief mention, however, are similarities in body and head shape, copulatory apparatus, and ventral fin placement. Among shallow water genera, Lucifuga may have its closest known relative in Calamopteryx Bohlke and Cohen (1966), a small, secretive coral reef fish living in the tropical western Atlantic. Because it is a small fish with elongate pectoral radials, it is unlikely that Calamopteryx gave rise directly to Lucifuga. The common ancestor of both may await discovery, hidden in the crevices of a tropical Atlantic reef. Subgenera: Poey (1858-1860) placed both species of Cuban cave brotulids in Lucifuga. Gill (1863) erected Stygicola for L. dentatus because of the presence of palatine teeth. This character notwithstand- New Ophidioid Fish 135 ing, the species of Lucifuga are very similar indeed and obviously are much more closely related to each other than to any other known brotulid. We believe that classification will be better served by referring all three species to a single genus, Lucifuga, which contains two sub- genera. Hubbs (1938), in discussing Typhliasina, Lucifuga and Stygicola wrote, “All three genera are sharply differentiated by the detailed structure of the penis.” It seems to us that differences between Lucifuga and Stygicola are of degree rather than kind. Subgenus Lucifuga Lucifuga Poey 1858, type species L. swhterraneus Poey, by subsequent designation of Jordan and Evermann (1896). Diagnosis: Palatine teeth absent. Pectoral fin rays 12 to 14, usually 12 or 13. Species: L. subterraneus. Study Material: USNM 204452 (2); USNM 126697 (1); UMMZ 157178 (54). Subgenus Stygicola Stygicola Gill 1863, type species Lucifuga dentatus Poey, by monotypy. Diagnosis: Palatine teeth present. Pectoral fin rays 15 to 20. Lucifuga (Stygicola) dentatus (Poey ) Diagnosis: Pectoral fin rays 15 to 17. Vertebrae 46 to 48. Scales absent on the area between lateral canal and preopercular canal. Study Material: USNM 5334 (1); USNM 34632 (3); USNM 63992 (1); USNM 102160 (1); CAS 6714 (7). Lucifuga (Stygicola) spelaeotes new species Figs. 1, 2 Diagnosis: Pectoral fin rays 18 to 20. Vertebrae 52 to 53. Scales present on the area between lateral canal and preopercular canal. Description: Measurements of the types of L. spelaeotes and of a representative series of L. subterraneus and L. dentatus are given in Table 1; frequency distributions of fin-ray and vertebral counts are presented in Table 2. In the account below, an asterisk indicates the condition in the holotype. The dorsal profile is strongly arched, the highest point being at or slightly in advance of the dorsal-fin origin. The dorsum is broad and flattened from the dorsal fin to the snout tip with only a slight depression in the interorbital region. The sides are very flat and converge ventrally so that a cross section through the nape would be bluntly V-shaped. In dorsal view the snout is broadly rounded with the upper jaw somewhat projecting. The mouth is subterminal with the lower jaw only slightly shorter than the upper. The ventral profile is 136 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington UOIBULLIVD “ET perp Aq umviq, "TS wut GOT ‘edAjojoy *gQ9FOT INNSN ‘sajoanjads nanfionyT “{[ ‘oIy New Ophidioid Fish 137 bao Fic. 2. Lucifuga spelaeotes. USNM 204603; holotype; 109 mm SL. Detail of ¢ genital area; ventral view; anterior to the left; papilla proper and median 1 pushed forward, lobes spread apart; see text for explanation. Drawn by Mildred H. Carrington. nearly straight with only a slight upturn to the caudal base. Posteriorly the body is compressed, elongate and evenly tapered to the tail. The anterior nostril opens through a short tube positioned laterally on the anterior rim of the snout. The much larger posterior nostril is a triangular opening without raised margins, located about midway between the anterior nostril and the clear window in the skin covering the eye. The eye is relatively well-developed though small and has a protruding lens which is easily seen through an elongate, clear window, several times larger than the eye. The horizontal diameter of this window is 3.5 or 3.6* per cent of standard length, and the snout as measured to the forward edge of the window is 5.7 or 6.9* per cent. The vertical fins are confluent, though the caudal fin is exserted and Its 67 OT CE OO LAL isl Olt Voo 606 G0¢ E8T G08 O9L OFL 8GL ? P fo) ) 9 SUS O€ 9 OV c9 sks (She FETISH 066 686 Gz Ws 6G eé 66 16 es SOL Wil weir AS BSL SII GcL 60L GL9 P fo) P G09 fs) 0S c9 1 0-07 d ‘adA}O[OF] x “ULF [VAJUAA FO ULSIIO 0} VIY}IE[O FO stsAydurdss ; “R][IXvVUl JO pus 011e}sod papuBdxa sso1d0v 9OULJSIP }S9}VOID ¢ “B][IXVUL JO aspa rO110}Ssod 0} dy ynous ; ‘yydep 4so}vory 1 os er GEL gc 19 OEP o9 6 LT SEG Ines 601 P LO99GI SLILST SLZIZLZST O9TCOTL WNSO ZWNO ZWWOA WNSf SZIZST SLILZST SZIZLST ZNWO ZNWNO ZNWO. SLIZST O9TCOT £09F0G FO9F0G WNSA «xNNSO WNSA ZWW1 Sits, CL L6 OLE 9° LG VE TOL ect GIG g9L fo) SnoUvIIZ}qGNS sojoavjods jUIF [PIQUGA OF WIMIYPETD Yysue] Uly-[ePqUOA Yjsue] UlFf-[P10}00g UISIIO Ulf-]eue O} JNOUS UISIIO Ulf-[esIOp 0} JNOUG eeypixeur jo yydeq zyysue] Mel iyidep Apog Yasue] peofyT Yysue] piepurys x9S “ 2 Ss — 0 = : = ST wm iS 4 — = IS > ~ — aS S : oo CGE 3S : 3 9¢ Sp S 901 S) _= a a & = GG — 2 C18 wn 0 — d AS} S SLILST OS ZINWO. = au oe) (Qa) ret ‘penfion'y jo satoads 9a1y} ay} UO SIoJOUITT[IUI UT s}UsWIaINsRa/ ‘| a1av 139 “Ulf [¥I]UOA ‘ad A}O[OF] x JO UISIIO 0} VIYIO]9 Fo sishyduiss , “PT[IXBUI FO pus r0f10}sod papuvdxa sso10e aouv}srp 4S9}VAID 5 ‘E[[Ixeut Fo 9Spa 10110}s0d 0} dy ynoug ; ‘yidep 4sozRaI5 19 19 TS g¢ eke 6S = SF gg OF yUIf [PUA 0} WINIYHEID OL ee) 16 = OL = E"G 0'8 19 eg Yysuel UlF-[eyUSA O'ST = = = VOL Gl = CTI L6 £6 sue] UlF-[e10J0eg = Te) Wes Bes Teh Cee Cao Cee PoP Ge gE UISTIO Ulf-[eUe 0} yNOUS = ony Iiiy @lly Or GOS 882 662 Ire Gue wag UISIIO Ulf-[esIOp 0} yous & FL Eg Lg Eg eg Eg oe TS 9F I? sPyXeu jo yydeq = VST Sl Ol Sr Mei GGl Get eer Oi 9°01 asus, wef = ove SGC ES Sie C6 Yee Tie Sie el ear dep Apog > SIG OCS Whe te ile Cle Cie ee wae Bie ysue] peo SIT 90T TOL VOL WSS C83 M6 C89 O19 Top Ysue] prepuryg 2 2 2 2 9 2 g g i ° x9 kasd Wo Wo SNS snqejuap ( panuyuoy) ‘| x1av J, 140 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington *poyunos Jou vyU90 [RIN ¢ *pe}UNod sepis q10g 7 “9GAO[OH] x I ill = = = = = = T TI xG = = = = = oo {Saqoapjads [ae ae eS OS). Be Or SUhta fal Ltt, Oy ee snyvjuap - - - - - T 6 V = - — — - - T V 6 snaup.Liazqns €g GS 1g os GF 87 LV OF 0G 6I 81 LI 9T ST ial €1 GI zoVIGIHO A SABI [B10PI = - = = - = I al = = = = = = = = = = sajzoapjads I = G Il I G G I G I = = = = = = = - snypjuap = = = = = a= T = T i _ = G T = = T T snauD.liazqns SL LL QOL GL PL €Z GL 174 OL 69 89 L9 99 s9 v9 €9 (he) 19 SABI [BUY T - = = = = all = = = = os = = = = = = = sajoapjads = = = I G I I I I I = i > I I G = = = Sn}DJUap = — - - = - - = - = = = le. = iG I ¢ 6 T snaupdLlaqqns 86 16 96 S6 16 €6 G6 16 06 68 88 18 98 ss 78 8&8 68 18 08 SABI [BSIOCG, ‘panfiony Ut vIqUaD [eIqo}IoA pue sdvI-UIZ JO sIaquinu jo suoHNgIysIp Aouonberq °g ATAVY, New Ophidioid Fish 141 easily distinguished. The dorsal fin is highest posteriorly, the anal fin of about equal height throughout. The pectoral fin is elongate and pointed, its central rays longest. Its base is vertical and mounted on a broad fleshy pad. The branchiostegal and opercular membranes cover most of the fin base, and reach nearly to the rays themselves. Most pectoral rays, all anal rays except the anterior 1 or 2, and all dorsal rays except a few anteriorly, are branched once. The single pelvic ray is undivided and filamentous, though short, reaching about half way to the anus. The entire body, including the isthmus and the pectoral-fin base is covered with small, rounded cycloid scales. There are about 23 rows in a series across the body above the anal-fin origin. The branchiostegal membranes, the entire underside of the head, the jaws, the snout, the interorbital areas, the entire course of the cavernous cephalic lateralis system and the sides of the head forward of the posterior edge of the maxilla, are naked. The naked area over the preopercular canal is disjunct from the naked area along the lateral canal, with the intervening area bearing scales; thus the scaly area of the opercle is continuous dorsally with the scaly area anterior to the preopercle. The opercle, the sides of the head from the preopercular margin to the maxilla and the occiput bear scales, except for those portions over the head canals. Except for a few scales at the base of the pectoral rays, all fins are naked. There is no pored lateral canal on the body, but the sensory papillae are well-developed and in two series. The upper and anterior series of 14 papillae extends caudally from the head to a point about midway between the dorsal- and anal-fin origins. The lower row of about 38* to 42 papillae extends along the mid side from the caudal base to a point under and slightly in advance of the end of the upper series. The head canals are cavernous and the openings are large. There are 7 pores in the preoperculomandibular series: the first and largest at the angle of the preopercle, the second to fourth open ventrally along the mandibu- lar ramus, the fifth is directed mesially at the anterior end of the mandibular ramus and the sixth is at the side of the jaw tip on the lower lip; the last pore is hidden in the fold of skin between the lip and the mandibular ramus and opens from the ramus into this fold. The two canals do not join anteriorly. There are 6 pores in the suborbital series. The first 5, slitlike, along the edge of suborbital rim, the last, circular, between and slightly below the two nasal openings. The posterior of the two pores in the supraorbital canal opens between and mesiad to the nasal openings, the anterior at the snout rim. The single pore in the lateral canal is at the posterior end of the tube above the opercle. The lower jaw in the holotype is abnormal in that it bears a fleshy, multidigitate growth on the lower lip near the symphysis of the dentary. There is also a large fleshy pad (absent in the female) on the outside of the mouth at the tip of the lower jaw. The naked skin covering many of the mucous chambers on the head 142 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington is an almost iridescent white. This is particularly striking on the dorsal- most chamber of the preopercular canal and the posterior chambers of the lateral canals. The opening behind the fourth gill arch is restricted to a slit along the lower arm of the arch. There are 3 short rakers on the upper part of the lower limb of the first arch plus 13 low dentigerious pads, the upper 2 of which are between the developed rakers. Four similar pads are present on the upper limb. A pseudobranch is absent. The tongue is free and elongated anteriorly, its tip fitting into a median groove in the vomer when the mouth is closed. Teeth are present on the premaxillae, dentaries, vomer and palatine. Those in the jaws are short, villiform, and in broad patches. The vomerine tooth patch is nearly divided by a median groove and the teeth are somewhat elongate, needlelike and arranged in a whorl. The palatine teeth are similar and are restricted to the anterior end of the bone. There is a rounded ethmoid projection and a single, flattened opercle spine, neither of which is visible externally. Ribs are present on centra 1 to 7; subsequent abdominal centra except the last have pleural ribs at the ends of parapophyses. Epipleural ribs are presently; however, our x-ray photographs do not allow precise description of their distribution. There are 13 precaudal and 39* or 40 caudal vertebrae, total 52* or 53, exclusive of the ural centrum. Of the 7 branchiostegals, the posterior 4 attach to the outer surface of the epihyal and enlarged distal portion of the ceratohyal; the anterior three attach ventrally to the shaft of the ceratohyal. The posterior end of the maxilla is vertically expanded and unsheathed dorsally; its posterior edge is convex, ending below in a distinct projec- tion or hook. The male copulatory apparatus is well-developed and lacks ossification. It is borne on a broad, fleshy lobe (the “papilla proper” of Hubbs, 1938 ) which projects posteriorly beyond the vent. A fleshy conical papilla (here called median 1) projects posteriorly from the middle of the distal margin of the lobe. Anterodorsal to median 1 is another, small papilla, the “median process” (Hubbs, 1938), which is enclosed by prominent, earlike lobes. These lobes are partly divided into a larger section (“secondary lobe” of Hubbs, 1938), immediately dorsal to median 1, and a smaller section (“basal lobe” of Hubbs, 1938) which is slightly dorsal and medial to the first section and which extends anteriorly and meets its mate in the midline anterior to the median process. Although better developed, the entire copulatory apparatus is basically similar to that in mature males of L. dentatus and subterraneus which we have examined. We can not readily reconcile our observations with the figure of dentatus presented by Hubbs (1938, pl. 3) and suggest that his speci- men was immature. New Ophidioid Fish 143 There are two, short pyloric caeca. Color: Except as noted below the entire fish is a rich walnut brown, the color in preservative differing but little from life colors according to Dr. Ray. The margins of the vertical fins are whitish, this light-colored border widest posteriorly and in the smaller female. The pectoral fins, the ventral ray, the lips and the skin over the cephalic lateralis system, are all unmarked or distinctly whitish. The branchiostegal membranes are whitish posteriorly but dark along the isthmus. The orobranchial chamber, the gut and the peritoneum are all unmarked. Etymology: From the masculine Greek noun, spelaeotes, a cave or cavern dweller, in reference to its habitat. Material examined: Holotype, USNM 204603, an adult male, 109 mm SL Bahamas, New Providence Island, Mermaid’s Pool, depth 5 meters, 24 October 1967, collected by Carleton Ray. Paratype, USNM 204604, a female, 76.5 mm SL, collected with the holotype. Habitat: Mermaid’s Pool is a small sink in the limestone area SW of Nassau. The vegetation, where not cleared for a housing development, is predominantly pine and scrub growth. The main pool is about 75 feet across, and several small openings are nearby. Grapsoid crabs live on the steep walls. The water level is several feet below the surface and represents the exposed water table. Salinity of a water sample taken by Dr. Ray just below the surface (ca. 1 meter), tested at the Institute of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences, was 4.6 ppt. The area of Mermaid’s Pool is in a large tract of land already largely cleared for a housing development; the future of the Pool and its water quality is uncertain. Discussion: L. spelaeotes appears to be the most primitive of the three known species of the genus. Of particular significance are the presence of palatine teeth, a greater number of caudal fin rays (10 to 11 instead of 8 as in the other two species), relatively well-developed eyes in the adult and a distinctly dark coloration. L. dentatus is surely closest to spelaeotes, sharing with it the possession of palatine teeth. L. dentatus is usually, although not always, a paler fish. Eigenmann (1909) de- scribed the color as varying “from pinkish lilac to steel-blue, with trans- parent edges to the fins.” He mentioned, however that dark specimens are also found, and illustrated them (pl. 13). Color photographs of live specimens published as the result of a recent Italian Expedition to Cuba (A.O. 1968) show an almost white fish with a dark blotch on one of the vertical fins near the tail and pale brown pigmentation on the dorsum and part of the head. We have seen no specimens of dentatus or sub- terraneus with developed eyes, although Eigenmann mentioned that the eye is variable in size and smaller in older individuals. L. subterraneus is surely the most specialized species with its lack of palatine teeth, smaller size, generally pale color (“faint pink to lilac pink and lilac.” according to Eigenmann) and marked depression above the orbits—the last character shared with dentatus. A direct phyletic line is unlikely, 144 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington for several disjunct characters are also present. For example, spelaeotes and subterraneus have the area between preopercular and lateral canals covered with scales; in dentatus this area is naked. Also, both spelaeotes and subterraneus have a scaly patch on the occiput (though the scales are imbedded and difficult to see in the latter); dentatus has a naked occiput. Reports are extant of still other populations of blind cave fishes in the West Indies, one on Eleuthera in the Bahamas and another at Jamaica. Collections from these islands will surely add to knowledge of the phylogeny of the species of Lucifuga and may well contribute significant data to zoogeography and to the study of speciation and evolution in cavelike environments. LITERATURE CITED BOu.LKE, JAMEs E., anp DanieL M. Conen. 1966. A new shallow- water ophidioid fish from the tropical west Atlantic. Notulae Naturae, 396: 1-7. CoHEN, Daniret M. 1966. A new tribe and a new species of ophidioid fish. Proc. Biol. Soc. Washington, 79: 183-204. EIGENMANN, Cart H. 1909. Cave vertebrates of America. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 104. ix + 241 pp., 29 pls. GitL, THEoporE N. 1863. Descriptions of the genera of gadoid and brotuloid fishes of western North America. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 15: 242-254. Husss, Cart L. 1938. Fishes from the caves Yucatan. Carnegie Inst. Washington Publ. 491: 261-295, pls. 1-4. JorDAN, Davin STARR, AND BARTON WARREN EVERMANN. 1896. A checklist of the fishes and fish-like vertebrates of North and Middle America. Rept. U.S. Fish Comm. for 1895: 207-504. o., A. 1968. Il viaggio degli strani incontri. Mondo Sommerso, 10(2): 182-189. Pory, Fetirr. 1858-1860. Peces ciegos de la isla de Cuba, comparados con algunas especies de distinto genera: 95-114, pls. 9-11 in Memorias sobre la Historia Natural de la Isla de Cuba, vol. 2. » 9673 Vol. 83, No. 12, pp. 145-154 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON TWO NEW MITES OF THE GENUS KLINCKOWSTROEMIA FROM MEXICO (ACARINA: KLINCKOWSTROEMIIDAE)! By New. CHERNOFF AND RoBEerRT POPE Department of Biology, University of Miami The genus Klinckowstroemia Tragardh contains three species collected in Costa Rica and Surinam. As with the other species in the family Klinckowstroemiidae they have all been found in association with passalid beetles. This paper describes two new species which have been collected in Mexico. Klinckowstroemia grabowskii new species (Figs. 1 and 2) Female holotype: General body shape oval. Idiosoma 1140 wu long, 900 « wide. DORSUM. Dorsum covered by single plate which extends over gnathosoma. Numerous setae and pores on plate: pores often in pairs and triads. Pair of large barbed setae on anterior margin of plate. Dorsal shield grooved behind each seta. VENTRUM. Jugular plate has pair of large, simple setae at anterior margin and pair of pores at base. Plate 140 » wide, 40 » long. Sternal plate with 3 pairs of simple setae and one pair of pores. First pair of setae at anterior portion of plate lateral to pores. Second and third pairs of setae in close proximity to basal margin of plate. All measurements were made at the widest and longest portions of the plate, unless otherwise indicated. Sternal plate 95 u long, 290 w wide. Sternogynial plate bears single pair of pores at anterior margin, plate 70 » long, 205 « wide. Latigynial plates truncate and separate sternogynial and mesogynial plates for distance of 30 u. Number of setae on latigynial plates varied both within the population and between populations. Most specimens collected at Oaxaca had 5 setae on each plate although occasional specimens had 6. Mites which were collected at Omilteme generally had 4 setae, but as at Oaxaca, the pattern of setae between latigynial plates differed greatly between in- dividuals and in many cases on a single individual. Each plate with single pair of pores. Latigynial plates 160 u long, 85 u wide. Mesogynial _ a LRTHSONI 1 This research was aided by N.I.H. grant GM 12300-02. j 2 seh 12—Proc. Brot. Soc. Wasu., Vor. 83, 1970 ey iuUN 1 1970 \A/BRARIE? 146 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington D Holly S-Ruynotds 168 Fic. 1. Klinckowstroemia grabowskii n. sp. Female: A, ventrum; B, genital area; C, palp; D, chelicerae. New Mites from Mexico 147 Fic. 2. Klinckowstroemia grabowskii n. sp. Female: A, dorsum; B, leg IV; C, leg I. Male: D, genital area. 148 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington plate broadly triangular, 70 w long, 125 mw wide. Ventral plate with numerous setae and pores, plate 300 u long, 580 «u wide at its widest point, 150 » wide at level of coxae IV. Anal plate has 6 pairs of simple setae, 3 pair of pores. The two pairs of setae closest to anal opening considerably larger than others. One pair of pores beneath anal open- ing, other two pairs near anterior margin of plate. Anal plate 480 u wide, 190 « long. GNATHOSOMA. Palpi five-segmented. Some simple setae on tarsi, tibia, and genu. Tarsi have bifid apoteles. Genu has large, thick, barbed seta. The medial, distal portions of trochanters extended, bifid setae of trochanter arise immediately beneath it. Portions of distal borders of femur and genu serrated. Corniculi bifid, one branch blunt, other sharp. Chelicerae toothed and chelate. The fixed digit with 5 small teeth followed by one large one. Movable digit with 4 teeth, distal 2 minute, proximal 2 larger. Excrescence on movable digit. LEGS. Legs II, III, and IV have caruncles and claws. Distal portions of the genu and femurs of legs II, III, and IV serrated. Some barbed setae present on all segments except coxae of legs II, III, and IV. Stigmata lateral to, and between coxae III and IV. Peritreme winds around coxa III and continues anteriorly parallel to coxa, ending opposite coxa I. Male: Body shape similar to female. Dorsum as in female. Jugular plate has different shape from that of female. Arrangement and numbers of pores and setae on plate similar to female. Jugular plate 42 uw long, 144 w wide. The sternal plate has 3 pairs of setae, 2 pairs of pores, plate 180 uw long, 200 » wide. Genital plates at level of coxae III. Each is an ovular plate hinged to either sternal or ventral plate. Genital plates 80 u long, 120 » wide. Ventral plate with numerous simple setae and pores, plate 400 u long, 150 « wide at level of coxae IV, 625 w wide at its widest part. Anal plate has 13 setae, 7 on one side, 6 on the other. From comparison with other paratypes it is apparent that the usual number is six pairs. Anal plate with 3 pairs of pores, plate 190 uw long, 500 « wide. Gnathosoma as in female. Legs, peritreme, and stigmata generally as in female. Legs II, III, and IV have single barbed seta on all segments except coxae; other leg setae simple. The species was described from 24 females and 16 males. The holo- type data is 14.5 mi. northeast of Oaxaca, Cerro San Felipe, 9000’, Oaxaca State, Mexico, 12 July 1966 (collected by Neil Cheroff). The mites were in an alcohol vial with Undilifer incisus Truqui the host beetle. Additional specimens of K. grabowskii were collected 5.5 mi. east southeast of Omilteme, 7000’, Guerrero State, Mexico, 29 June 1966, from Oileus rimator Truqui. Klinckowstroemia tapachulensis new species (Figs. 3 and 4) Female holotype: Body shape oval, posterior more blunt than anterior. Idiosoma 970 » long, 740 «» wide. DORSUM. Dorsal shield entire with numerous small setae and pores. Pores often in pairs and triads. Lateral New Mites from Mexico 149 Fic. 3. Klinckowstroemia tapachulensis n. sp. Female: A, dorsum; B, leg I; C, leg IV. Male: D, genital area. 150 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington borders marked by presence of small simple setae. Anteriorly dorsal shield extends over gnathosoma. Two large barbed setae on anterior portion of dorsal shield. Dorsal shield grooved behind setae. VENTRUM. Jugular plate has pair of long, barbed setae (60 u +). Setae positioned below anterior margin of plate, each on an ovular, delineated portion of plate. Jugular plates coalesced, and reticulations of plate indicate this line of fusion. Pair of pores at posterior margin of plate. Plate 120 u wide, 42 uw long. Sternal plate with 3 pairs of setae, 1 pair of pores. Setae I on anterior portion of plate posterior to pores. Setae II are largest of sternal setae, lie on posterior margin of sternal plate. Setae III lateral to setae II. Sternal plate 210 « wide, 84 uw long. Sternogynial plate with single pair of pores at anterior margin. Plate triangular, 192 » wide, 92 w long. Latigynial plates triangular, apposed at midline. They separate sternogynial and mesogynial plates for a distance of 6 u. Holo- type with 5 setae on right plate, 4 setae on left. Single pore on lateral borders of each plate. Latigynial plates 132 u long, 84 « wide. Epigynial plate triangular, 90 » long, 120 u wide. Ventral plate with numerous small, simple setae and pores. Pair of large pores at level of coxae IV. Ventral plate 310 u long, 100 u wide at level of coxae IV, 530 » wide at widest part. Anal plate with 5 pairs of setae, 2 pairs of pores. One pair of pores lateral and posterior to anal opening, other pair in anterior lateral portion of plate. Anal plate 150 » long, 430 » wide. GNATHO- SOMA. Palpi five-segmented. Simple setae on tarsi, tibia, genu, and femur. Tarsus has bifid apotele. Genu with large simple setae. Genu, femur, and trochanter each with one barbed setae. Trochanter has large plumose setae. Distal portion of trochanter extended and bifid. Distal borders of genu and femur serrated. Chelicerae toothed and chelate. Fixed digit with 5 small teeth followed by one large tooth, then one small one. Movable digit with 2 large teeth followed distally by 2 small ones. Dense group of simple setae attached to distal portion of movable digit. LEGS. Legs II, III, and IV have claws and caruncles. Most setae on legs are simple, but barbed setae noted on tibia and femur of leg I, and on trochanter of legs III and IV. Serrations noted on distal borders of genu and femur of all legs. Stigmata lateral to, and between coxae III and IV. Peritreme runs at slight angle to coxae and reaches lateral border of body above level of coxae I at juncture of anterior hood and lateral margin. Male: Body shape similar to female. Dorsum similar to female. Jugular plate not clearly seen. Pores similar to those of female. Sternal plate has 3 pairs of setae and 2 pairs of pores. Anterior pair of setae parallel and lateral to pores. Remaining pores and setae lie on posterior lateral borders of plate. Sternal plate 135 u long, 156 » wide. Genital opening at level of coxae III. Plates ovular and hinged to either sternal or ventral plate. Genital plates 60 u long, 75 u wide. Ventral plate with numerous simple setae and pores. Pair of large oval pores medial to coxae IV. Ventral plate 270 u long, 450 w wide at widest part. Anal — New Mites from Mexico 151 Fic. 4. Klinckowstroemia tapachulensis n. sp. Female: A, ventrum; B, palp; C, chelicerae; D, genital area. 152 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington plate has 11 setae (6 on one side, 5 on the other) and 3 pairs of pores. One pair of pores posterior to anal plate, other two pair at anterior border. Pair of large setae anterior to anal opening. Anal plate 145 u long, 420 u wide. Gnathosoma was obscured. Legs, peritreme, and stigmata as in female. The species was described on the basis of one female and one male. The collection data for both specimens is 8.5 mi. north of Tapachula, 1750’, Chiapas State, Mexico, 22 July 1966 (collected by Donna Thomp- son). The specimens were taken from an alcohol vial which contained both Passalus interruptus Linnaeus and Popilius eclipticus Truqui. The genus Klinckowstroemia contains three previously named species. K. tragardhi Baker and Wharton has never been properly described. The mite to which this species refers was mentioned by Tragardh (1938) but he did not designate a genotype at that time. Baker and Wharton (1952) validated the genus by naming the species K. tragardhi but they did not make any attempt to further describe the species. Attempts by the present authors to locate the type species in the Tragardh collec- tion have been fruitless. Hunter and Butler (1966) described two additional species from Costa Rica. A key to the females of the species described by Hunter and Butler, and those described in this paper follows: 1 —latigynial plates triangular, not apposed Seen AOE eerste aA, Pe K. concava Hunter and Butler 2 —distal portion of peritreme lateral to coxa I Prete, EB Se 2 pp Oe Ce K. grabowskii Chernoff and Pope 2'—distal portion of peritreme anterior to coxa I 3 3 —6 pair of anal plate setae, 6 teeth on fixed chelicera rere of, eMC ene IRM ny eyes, eric K. truncata Hunter and Butler 3’—5 pair of anal plate setae, 7 teeth on fixed chelicera __.______. BA i Ns ls aa ae oe K. tapachulensis Chernoff and Pope It should be noted that the critical specific characters of these mites are not really known. Three of the four species have been described on the basis of a total of only 5 specimens. Until the variability within large numbers of mites of the same species is known, the significance of such characters as those used above are open to conjecture. The holotypes of K. grabowskii and K. tapachulensis have been de- posited in the Smithsonian Institution. The authors would like to acknowledge the assistance of Mrs. Donna Thompson for collecting the host beetle of K. tapachulensis; to extend their thanks to Dr. H. F. Strohecker for his invaluable assistance during this project; to Dr. O. L. Cartwright, Curator, Division of Coleoptera, Smithsonian Institution, for the identification of the host beetles; and to Miss Holly Reynolds for the illustrations. New Mites from Mexico 153 LITERATURE CITED Baker, E. W., anp G. W. Wuarton. 1952. An Introduction to Acarology. Macmillan Co., N. Y. 465 + xiii pp. Hunter, Preston E., anp Linpa ButTier. 1966. New Klinckow- stroemia Mites From Costa Rican Passalid Beetles. (Acarina: Klinckowstroemiidae). J. Georgia Entomol. Soc. 1(4): 24-30. TRAGARDH, Ivar. 1937. Zur Systematik der Mesostigmata. Vorlaufige mitteilung. Arkiv. Zool. 29: 1-8. 154 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington a oe americas: ‘ ian oe ae. partes, pga a=. Fe He tas oe on ies atte ion Mai: © 1 I { j hh rm y \ « { ! i ( { ‘ we tT; 1 iy ee a samy - a Set icine 4 wa fa bs cre we , me - wi sl Meer U7 UO 7D . yen Vol. 83, No. 13, pp. 155-160 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ON AN INTERESTING PHILIPPINE SPECIES OF THE EARTHWORM GENUS PHERETIMA KINBERG, 1866 (OLIGOCHAETA, ANNELIDA)!? By G. E. Gates Zoology Department, University of Maine, Orono Earthworm faunas of a few areas have been more or less thoroughly surveyed. Our knowledge of the megadriles of so many other parts of the world is fortuitous, a result of one or more accidental finds. The interest of a Peace Corps Volunteer was aroused by a bright blue earthworm of a size that to him seemed unusually large. As a result, several speci- mens became available from a small Philippine island. The identifiable species was known hitherto only from an Italian description of the holotype. Although that account is better than many of the period, confirmation of some char- acters and information about others then ignored has been needed. MEGASCOLECIDAE Pheretima Kinberg, 1866 Pheretima mazarredoi Rosa, 1894 Pheretima “mazarredi” Rosa, 1894. Atti Acad. Sci. Torino, 29, p. 765. (Type locality, Marinduque Island, Philippines. Holotype, originally in the Madrid Natural History Museum. No other information now available. ) Material examined: Marinduque I. Bathala, Santa Cruz, found on surface of ground near some caves, 2 March 1965, 2-5-0. Halford Jones. External characteristics: Size, 250-325 by 15 mm (aclitellates), of juveniles 60 by 5 mm. Segments, 114, 116, 120 (2 specimens), 122, 124, 131. Prostomium, epilobous, tongue closed. Color, very dark, almost midnight blue but with an obvious greenish tinge. Setae, small, numerous, 1From research financed by the National Science Foundation. AM iTHSO Nv ar bs 13—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (155) HiN 1 1970 ) aS Lip : fo pelle 156 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington deeply retracted, not certainly recognizable in much of the dorsum. First dorsal pore, at 12/13 (7). Octothecal, pores at 5/6-8/9. Male pores, minute, superficial, equa- torial and rather widely separated, in xviii. Genital markings, paired, represented by whitish transverse depressions about in line with the male porophores and so rather widely separated, at 17/18, 18/19, or 18/19, 19/20, 20/21. Internal anatomy: Septa, all present and complete from 5/6 pos- teriorly. Special longitudinal muscle band at mD, recognizable only from 12/13 posteriorly. Pigment, very dark, of a greenish blue ap- pearance. Lymph glands (unrecognizable in the two small juveniles), present from xvi posteriorly. Brown bodies, numerous under the peritoneum. Gizzard, in viii, ca. 6 mm long and 7 mm thick, the wall only ca. 1 mm thick, with a wider flange either in vii or adherent to 7/8. Esophagus, widened in x—xiii, valvular in xiv—xvi. Intestinal origin, in xvii (4). Intestine, deeply and variously sacculated, especially anteriorly but acaecal and atyphlosolate. Dorsal blood vessel, unrecognized in front of 5/6, possibly because of absence of blood therein. Ventral trunk, complete, bifurcating over subpharyngeal ganglion, the branches passing up along the circum- pharyngeal nervous connectives (presumably to dorsal trunk?). Extra- esophageals, median to segmental vascular arches, passing onto ventral face of gut in x, unrecognizable behind xiii (3), empty continuations of the vessels in one specimen seemingly passing into xvi (and then to the ventral trunk?). Supra-esophageal trunks, rather widely separated, in x-xiii, usually empty, connected with each other transversely at least once, just in front of 12/13. Subneural trunk, no trace recognized from one end of body to the other (1 completely dissected specimen). Hearts, of vi—ix slender, lateral (i.e., connecting dorsal and ventral trunks only in each of those segments), of x—xiii lateroesophageal. Holandric. Testis sacs, none (testes and male funnels obviously free in coelomic cavities). Male funnels, polyplicate. Male ducts, not seen, presumably intraparietal behind funnel septa. Seminal vesicles, two pairs, in xi, xii, vertically placed, ca. 10 mm long by 1 mm thick, with densely spongelike texture. Prostates, compact, confined to xviii, seemingly sessile. Ducts, 5 mm long, mostly within the parietes, recognizable only after dissecting prostates away from the body wall. Spermathecae, size increasing posteriorly. Ducts, almost confined to the body wall. Diverticulum, small, heart-shaped to spheroidal, or very shortly ellipsoidal, on anterior face of duct just at, partly or wholly within parietes. Ovaries, vertically placed, ca. 2 mm long. Ovisacs and pseudovesicles, unrecognized. GM glands, none visible in coelom, on or in body wall. Reproduction: Specimens were too immature to provide any macro- scopically recognizable evidence as to mode of reproduction. Texture A Philippine Earthworm 157 of seminal vesicles is not like that of mature specimens of many am- phimictic species of the genus. Genital aberrations, such as are so often present in male sterile morphs, are lacking. Perhaps biparental reproduc- tion should be anticipated. Remarks: Many natives, according to Mr. Jones (in lit. to author), believe these worms to be snakes. Noteworthy, in that connection is the fact that Pheretima ophioides Michaelsen, 1930, has a similar blue color. In vivo, the pigment of P. mazarredoi probably was confined, except perhaps at the anterior end, to connective tissue between the epidermis and the circular muscle layer. Presumably then, after preservation, epidermis, brown bodies, spermathecal and prostatic ducts were selec- tively stained by the dissolved pigment. Alcohol in which the worms were received had a bright yellow color. The parietal musculature was studied in microtome sections by Prof. W. J. Harman who has reported on its structure as follows (in lit. May 7, 1969). “The circular muscle is composed of 10-12 fibers each clearly separated from the others by abundant connective tissue. Individual fibers are 23 » wide. The separating connective tissue is 33 yw thick. In the longitudinal musculature 8-20 fibers are enclosed in each thin connective tissue sheath. The Kastchen are not as clearly formed as in other pheretimas or any other earthworm that I have ever seen but the differences are only quantitative. I would have identified the slides as coming from a pheretima had I not known beforehand.” Coelomic fluid can be ejected from the dorsal pores of P. ophioides to a height of 144 m. The fluid, according to native collectors, is cor- rosive and especially dangerous if gotten into the eyes. One of Mr. Jones letters indicates he had received similar warnings about his specimens of P. mazarredoi. Systematics: Immaturity of each specimen obviates mention of several characters likely to be of systematic importance: Location and shape of clitellum. Presence or absence of ovisacs, pseudovesicles, GM glands. Spermathecal diverticula seem to have reached the same stage as in the clitellate holotype. Perhaps then, GM glands should not be expected. Absence of intestinal caeca, typhlosoles, and testis sacs, completeness of septa 8/9-9/10, presence of a pair of complete lateral hearts in each of viii and ix, in the genus Pheretima are regarded as primitive characters. If a subneural trunk is lacking (the vessel often is unrecognizable when empty), that condition also will be considered primitive. Too little in- formation is available to warrant a statement as to the duplex condition of the supra-esophageal trunk. Paired female pores, in Pheretima also is a character that seems primitive but the original account of the type indicates presence of a single, median aperture as in most species of the genus. Absence of testis sacs in Pheretima has been recorded hitherto only from male sterile morphs and from juveniles of amphimictic forms. 158 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Whether sacs would later have been developed by the Marinduque worms of course is unknown but now seems unlikely. The clitellum, according to the original account of P. mazarredoi, ex- tends through xiii, in addition to the usual three segments. That char- acter was formerly regarded as primitive, but mainly because Pheretima was believed to be directly descended from Megascolex in which the clitellum often included more than segments xiv—xvi. Presence of hearts in xiii, in Pheretima, now certainly seems to be an advanced rather than a primitive character. A subgenus Archipheretima was erected by Michaelsen (1928) for holandric species with the following characteristics: Clitellum extending through more than segments xiv-xvi. Copulatory chambers and intestinal caeca lacking. Neither of those characters is diagnostic nor is the com- bination. Subsequent addition (Michaelsen, 1934) of two more char- acters added nothing of value to the definition. The only really important character in the definition is, “intestinal caeca absent,” and that is shared with various species in other classical subgenera of Pheretima. Michael- sen did not put P. mazarredoi in his Archipheretima though it now seems more primitive than some that were included. All species of Archiphere- tima are too inadequately characterized for present needs. Pheretima mazarredoi seems likely to be closely related to P. iris and P. margaritacea (Michaelsen, 1892) from the island of Samar and P. ophioides from Luzon. Each species referred to Archipheretima is known today only from the original materials. Beyond the Philippines the only records are for Bomeo. Immature specimens, from a cave in the region where P. mazarredoi was secured, differ from that species in characters that often have been found to distinguish closely related taxa from each other. A_ short description is appended. Pheretima sp. Material: Marinduque Island. Bathala, Santa Cruz, cave, August 13, 1964, 0-2-0. Halford Jones. External characteristics: Size, 235-385 by 20 mm. Segments, 120, 126. Body, shortly and transversely elliptical in cross section. Color, slate, uniform in ventrum as well as dorsum. Spermathecal pores, very small transverse slits about 6-7 mm apart from each other. Female pores, nearly 2 mm apart (1 specimen). Male pores, very small transverse slits, equatorial in xviii, 9+- mm apart from each other ventrally, each at center of a circular area slightly protuberant from middle of a slightly depressed, longitudinally elliptical area of epidermal translucence about 2 mm wide that crosses slightly into xvii and xix. A single preclitellar marking, about 7 mm wide and 2% mm long, obliterates 9/10. A central translucent portion is distinctly demarcated A Philippine Earthworm 159 from a peripheral opaque band. Postclitellar markings, widely paired, nearly circular areas (of slight tumescence?), slightly median to male pore levels, ca. 2 mm wide, separated from each other mesially by a distance about equal to 4 mm, two pairs obliterating 19/20 and 20/21. Internal anatomy: Pigment, slate-colored, in a layer between epidermis and circular muscle layer. Esophagus, in x—xiii with low, thin, lamelliform, closely crowded ridges on inner wall. Esophageal valve, in region of 14/15. Intestinal origin, in xv. Seminal chambers, in two vertical rows protruding slightly from anterior face of spermathecal duct. Ingesta: Mostly organic matter, including one bit of wood 18 mm. long. A small tick-like arachnid also was found. Parasites: Slate-colored brown-bodies in the coelom contained nema- tode eggs, pseudonavicella spores, variously shaped but poorly preserved bodies that may be gregarines, also organisms of unknown relationships, as well as numerous small setae and corpuscles of various sorts. Remarks: Intersegmental furrows of the clitellar region were almost obliterated but no tumescence was externally recognized and dorsal pores still were functional. Alcohol in which these specimens were preserved had become a dark and rather greenish color. Dissolved pigment may have stained the ventrum (to produce an appearance of uniform coloration) as it pre- sumably did the brown-bodies (some subperitoneal) and prostatic ducts. Fine diagonal ridges on inner wall of intestine run through several consecutive segments. Nephridia, of the intestinal region, seem to be more numerous on posterior than on anterior faces of the septa and especially so ventrally. Significance of certain differences from other Marinduque specimens, such as in the spermathecae and the intestinal origin, remains to be determined. A sufficiently long isolation of cave from exterior populations could have enabled specific distinctness for each. LITERATURE CITED MiIcHAELSEN, W. 1928. Die Oligochaten Borneos. Ark. Zool. vol. 20A, no. 3, pp. 1-60. 1934. Oligochaeta from Sarawak. Quart. Jour. Micros. Sci. vol. 77, pp. 1-47. 160 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington | Saal, Hered: woe SREY LA Re a od ne sph th teey a ay WA Ctl niet bats i Peyfedgi! | i Reh. thane UATE Praha eee ts a eh chat Pa, Pings Dy Fel, enh ilies asks day Wik aks a) Wie hi ives era Vi beaten: :e wai ‘iin +f Hye , Citar PC eit Mace ws 7.00672 Vol. 83, No. 14, pp. 161-170 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A NEW CRAYFISH FROM THE NASHVILLE BASIN, TENNESSEE By Horton H. Hosss, Jr. Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. The new burrowing crayfish described below was first collected from a “tributary of Stone River, 20 miles from Columbia, Tennessee” in November during the last decade of the past century by a Mr. Von Baer. The three specimens collected by him were transferred to the Smithsonian In- stitution from the United States Fish Commission. Thus, the existence of this crayfish has been known for approximately 7a years. There seems to be some error in the data cited above, for I have been unable to locate a “Stone River” within a 20 mile radius of Columbia. Tributaries of Stones River in Rutherford County are 30 to 35 miles east-northeast of Columbia, and it seems probable that one of them is the source from which Mr. Von Baer obtained his specimens. The original label in the container has been damaged, and the last figure in the date has been lost. The species was rediscovered by Dr. Glenn Gentry in a boggy area along a small tributary to the Harpeth River in Cheatham County, Tennessee in April, 1968. Subsequently, he has obtained additional specimens from the area, and during April 1969, Jean E. Pugh, Daniel J. Peters, Dr. Gentry, and I obtained a series of 27 specimens in the type-locality. Additional material has been made available to me by Harold N. Mullican of the Tennessee Game and Fish Commission and by Raymond W. Bouchard. I should like to thank Messrs. Bouchard, Gentry, Mullican, and Peters and Miss Pugh for their assistance in amassing the specimens on which this description is based. I am also 14—Proc. Bron. Soc. WasH., Vou. 83, 1970 (161) Zag HSO;/ Pa 2 ft | | | N 1 : } / Giz 2ARIED 162 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Cambarus gentryi new species (pubescence removed from all structures illustrated except Fig. la). a, Lateral view of carapace of holotype. b, Mesial view of first pleopod of holotype. c, Mesial view of first pleopod of morphotype. d, Basal podomeres of third, fourth, and fifth pereiopods of holotype. e, Lateral view of first pleopod of A New Tennessee Crayfish 163 TaBLeE 1. Measurements (mm) Cambarus gentryi. Holotype Allotype Morphotype Carapace: Height 11.7 11.3 13.1 Width WSs 13.2 14.2 Length 27.6 26.9 30.1 Areola: Width — — —— Length 11.5 11.2 12.8 Rostrum: Width 4.4 4.6 48 Length 4.2 3.8 5.0 Chela: Length of inner margin of palm Hoe 5.6 7.0 Width of palm 9.7 8.1 9.9 Length of outer margin of chela 22.1 16.8 19.7 Length of dactyl 13.2 10.0 11.6 grateful to Carolyn B. Gast for the excellent illustrations and to Fenner A. Chace, Jr. and H. H. Hobbs III for their criticisms of the manuscript. Cambarus (Jugicambarus) gentryi new species Diagnosis: Body pigmented, eyes small but well-developed. Rostrum with convergent margins devoid of marginal spines or tubercles, acumen very short and indistinctly delimited. Areola sublinear, comprising 40 to 44.5 percent of entire length of carapace, and bearing one or no puncta- tions in narrowest part. Carapace without cervical tubercles or spines. Suborbital angle rounded. Postorbital ridge prominent with conspicuous swelling caudally and subtruncate cephalically. Antennal scale approxi- mately three times longer than broad. Chela with single row of five to eight tubercles on mesial margin of palm and one to three above marginal row; lateral surface with middle half subcostate and both fingers with moderately well-developed longitudinal ridges on upper surfaces. First pleopods (Fig. 1b, f, k) of first form male with < morphotype. f, Lateral view of first pleopod of holotype. g, Cephalic portion of epistome of holotype. h, Antennal scale of holotype. i, Dorsal view of carapace of holotype. j, Annulus ventralis of allotype. k, Caudal view of first pleopods of holotype. 1, Distal podomeres of cheliped of holotype. 164 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington corneous central projection recurved approximately 120°, tapering distally, lacking subterminal notch, and not extending so far caudad as mesial process but its tip usually reaching proximally beyond distal (morphologi- cal cephalic) margin of latter;, mesial process non-corneous, submam- millate, with simple or spinose tip directed caudally but lying lateral to tip of central projection. Annulus ventralis (Fig. 1j) deeply embedded in sternum, and with short cephalomedian trough separated from broad caudal wall by asymmetrical median depression. Color cobalt blue with orange or yellow and yellowish green markings. Holotypic Male, Form I: Body subcylindrical. Abdomen narrower than thorax (10.3 and 13.1 mm). Greatest width of carapace greater than depth at caudodorsal margin of cervical groove (13.1 and 11.7 mm). Areola almost linear (approximately 50 times longer than broad) with room for one punctation in narrowest part. Cephalic section of carapace 1.4 times longer than areola (length of areola 41.6 percent of entire length of carapace). Rostrum broad basally, basal width slightly greater than length, with convergent margins and short, broad, poorly- defined acumen, tip of which reaching slightly beyond midlength of penultimate podomere of antennular peduncle; margins thickened and continuous to slightly upturned tip and lacking tubercles or spines; sub-marginal row of tubercles large and deep basally but becoming smaller and shallow toward acumen; upper surface concave with few punctations basally; subrostral ridges strong and evident in lateral aspect to base of acumen. Postorbital ridges prominent although not strongly elevated, grooved dorsolaterally, with swollen prominences caudally and rounded apically. Branchiostegal spine almost obsolete, represented by very small ridge. Carapace punctate dorsally and granulate laterally; cephalic portion of hepatic region and ventral margin of cephalic portion of cervical groove with number of moderately large tubercles; cervical spines absent, represented by one or two very small squamous tubercles; gastric area with submedian pair of prominent knobs approximately midway between caudal ends of post-orbital ridges and cervical groove. Abdomen shorter and narrower than carapace (24.6 and 27.6 mm; 10.3 and 13.1 mm). Cephalic section of telson with single fixed spine in each caudolateral corner. Upper surface of telson and uropods setose. Basal podomeres and inner ramus of uropod without spines; outer ramus with row of short spines on distal margin of proximal segment, otherwise spineless. Cephalomedian projecting portion of epistome (Fig. lg) narrower than long, subrhomboidal, with cephalic margin arched and bearing small cephalomedian projection; basal area with fovea almost obsolete and with thickened caudal margin bearing broad concavity. Basal segment of peduncle of dextral antennule with small spine near distal margin, sinistral member without such spine. Antennae broken but probably reaching no farther caudad than midlength of abdomen. Antennal scale (Fig. lh) almost three times longer than broad, broadest A New Tennessee Crayfish 165 near midlength with broadest lamellar area subequal in width to thickened lateral portion, latter terminating in heavy spine reaching end of penultimate podomere of antennular peduncle. Third maxillipeds reach- ing midlength of penultimate podomere of antenna. Right chela (Fig. 11) subrectangular, somewhat depressed but with inflated palm and with lateral margin subcostate. Upper surface of palm punctate, mesial margin with subcristiform row of eight tubercles and two above row (left chela with row of six and three above); lateral margin undulating because of large punctations; lower surface punctate but with two prominent tubercles opposite articulation with dactyl. Upper surfaces of both fingers with moderately well-defined longitudinal ridges flanked by tubercles; lower surfaces punctate without distinct ridges; opposable margin of immovable finger with row of five tubercles along proximal three-fifths (third from base largest) and one on lower level at base of distal fourth, single row of minute denticles extending between fourth tubercle and corneous tip of finger; lateral surface of finger broadly rounded, polished, and with scattered punctations; op- posable margin of dactyl with eight tubercles along proximal three-fourths of finger, fourth from base largest, and with single interrupted row of minute denticles extending between fifth tubercle from base and corneous tip of finger; mesial margin of dactyl tuberculate along proximal half and punctate along distal half. Carpus of right cheliped longer than broad with deep oblique longitudinal furrow dorsally; dorsal surface punctate; mesial surface with one large acute tubercle and smaller one proximal to it; ventral surface with single prominent tubercle lateral to major tubercle on mesial surface (no prominent tubercle on ventral surface of left carpus). Merus of right cheliped with mesial and lateral surfaces sparsely punctate; dorsodistal surface with two prominent tubercles, ventrolateral surface with row of four tubercles and ventromesial with row of eight. Only three small tubercles on ventral surface of ischium. Hooks on ischia of third pereiopods (Fig. 1d) strong, simple, not opposed by tubercle on basis, and projecting proximally beyond distal end of latter. Coxa of fourth pereiopods with prominent, vertically disposed caudomesial protuberance and broad shelflike flange cephalic to protuberance; coxa of fifth pereiopods without prominences. Sternum deep between third, fourth, and fifth pereiopods and with prominent tufts of setae borne on ventrolateral margins. First pleopods (Fig. 1b, f, k) symmetrical and reaching coxa of third pereiopods when abdomen is flexed. (See diagnosis for description. ) Morphotypic Male, Form II: Differs from holotype in following respects: cephalic section of telson with two spines in each caudolateral corner, mesial ones movable; mesial ramus of uropod with median ridge bearing small spine almost at distal margin of ramus; mesial margin of palm of chela with row of six tubercles and two above row; mesial surface of carpus of right cheliped with two tubercles proximal to major one; 166 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington dorsal surface of merus with only one well-developed tubercle, and ventromesial margin with row of 10 tubercles on right cheliped; hooks on ischia of third pereiopods and protuberances on coxae of fourth much reduced in size. First pleopod (Figs. lc, e) with neither terminal element corneous and mesial process as in holotype; central projection much heavier, inflated, and contiguous with mesial process for proximal half of its length; shaft with distinct oblique suture in proximal half. (see measurements. ) Allotypic Female: Differs from holotype in following respects: telson and uropods as in morphotype; mesial margin of right chela with row of six tubercles and two above it, left with row of five and three above; carpus of right chela as in morphotype; merus of both chelae with single well-developed tubercle dorsally, ventrolateral margin with row of five on dextral cheliped and ventromesial margin with row of nine on dextral and 10 on sinistral cheliped. (See measurements. ) Annulus ventralis (Fig. 1j) about 1.4 times broader than long, deeply embedded in sternum, and firmly fused to V-shaped sternal plate im- mediately cephalic to it, but with caudal half movable; cephalic portion with short median longitudinal trough broadening caudally to form broad asymmetrical submedian depression; sinus originating along caudo- dextral wall of latter, curving to median line, then caudally, and ter- minating on broad caudal wall. Sternite between fifth pereiopods sub- triangular and about 1.3 times broader than long. Color Notes: Carapace with hepatic and branchiostegal areas cobalt blue; gastric region also blue but suffused with greenish tan. Margins of rostrum, postorbital ridges, pair of subcircular prominences at caudo- lateral ends of postorbital ridges, and paired tubercles in gastric area orange tan; pair of faint cephalomesially-directed pale tan lines extending from base of rostrum. Subrostral ridges pale cream tan; lower marginal portions of branchiostegites and lower hepatic area almost white. Cephalic terga of abdomen almost as blue as branchiostegites but fading caudally, assuming greenish suffusion; uropods and telson pale greenish blue. Caudal margin of each tergum and margins of uropods and telson with fringe of orange tan setae. Antennae cream with orange tan setae. Dorsal surface of cheliped bluish green from distal portion of merus to orange tan tips of fingers, progressively paler distally; distal articular surface of basis and ischium with orange knobs and margins; distal margin of merus, dorsal articular area of carpus, and articular surface of propodus at base of dactyl orange; all tubercles on chela yellowish cream; spines on dorsodistal portion of merus, spine on mesial surface of carpus, and mesial row of tubercles on propodus conspicuously orange-yellow; lower surface of chelipeds pinkish cream except for blue mesial and proxi- momesial area of propodus. Upper surfaces of legs pinkish cream basally; merus suffused with pale green; carpus olive green; remaining podomeres fading distally to pinkish cream; joints between ischium and merus and merus and carpus marked with bright orange, as are hooks on A New Tennessee Crayfish 167 ischiopodites of third pereiopods. Third maxilliped and lower surfaces of legs mostly cream; epistome largely cobalt blue but with cream splotches and margins. Ventral surfaces of abdomen, uropods, and telson pale blue; pleopods pinkish cream except for longitudinal cobalt blue bar on caudal surface of shaft of endopodite of second. Type-locality: Boggy area below seepage along a small tributary to Turnbull Creek (Harpeth-Cumberland drainage system), one mile west of Kingston Springs, Cheatham County, Tennessee. There, along a shaded area adjacent to the stream, the watertable is virtually at the surface, and the ground, literally riddled with crayfish burrows, is almost covered with mats of liverworts and mosses. A shallow layer of soil, small rocks, and gravel overlies almost horizontally bedded rock, making it unnecessary, and probably impossible, for the crayfish to construct burrows to a depth greater than 1.5 feet. Disposition of Types: The holotypic male, form I, the allotypic female, and morphotypic male, form II, are deposited in the Smithsonian In- stitution (nos. 130283, 130284, and 130285, respectively) as are the paratypes, which consist of 24, form I; 76, form II, 229; and 1 juvenile ¢. Size: The largest specimen, a male, form I, has a carapace length of 48.3 mm, the largest female, 43.4 mm, and the smallest first form male, 30.8 mm. The former two specimens were collected from the Concord Creek, Rutherford County locality, and the latter from the type- locality. Specimens Examined: TENNESSEE—Cheatham County: Type- locality, 19, G. Gentry, 1V/1968; 1¢I1, 2¢II, 39, G.G., XI/8/1968; 2411, 29, GG., XII/22/1968; 261, 6¢ Il, 189, 1)¢, GG., D.J.P., J.E.P., H.H.H., I1V/8/1969. Davidson County: Along creek adjacent to Park Office in Montgomery Bell State Park, 2)9, D.J.P., J.E.P., H.H.H., IV/10/1969. Houston County: Along Yellow Creek at Dickson County line on Tenn. Rte. 49, 141, D.J.P., J.E.P., H-H.H., IV/10/1969. Maury County: Near Mt. Pleasant, 1é¢1, 12, Bruce Cole, V/13/1969. Ruther- ford County: Along Concord Creek, off Tenn. Rte. 99 between Rockvale and Eagleville, 1¢1, 32, H.N.M., V/1969; (?)“Tributary of Stone River, 20 miles from Columbia, 3¢1, V.B., XI/189?.” Williamson County: Camp Mary Mount, 22 miles W. of Nashville, 0.5 mile off Tenn. Rte. 100, 1 61, G.G., X/4/1969. Thus the known range of the species encompasses portions of the basins of the Cumberland (Stones River, Harpeth River, and Yellow Creek) and Duck rivers in Middle Tennessee. Variations: The only variations observed that are worthy of note exist in the specimens from the Concord Creek and “Stone River” localities in Rutherford County. The four individuals from the former are larger than those from the other localities, having carapace lengths of 40.7 to 48.3 mm of which the areolae constitute 43.5 to 44.5 percent, whereas, elsewhere the largest individual is a male from Stone River 168 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington with a carapace length of 37.8 mm, and the largest from the type-locality is a female measuring 35.3 mm. The areolae of the specimens from the latter two localities range from 42.4 to 44.0 and 40.4 to 43.2 percent of the carapace length, respectively. The first pleopods of the male from the Concord Creek locality also differ from those in other localities in that the central projection is not so strongly recurved, the mesial process terminates in three or four small spines, and its distal portion is more strongly arched laterally than in the other males. Whether or not these variations in the pleopod are peculiar to the single male cannot be ascertained until additional speci- mens from the area become available. That the population of which it was a part attains a greater size than does that in the type-locality seems highly probable, for among the 37 specimens from the latter, none is as large as the smallest of the four specimens from the Concord Creek area. Among the specimens from “Stone River,” the constricted distal portion of the mesial process of the first pleopod is longer and more flattened than that of specimens from the vicinity of the type-locality, and the distal portion of the pleopod is almost as strongly arched laterally as it is in the single male from Concord Creek; however, the central projection is disposed more nearly like that in individuals from the type-locality. Life History Notes: First form males have been collected in April, May, and November. Neither ovigerous females nor ones carrying young have been observed. Relationships: Cambarus gentryi has its closest affinities with the members of the subgenus Jugicambarus (see Hobbs, 1969), and both in its morphology and habits seems to be more closely allied to Cambarus carolinus Erichson (1846:96) than to any other described species. Its most distinctive features are the linear areola and the cobalt blue carapace with orange or yellow markings. Etymology: It is a pleasure to name this crayfish in honor of my good friend, Dr. Glenn Gentry, who has aided me on many occasions in my study of the crayfishes in Tennessee. Remarks: In the type-locality, the crayfishes are deterred in their vertical burrowing by the shallow soil overlying bed rock, and as Dr. Gentry pointed out to us, the animals were more easily secured by utilizing a garden rake than a shovel. In other localities, they were either collected with the aid of a flashlight at night when they were at the mouths of their burrows or were walking on the surface of the ground, dug from complex burrows, or supposedly taken in a stream (by Von Baer). In the type-locality, the burrows consisted of shallow, mostly hori- zontal passages, some six or eight feet in length, that branched and had two or three openings to the surface. Elsewhere, the burrows, while branching and having at least two openings to the surface, were more nearly vertical, with one passageway descending to a depth of about A New Tennessee Crayfish 169 three feet. Heavy rains had fallen shortly before the burrows were excavated, and the water table was within one foot of the surface. Perhaps, like Cambarus diogenes diogenes Girard (1852: 88), the first form males occasionally leave their burrows and wander into streams. This possibility seems probable if we may assume that Von Baer collected his specimens from the stream bed, and the fact that all three specimens are first form males again lends further support to such a conclusion. LITERATURE CITED Ericuson, W. F. 1846. Uebersicht der Arten der Gattung Astacus. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte (Berlin), 12(1): 86-103. GrrarpD, CHARLES. 1852. A revision of the North American Astaci, with observations on their habits and geographical distribu- tion. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 6: 87-91. Hosss, Horron H., Jr. 1969. On the distribution and phylogeny of the crayfish genus Cambarus. In Holt, Perry C., Richard L. Hoffman, and C. Willard Hart, Jr. (editors), The distribu- tional history of the biota of the Southern Appalachians, Part I: Invertebrates. Va. Polytechnic Institute, Research Division Monograph 1: 93-178, 20 figs. 170 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington we hs - : fife: wt <2 , , bey. 3 ay Aas a we < ne NS Se een 7 ee IR EG Ag $a es gv re a a _ ns rod FY.0672 Vol. 83, No. 15, pp. 171-182 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NEW ENTOCYTHERID OSTRACODS OF THE GENUS ORNITHOCYTHERE AND THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS By H. H. Hosss III Department of Zoology, Indiana University Bloomington, Indiana Three new species of entocytherid ostracods, belonging to the genus Ornithocythere Hobbs, 1967:2, are described from Kentucky and Mississippi. Ornithocythere aetodes (see below ) and O. popi (see below) were collected from the burrowing crayfish Cambarus diogenes in Mississippi. The third species, O. rhea (see below), was obtained from the same host species in Kentucky. With the descriptions of these additional forms, the genus now consists of five members, the combined ranges of which appear to be discontinuous, one species occurring in the coastal plain of Maryland and Virginia and the others in Kentucky, Alabama and Mississippi. Not only have females of all the described members of the genus Ornithocythere been correlated with the males but also peculiarities of the genital areas permit the recognition of each, and consequently keys are provided for both sexes. Because the key to the females is based on genital structures, a description of its basic plan and a limited terminology are needed. The genital structures, collectively called the genital complex, are situated posterodorsally in the shell of the fe- males. All species of the genus Ornithocythere possess a heavily sclerotized genital papilla, which appears as a simple cone or cylinder. In addition to the papilla, O. aetodes possesses two alate processes (wings) which extend ventrally from the level of the papilla. O. waltonae Hobbs, 1967:2 and O. popi possess a genital complex composed of a papilla and 15—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 83, 1970 (171) \ HN y 11970 |} \ \A/BRARIED Se. Fen ii oO Aa 172 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington a campanula. The latter is somewhat bell-like, with the papilla, analogous to a clapper, hanging pendant within it. Surrounding the genital structures, regardless of its form, is an amorphous mass on which detritus accumulates. The genus Hartocythere (see below) is erected to receive a disjunct species from Alabama, Florida, and Georgia, which was formerly assigned to the genus Geocythere Hart, 1962: 134. When additional species were discovered, it became an orphan in the genus, thus necessitating the proposal of the new genus Hartocythere. I wish to thank Dr. J. F. Fitzpatrick, Jr. and Dr. Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. for their assistance in the preparation of this manu- script and Dr. David G. Frey for his criticisms of it. Supported in part by NSF Grant GB-4719 to J. F. Fitz- patrick, Jr. and NSF Grant GB-7585 to Gulf Coast Research Laboratory. Genus Ornithocythere Hobbs, 1967 Diagnosis: Terminal tooth of mandible pectinate. Male copulatory complex lacking finger guard and accessory groove; peniferum extending ventrally beyond clasping apparatus; acute, sclerotized, beaklike promin- ence (resembling inverted head of a bird) directed anterodorsally, its ventral base arising from ventral border of peniferum rather than from anterior surface. Corneous penis large, directed anterodorsally with prostatic and spermatic elements propinquant throughout length; clasping apparatus well-developed, may or may not be divisible into horizontal and vertical rami; vertical ramus with margins entire; horizontal ramus with or without entire borders, ramus terminating in three to five apical denticles. Triunguis females without J-shaped rod or amiculum, but possessing sclerified genital papilla; campanula present or absent; no pectinate process on distal podomere of second antenna. Type species: Ornithocythere waltonae Hobbs, 1967:2. Key TO MALES 1 External border of clasping apparatus entire —_____________. pata NN MN wah IE aN ee AS ode alee waltonae Hobbs, 1967:2 1 External border of clasping apparatus annulate or with rounded PrOmMInénees;) ns a Le 2 2(1') Clasping apparatus L-shaped and divisible into horizontal and: ‘vertical rani 2:32 et ve Ail ee cee rhea new species OM Clasping apparatus with sinuous or simple curve, not divisible into horizontal and vertical rami ________.........._______--__.---------- 3 New Entocytherid Ostacods 173 3(2’) Clasping apparatus S-shaped, with three rounded prominences on external border, terminating in four apical denticles ____. wa Niet AOR ee aetodes new species of Clasping apparatus with simple curve, mesiodistal surface bearing linear series of four small tubercles, terminating in three to) tive apical. denticles 2... 4 4(3') Beaklike projection on anteroventral portion of peniferum sub- acute; two tubercles situated on proximoventral angle of beak- like prominence, third one on ventral margin near apex; clasp- ing apparatus with four mesial prominences proximal to five apieal! identicless: 23 gypodes Hobbs III, 1969:169 4' Beaklike projection on anteroventral portion of peniferum acute, without tubercles; clasping apparatus possessing four annula- tions proximal to apical denticles _.-.-__»___ popi new species Key to Trruncuis FEMALES 1 Genital complex consisting of dorsally situated papilla enclosed SALEVIA CART POEATAUT (cl see se Saseen we Roe eeaneiee ea 2 il Genital complex consisting of dorsally situated papilla not en- closed uawrithinurcampam tales. ae 3 2(1) Genital papilla directed posteroventrally and enclosed within posteroventrally directed campanula _- waltonae Or Genital papilla directed ventrally, enclosed within ventrally directed campanula 5) ss popi new species 3(1’) Genital complex consisting of genital papilla and two alate IEQCESSCS ae ete eae LONE Bree EN aetodes new species 3 Genital complex consisting of genital papilla and lacking alate POTOCE SSE Sere let cet me ote Neen eee GN UR hein 4 4(3') Genital papilla directed anteroventrally and possessing saclike extension posterodorsally __---- rhea new species 4’ Genital papilla directed posteroventrally and lacking postero- onsalamextensigny, 26.2! Pe SAEED he Oita 2 Ve gypodes Ornithocythere aetodes new species (Fig. la—e) Male: Eyes pigmented, located approximately one-fourth shell length from anterior margin. Shell (Fig. 1b) subovate, highest posterior to midlength; margins entire; submarginal setae scarce, absent dorsally, present anteriorly, posteriorly, and ventrally. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. Copulatory complex (Fig. la, d) with peniferum extending ventrally beyond clasping apparatus, its ventral portion highly sclerotized, beak- like prominence directed anterodorsally with swelling on proximoventral angle; penis large, U-shaped, situated in distal one-fifth of peniferum, 174 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. la-e. Ornithocythere aetodes new species; Fig. 1f-g. Ornitho- cythere waltonae Hobbs, 1967; Fig. 1i-l. Ornithocythere gypodes Hobbs III, 1969. Fig. la, f, i. Mesial views of entire male copulatory com- plexes; Fig. 1b. Lateral view of right valve of male; Fig. 1c, k. Lateral views of right valve of females (b, c, k, to scale indicated below c); Fig. ld, g, j. Clasping apparatus of males; Fig. le, h, 1. Female genitalia (to scale indicated by e). New Entocytherid Ostacods 175 and supported by sclerotized penis guide, latter extending dorsally beyond level of penis. Clasping apparatus S-shaped, not clearly divisible into horizontal and vertical rami; external and internal borders entire except external border bearing three smooth prominences at distal one- fifth and distalmost portion terminating in four apical denticles; ventral finger four times length of dorsal finger—former slender, L-shaped, paralleling clasping apparatus, latter slender and directed ventrally. Triunguis female: Eyes pigmented; shell (Fig. lc) subovate with concavity slightly anterior to midlength; margins entire; submarginal setae like those of male; genital complex consisting of sclerified conical, acute papilla (Fig. le) directed anteroventrally, bordered by two alate processes, anteriormost directed ventrally, posterior ala directed postero- ventrally and terminating distally in recurved spine; both papilla and alae enclosed in amorphous mass. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. Type-locality: Burrow from ditch along St. Rte. 28, 0.5 mi. W. of jct. St. Rtes. 28 and 35, Smith County, Mississippi (Leaf River drainage). This species has been collected from no other locality. Disposition of types: The holotypic male, allotype and male paratype are deposited in the National Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian Institution ), nos. 126264 and 126265, respectively. Paratypes are in the collections of C. W. Hart, Jr. (1¢), the Smithsonian Institution (1¢ ), and the author (1¢ ). Host: Cambarus d. diogenes Girard. Entocytherid associate: Ankylocythere harmani Hobbs, 1966:71. Relationships: Ornithocythere aetodes has its closest affinities with O. waltonae (Fig. 1f-h). The penifera of both are quite similar in shape and structure, particularly in the ventral portion. O. aetodes, however, possesses an S-shaped clasping apparatus, the external border of which bears three smooth prominences, whereas O. waltonae sup- ports a C-shaped clasping apparatus in which the external border is entire. O. gypodes and O. popi are similar in that they share with O. aetodes the “bird-head” peniferum. O. aetodes demonstrates the close relationship that exists between the genera Ornithocythere and Geocy- there. The structure of the male copulatory complex of O. aetodes provides some insight into a probable common origin of the genera Geocythere, Hartocythere (see below), Okriocythere, and Ornithocythere. Like the members of the genus Geocythere, O. aetodes possesses excrescences on the external border of the clasping apparatus as does the monotypic Okriocythere Hart, 1964: 243; also, the length of the peniferum from the dorsalmost level of the clasping apparatus to its ventral extremity approaches that of the members of the genus Geocythere. Its affinities to Hartocythere are most obviously indicated in the alate process of the female genital complex (c.f. Figs. le and 2n). Etymology: Aétos (Greek) = eagle + oides = like—referring to the 176 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington TABLE 1. Measurements (in millimeters). holotype Ornithocythere aetodes number of specimens length (range) 0.55 mean height (range) 0.31 mean Ornithocythere gypodes number of specimens length (range) 0.50 mean height (range ) 0.25 mean Ornithocythere popi number of specimens length (range) 0.43 mean height (range) 0.22 mean Ornithocythere rhea number of specimens length (range) 0.46 mean height (range) 0.25 mean Ornithocythere waltonae number of specimens length (range) 0.49 mean height (range) 0.27 mean Hartocythere torreya number of specimens length (range) 0.48 mean height (range) 0.27 mean males 5 0.52-0.55 0.54 0.29-0.32 0.30 0 0.45—0.50 0.46 0.23-0.29 0.26 10 0.37-0.45 0.43 0.22-0.25 0.23 5 0.46—0.50 0.48 0.25—0.28 0.27 10 0.47—0.50 0.49 0.25-0.27 0.27 10 0.43-0.48 0.46 0.25-0.34 0.27 allotype 0.41 0.22 0.48 0.29 0.52 0.30 females 5 0.53—-0.58 0.54 0.30-0.34 0.32 ii 0.48-0.50 0.48 0.25—0.29 0.27 6 0.40-0.44 0.42 0.22-0.25 0.24 4 0.48-0.49 0.48 0.29-0.30 0.30 10 0.49-0.52 0.51 0.28-0.31 0.30 New Entocytherid Ostacods Wah ventral portion of the peniferum of the male resembling the inverted head of an eagle. Ornithocythere gypodes Hobbs III, 1969 (Fig. 1), k, 1) At the time of the original description, the holotype was the only known representative of this species. Subsequently, many specimens (both male and female) have been obtained from the burrowing cray- fish Cambarus diogenes in two additional localities in Pickens County, Alabama and from two localities in Noxubee County, Mississippi. The acquisition of these specimens permits a description of the triunguis female of the species and a more accurate account of the clasping ap- paratus (Fig. li, j) of the male. Triunguis Female: Eyes pigmented; shell (Fig. 1k) subovate with greatest height slightly posterior to midlength; margins entire; sub- marginal setae present except dorsally; genital complex consisting of sclerified, conical papilla (Fig. 11) directed posteroventrally and sur- rounded by amorphous mass. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. Male: Clasping apparatus (Fig. 1j) not divisible into horizontal and vertical rami; internal and external borders entire; except at distal portion where mesiodistal surface with linear series of four small tubercles; clasping apparatus terminating in three to five apical denticles. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. Ornithocythere popi new species (Fig. 2g—-k) Male: Eyes pigmented, located approximately one-fourth shell length from anterior margin; shell (Fig. 2i) subovate with posterior region higher than anterior; greatest height slightly posterior to mid-length; margins entire; submarginal setae scarce, but occurring ventrally and along the anterior and posterior margins. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. Copulatory complex (Fig. 2g, h) with peniferum extending ventrally beyond clasping apparatus, ventral portion sclerified and terminating anteroventrally in beaklike prominence; penis large, U-shaped, and situated approximately in distal one-fourth of peniferum; clasping ap- paratus not clearly divisible into horizontal and vertical rami, but gently curved; external border of distal half with four annulations; distalmost portion terminating in three apical denticles; dorsal and ventral fingers slender, latter three times length of former; ventral finger curved parallel to clasping apparatus; both terminating in single spines. Female: Eyes pigmented, located one-fourth shell length from an- terior margin; shell (Fig. 2j) subovate with greatest height slightly posterior to midlength; margins entire; genital complex (Fig. 2k), situated posterodorsally, with sclerotized genital papilla directed ventrally, enclosed in ventrally tapering campanula with orifice at ventral extremity. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. 178 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 2a-f. Ornithocythere rhea new species; Fig. 2g—k. Ornithocythere popi new species; Fig. 2l-o. Hartocythere torreya (Hart, 1959). Fig. 2a, g, 1. Mesial views of entire male copulatory complexes; Fig. 2b, f, h, m. Clasping apparatus of males (b, f to scale 1); Fig. 2c, i. Lateral views of right valve of male (scale 3); Fig. 2d, j, o. Lateral views of right valve of female (scale 3); Fig. 2e, k, n. Female genitalia (scale 2). New Entocytherid Ostacods 179 Type-locality: Burrow in drainage ditch on U.S. Hwy. 49, 0.7 mi. N. of Stone-Harrison County line, Stone County, Mississippi (Biloxi River drainage). Disposition of types: The holotypic male, allotype, and dissected male paratype are deposited in the National Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian Institution), nos. 126266 and 126267, respectively. Para- types are in the collections of C. W. Hart, Jr. (24), the Smithsonian Institution (2¢), and the author (83, 39). Hosts: Cambarus d. diogenes Girard and C. d. ludovicianus Faxon. Entocytherid associates: Ankylocythere harmani Hobbs and an un- described species of each of the genera Ankylocythere and Geocythere. Range: In addition to the type locality, O. popi has been collected from burrows in the bank of a small creek on U.S. Hwy. 11, 8.8 mi. SW of jct. U.S. Hwy. 11 and St. Rte. 26, Pearl River County, Mississippi (Pearl River drainage). Relationships: Ornithocythere popi is most closely related to O. gypodes. The penifera of both species resemble the head of a bird and the penes are U-shaped. The clasping apparatus are markedly similar in that both possess annulations and terminate in three apical denticles; the annulations of O. popi are larger and extend further proximally. This species is also closely related to O. waltonae and O. aetodes having the characteristic beaklike prominence on the antero- ventral portions of the peniferum. Like O. waltonae, the genital com- plex of the triunguis female of O. popi is composed of a papilla which is enclosed in a campanula. Etymology: I am pleased to name this species in honor of my father, Horton H. Hobbs, Jr., to whom I affectionately refer as “Pop.” Ornithocythere rhea new species (Fig. 2a-f) Male: Eyes pigmented, located approximately one-fourth shell length from anterior margin. Shell (Fig. 2c) subovate with greatest height slightly posterior to midlength; margins entire; submarginal setae evenly spaced anteriorly, ventrally, and posteriorly, but absent dorsally. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. Copulatory complex (Fig. 2a, b, f) with peniferum elongate, slender, and extending well beyond clasping apparatus; projection on antero- ventral portion of peniferum beaklike, subacute, and extending antero- dorsally; penis large, U-shaped, and extending slightly beyond ventral margin of peniferum; penis resting in groove bordered by sclerified penis guide; clasping apparatus (Figs. 2a, b, f) variable but always clearly divisible into horizontal and vertical rami; vertical ramus 2.5 times length of horizontal ramus; two rami forming angle less than 90°; external and internal borders of vertical ramus entire; mesial internal border with or without single tooth; mesial external border with row of three to five rounded prominences; apical portion with four denticles; 180 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington dorsal and ventral fingers slender each terminating in single spine; dorsal finger straight, directed anteroventrally; ventral finger gently curved anteriorly. Triunguis female: Eyes pigmented, located approximately one-fourth shell length from anterior margin; shell (Fig. 2d) subovate with truncate posterior margin, slightly larger than male; margins entire; submarginal setae as in male; genital complex (Fig. 2e) consisting of small sclerotized papilla directed anteroventrally and surrounded by amorphous mass; sclerotized prominence with saclike extension directed posterodorsally from base of papilla. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. Type-locality: Trammel Creek, 1.4 mi. from jct. U.S. Hwy. 231 and 31W at Alvaton, Allen County, Kentucky (Barren River drainage). This is the only locality from which O. rhea has been collected. Disposition of types: The holotypic male and allotype are deposited in the National Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian Institution), no. 126269. Paratypes are in the collections of C. W. Hart, Jr. (1¢,19), the Smithsonian Institution (1¢, 19), and the author (26, 192). Host: Cambarus diogenes subsp.? Entocytherid associate: Ankylocythere hyba Hobbs and Walton, 1963. Relationships: The male of Ornithocythere rhea, like all the members of the genus Ornithocythere, possesses a peniferum which resembles the inverted head of a bird, however it is most closely allied to O. aetodes. Both species possess a relatively long clasping apparatus, the mesial external borders of which bear a row of rounded prominences. The clasping apparatus of O. rhea, however, has an angular bend resulting in the horizontal and vertical rami being disposed at less than a right angle whereas in all other members of the genus, the clasping apparatus is never clearly divisible into two rami. O. rhea is also distinct in that the penis is very long and slender in comparison with the other members of the genus. The triunguis female also shows unique characters which suggest that this species is the most remote member of the genus. Among them is the possession of a saclike extension directed posterodorsally from the base of the papilla of the genital complex (Fig. 2e). Etymology: Rhea—a genus of ostrichlike birds—so named since the peniferum resembles the inverted head and neck of an ostrich. Hartocythere new genus (Fig. 2]-o) Diagnosis: Terminal tooth of mandible pectinate. Male copulatory complex lacking finger guard and accessory groove; ventral portion of peniferum heavily sclerotized, angled anteroventrally, and deeply cleft, extending ventrally much beyond clasping apparatus; corneous penis large and curved anteroventrally, with prostatic and spermatic elements contiguous throughout their lengths. Clasping apparatus curved approxi- mately at right angle but not distinctly divisible into vertical and New Entocytherid Ostacods 181 horizontal rami, mesiodistal surface bearing linear series of small tubercles and apex of apparatus with four denticles. Triunguis female without J-shaped rod or amiculum but possessing heavy, sclerotized genital papilla. Gender: Feminine. Type-species: Entocythere torreya Hart, 1959; here designated. The genus Hartocythere is here proposed to receive a single somewhat disjunct species described by Hart, which in his generic revision (1962) he assigned to the genus Geocythere. With the discovery of additional species of the latter and the erection of the closely allied genus Ornithocythere Hobbs, 1967, of which five species are now known, uncertainty has arisen as to the limits of variation in the two genera. The removal of Hart’s G. torreya from the genus makes Geocythere a more unified assemblage and permits rather concise definitions of the three genera. Hartocythere torreya (Hart, 1959 ) (Fig. 2l-o) Entocythere torreya Hart, 1959: 198-200, figs. 7-11. Geocythere torreya.—Hart, 1962: 135. Male: Eyes pigmented, situated one-fourth shell length from anterior margin. Shell subelliptical with greatest height slightly posterior to midlength; margins entire. Submarginal setae few in number but evenly spaced anteriorly, posteriorly, and ventrally. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. Copulatory complex (Fig. 21, m) described in diagnosis of genus. Triunguis female: Eyes as in male. Shell (Fig. 20) similarly shaped but slightly larger than that of male and with shallow ventral concavity slightly anterior to midlength. Submarginal setae, although sparse, evenly spaced around entire margin. Range of shell size recorded in Table 1. Genital complex (Fig. 2n) consisting of long, slender sclerotized papilla directed slightly anteroventrally; two posteroventrally curved alate processes situated dorsal to papilla; all of these structures surrounded by amorphous mass with adhering detritus. Type-locality: Near Blue Springs, Torreya State Park, Liberty County, Florida. Host: Cambarus diogenes diogenes Girard. Entocytherid associates: Three undescribed species of the genus Ankylocythere and Uncinocythere simondsi (Hobbs and Walton, 1960: 7). Range: Hartocythere torreya has been collected in the Alabama, Escambia, Choctawhatchee, and Appalachicola drainage systems in the following: ALABAMA—Bullock, Clark, Conecuh, and Geneva counties; 182 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington FLORIDA—Escambia and Liberty counties; and GEORGIA—Ran- dolph County. Relationships: This species has its closest affinities with the members of the genera Geocythere and Ornithocythere but may be readily dis- tinguished from all of them by the highly sclerotized, deeply bifid ventral portion of the peniferum. LITERATURE CITED Hart, C. Wixarp, Jr. 1959. The ostracods of the genus Entocythere from the lower Chattahoochee—Flint Basin: With a review of the occurrence of the genus in Florida, and descriptions of two new species. Bull. Fla. St. Mus., Biol. Sci. 4: 193-204, fig. 1-19. 1962. A revision of the ostracods of the family Entocytheri- dae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 114: 121-147, figs. 1-18. 1964. Two new entocytherid ostracods from the vicinity of Washington, D.C. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 77: 243-246, figs. 1-4. Hosss, Horton H., Jr. 1966. An illustrated key to the species of the genus Ankylocythere with a description of a new species from Louisiana (Ostracoda, Entocytheridae). Proc. La. Acad. Sci. 29: 67-75, pls. 1-2. 1967. A new genus and three new species of ostracods with a key to genus Dactylocythere (Ostracoda: Entocytheridae). Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 122: 1-9, fig. 1. , AND MARGARET WALTON. 1960. Three new ostracods of the genus Entocythere from the Hiwassee drainage system in Georgia and Tennessee. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 35: 17-23, figs. 1-28. . 1963. Four new species of the genus Donnaldsoncythere Hosss, H. (Ostracoda, Entocytheridae) from Virginia with a key. to the species of the genus. Trans. Am. Microsc. Soc. 82: 363-370, figs. 1-26. H., III. 1969. A new genus and two new species of entocytherid ostracods from Alabama and Mississippi. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 82: 167-170, figs. 1-5. 77.06 '73 Vol. 83, No. 16, pp. 183-190 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON STUDIES ON SPIROSTREPTOID MILLIPEDS. IX. THE STATUS OF THE INDIAN GENUS LEIOTELUS CHAMBERLIN! By Ricuarp L. HorrMan Radford College, Radford, Virginia One of the most intriguing of R. V. Chamberlin’s legion of enigmatic generic names is Leiotelus, proposed in 1921 as a taxon of the family Odontopygidae and comprising the type genus of a monotypic new subfamily Leiotelinae. Inasmuch as the description of Leiotelus and its type species L. amballae were not accompanied by illustrations of the male genitalia, these names fell promptly into a state of neglect and insofar as I know have never subsequently been mentioned in the literature. This is a remarkable situation in itself since the family Odontopygidae is of course strictly endemic to Africa, and the asserted existence of an Indian member of the group should have excited the greatest interest. Since 1921, however, the diplopod fauna of India was surveyed by Attems in 1936, and the family Odontopygidae subjected to careful revision by Dr. Otto Kraus (1960, 1966) without any account whatever being taken of Leiotelus by either author. The type specimen of L. amballae is an adult male, taken at Ambala in Punjab, and is still preserved in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. Through the cooperation of Dr. H. W. Levi, I was recently enabled to restudy this specimen, and am glad to be able to dispose of the long-standing enigma concerning its taxonomic status. The species belongs not to the Odontopygidae but in 1A contribution from studies supported by grants GB 7936 and GB 3098 from the National Science Foundation. Parts I-VI appeared in Lloydia, vols. 16—24, 1953-1961, parts VII and VIII in Papeis Avulsos de Zoologia, vol. 21, 1968—1969. 16—Proc. Brot. Soc. WasH., Vou. 83, 1970 (183 - TT HSONE. Fee Wy aN MIN 11970 | \ ty OY hee ee gee 184 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington fact is a member of the characteristically Indian family Harpagophoridae as might easily have been guessed both from its locality and the fairly explicit verbal account of the taxonomic characters! FAMILY HARPAGOPHORIDAE ATTEMS, 1909 SUBFAMILY HARPAGOPHORINAE DEMANGE 1961 (= LEIOTELINAE CHAMBERLIN, 1921; NEW SYNONYMY) The Harpagophoridae has been rendered by M. Demange into three subfamilies on the basis of the gonopod sternum. Without going into the internal classification of the family at the present time, I can only note that on the basis of gonopod characters, Leiotelus amballae clearly falls into any subfamilial, or even tribal, ensemble that might include Harpagophora itself, and Chamberlin’s subfamily name is thus regarded as a subjective synonym of Demange’s nominate subfamily which although many years younger, is based upon the type genus of the family. It is difficult to imagine how L. amballae was ever identified as an odontopygid to begin with. The paraprocts lack the typical dorsal spination of that family, the epiproct is elongate and curved upward, and the gonopods are of perfectly normal harpagophorid pattern. More- over, Chamberlin had described three new harpagophorids in the pages immediately preceding the proposal of Leiotelus. As a point of fact, L. amballae is referable to a genus proposed by Carl several years prior to Leiotelus, and based upon a quite well-known Indian species. Phyllogonostreptus Carl Phyllogonostreptus Carl, 1918, Rev. Suisse Zool., vol. 26, p. 424. Type species, Spirostreptus nigrolabiatus Newport, 1844, by monotypy and original designation. Leiotelus Chamberlin, 1921, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, vol. 7, p. 67. Type species, L. amballae Chamberlin, 1921, by monotypy and original designation. New Synonymy! This genus has experienced a somewhat variegated taxonomic history. Originally monotypic, it was justified by its author with the statement “Ce genre se distingue de tous les Harpagophoridae par l’absence com- pléte d’épine ou autre saillie coxale aux gonopodes postériors [= telopo- dite] et par l’état réduit des pectinations du télopodite.” Phyllogono- streptus was recognized on these bases by Attems in 1926, but later he (1936: 257) withdrew Carl’s name into the synonymy of Thyropygus in the belief that the absence of a femoral spine was scarcely a generic character. In his 1936 key to species of Thyropygus, however, Attems took nigrolabiatus out at the first couplet, along with serpentinus Att., broelemanni Att., and melinopus Att., because of the lack of said spine. In his own work on Indian diplopods published in 1941, J. Carl con- The Milliped Genus Leiotelus 185 tinued to recognize Phyllogonostreptus as a valid genus, and in the follow- ing year Attems (1942: 90) reverted to the same opinion. He more- over brought additional species into the genus: wniserialis from Indochina, segmentatus from the Phillippines, and the four taxa supposedly from Borneo: serpentinus, melinopus, broelemanni, and_ bicornis.? The recent monographic account by M. Demange (1963) again reduced Phyllogonostreptus to monotypic status by relocating the above mentioned species to other genera (except for bicornis, which was not mentioned ). Although the absence of a femoral spine is not per se a generic char- acter (the spine being suppressed randomly among various other groups), when taken into account with the overall form of the gonopods it does contribute to the diagnostic appearance of those appendages en suite. I concur with Demange that Phyllogonostreptus is a valid genus con- taining up to the present only the South Indian species nigrolabiatus. Phyllogonostreptus nigrolabiatus (Newport) Spirostreptus nigrolabiatus Newport, 1844, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 1, vol. 13, p. 269 (Holotype, Brit. Mus., from “India” ).—Pocock, 1892, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 7, p. 159. Phyllogonostreptus nigrolabiatus: Carl, 1918, Rev. Suisse Zool., vol. 26, p. 426.—Attems, 1942, Ann. Naturh. Mus. Wien, vol. 52, p. 91.— Demange, 1961, Mem. Mus. Nat. d’Hist. Natur., n. s., Ser. A, vol. 24, p. 190. Thyropygus nigrolabiatus: Attems, 1936, Mem. Indian Mus., vol. 11, p. 259. Notes: Thanks to the work of Carl, Attems, and especially Demange, this species is now well-known as regards its identity and gonopod structure. I can only add the verification, based upon the study of Newport’s original type specimen in 1960, that Pocock’s identification of his material (upon which later concepts of the species are founded ) was entirely correct. The distribution of nigrolabiatus remains very incompletely known. It has been recorded by Pocock from Madras (presumably the city) and by Carl from “Ceylon” without further particulars. Attems saw material from Madras and Rambha. Demange records specimens from the Sheveroy Hills, in Madras, from Pondichery (the French enclave), and 4It is perhaps unnecessary to allude to the utter unreliability of locality labels attached to the material taken in the East Indies by several collectors during the past century. As more cohesive and limited generic groups emerge from the great catch-all “‘genera’’ of Attems and others, distributional anomalies are easy to detect, such as the records for Borneo for taxa otherwise known only from Java and Sumatra. In particular, diplopods taken by Ida Pfeiffer supposedly in Bomeo appear to be chiefly Sumatran in origin; those (such as Thyropygus brevicaudatus Att.) collected by Plason and labeled “Borneo or Celebes” doubtless came from neither of those islands but from Sumatra or Malaya instead. Borneo has in fact an impressive harpagophorid fauna of its own, the genera largely endemic once the spurious records have been eliminated. 186 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington The Milliped Genus Leiotelus 187 from Asansol, West Bengal. Interestingly, it was not encountered by Carl in his extensive collecting in Nilgiris, Palnis, and Anaimalais, sug- gesting perhaps a coastal distribution. The presence of the species in Ceylon has not been confirmed, to the best of my knowledge. Demange’s record for Asansol is of considerable interest as being far-removed from the Madras localities, and perhaps a restudy of the specimens will show subspecific differences in structure. Phyllogonostreptus amballae (Chamberlin) new combination Figures 1-4 Leiotelus amballae Chamberlin, 1921, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, vol. 7, p. 67. (Holotype from “Amballa” [= Ambala, Punjab], India.) Holotype: M.C.Z. 4856, adult male, fragmented, maximum diameter 8 mm. 57 segments. Coloration altered by long preservation, at present light gray with the metasomites, legs, and antennae ferruginous brown, anal segment and paraprocts darker. Head relatively small, of normal appearance, the epicranium finely striated, lower part of clypeus and labrum vertically rugulose, remainder of head smooth and polished. Mandibular stipes inflated laterally, pro- duced ventrally into a prominent triangular, medially incurved lobe similar to that figured by Demange (1963: fig. 275-76) for Fageostreptus hyatti. Distal third of gnathochilarial stipes with a prominent sub- terminal oval nodosity. Antennae moderately long, basal articles glabrous, 2nd article longest; 4th and 5th short and nearly triangular in outline, 6th almost rectangular; 5th and 6th with prominent transversely reniform sensory area on the outer surface; 7th small, subhemispherical, its distal edge inturned between the four small sensory cones, and with a single small rounded sensory knob on its outer side. Collum much wider than head, strongly narrowed down the sides behind level of mandibles but terminally enlarged and a prominent ventrally produced anterior corner present, surface of collum smooth and polished. Body segments divided by a fine but sharply defined suture into a broad prozonite with numerous fine transverse striations and a shorter < Fics. 1-3. Phyllogonostreptus amballae (Chamberlin). 1, gonopods (telopodites not shown), oral aspect. 2, left gonopod coxa, with basal part of telopodite, aboral aspect. 3, right gonopod, lateral aspect. Abbreviations: a, b, c, distal lobes and processes of the posterior coxal fold (inner paragonocoel); fa, anterior coxal fold (outer paragonocoel); fp, posterior coxal fold; le, external lamella of telopodite; li, internal lamella; It, transparent lamella; n, coxal nodosity at end of gonocoel; p, distal process of external lamella; s, sternum; t, telopodite. 188 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 4 Fic. 4. Phyllogonostreptus amballae (Chamberlin), telopodite of right gonopod, aboral aspect. Abbreviations: e, hyaline cupulate lobe of internal lamella; If, apical projection of intermediate distal process of the internal lamella; other abbreviations as in Figures 1-3. metazonite, dorsally smooth, without punctations, becoming longitudinally striate below level of ozopores. Latter small, located in the metazonite, not in contact with the transverse suture. Terminal segment produced into a short, upturned epiproct about equal in length to free edge of paraprocts, latter convex, smooth, without distinct free margination; hypoproct small, transverse, smooth, not fused with preceding segment. Sterna smooth. Stigmata small, triangular, not extending laterally beyond level of distal end of coxae. Legs moderately long, the two distal The Milliped Genus Leiotelus 189 podomeres visible beyond sides of body from above, coxae of posterior pair of legs of each segment somewhat enlarged, their mesial surfaces strongly flattened, the distocaudal region produced into a low blunt conical process. Legs virtually glabrous, ventral macrosetae 1-1-1-0-0-5 (tarsal setae usually 3 on the anterior side and 2 on the posterior), a prominent macroseta above the base of each tarsal claw. Ventral pads present on the postfemora and tibiae of all legs. First and second pairs of legs removed (presumably by Chamberlin ) and no longer with the specimen. Gonopods (Figs. 1-4) generally similar to those of P. nigrolabiatus as illustrated by Demange (1961). Coxae fused basally with a small triangular sternal remnant (s). Anterior fold (fa) of coxa displaced laterally, exposing base of telopodite. Posterior fold (fp) enlarging distally from point of fusion with sternum, the apical fourth abruptly narrowed and set off as a subtriangular, hamate, caudally curved process (b); aboral side of distal third with an elongate, slender, sinuously flexed branch (c) considerably better-developed than that of nigro- labiatus. Aboral face of gonopod with a prominent subreniform nodosity (n) subtending the point of exit of the telopodite. Latter relatively short and massive (figs. 3, 4), the femoral division without trace of spine, the more distal extent curving proximad and thence laterad, laterally forming a broad semicircular blade divided into two major regions as in nigrolabiatus. Internal lamella (li) the larger and more prominent, and carrying the seminal groove; latter running out terminally on a small thin plate with six or seven small marginal spines, laterad to which is a cupulate, hyaline lobe (e); mesad to these structures the internal lamella is produced into an acute projecting lobe (d) and a small acuminate process (If), the latter visible only in aboral aspect. External lamella smaller, ending in a truncate lobe (p), and produced ventrally into a prominent spatulate transparent lamella (lt) which carries a smaller retrorse secondary lobe on its median side. LITERATURE CITED AtreMs, C. 1936. Diplopoda of India. Mem. Indian Mus., vol. 11, pp. 133-323, text figs. 1-93. 1942. Zur Kenntnis der Indischen Harpagophoridae. Ann. Naturh. Mus. Wien, vol. 52, pp. 66-105, text figs. 1-18; pls. VI-IX, figs. 1-19. Caru, J. 1918. Miscellanees diplopodologiques. Rev. Suisse Zool., vol. 26, pp. 417-468, figs. 1-51. 1941. Diplopoden aus Siidindien und Ceylon. 2. Teil: Nematophora und Juliformia. Rev. Suisse Zool., vol. 48, pp. 569-714, figs. 1-227. CHAMBERLIN, R. V. 1921. New Chilopoda and Diplopoda from the East Indian region. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, vol. 7, pp. 50-87. 190 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington DEMANGE, Kraus, O. J.-M. 1961. Matériaux pour servir a une révision des Harpagophoridae. Mem. Mus. Nat. d’Hist. Natur., n.s., Ser. A, vol. 24, pp. 1-274, figs. 1-286. 1960. Athiopische Diplopoden I. Monographie der Odonto- pygidae-Odontopyginae. Ann. Mus. Royal Congo Belge, ser. 8vo. sci. zool., vol. 82, pp. 1-207, figs. 1-520. 1966. Phylogenie, Chorologie, und Systematik der Odonto- pygideen (Diplopoda, Spirostreptomorpha). Abh. Sencken- bergischen Naturf. Gesell., no. 512, pp. 1-143, figs. 1-364. Vol. 83, No. 17, pp. 191-194 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NOVAQUESTA TRIFURCATA, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY QUESTIDAE (ANNELIDA, POLYCHAETA ) FROM CAPE COD BAY, MASSACHUSETTS! By KaTHarInE D. Hopson Systematics-Ecology Program, Marine Biological Laboratory, Woods Hole, Massachusetts The little-known family Questidae Hartman (1966) has been known for only one genus and species, Questa caudicirra Hartman (1966), from Southern California. Polychaetes be- longing to this family were found in some samples collected in Cape Cod Bay by the Biotic Census of the Systematics- Ecology Program. The specimens represent a new genus and species and are described below. I am grateful to Dr. Olga Hartman for the loan of specimens from the type lot of Q. caudicirra and for critically reading the manuscript. Discus- sions with Dr. D. G. Cook have been very helpful. The family Questidae includes small slender worms that superficially resemble oligochaetes. Specimens of both of the presently known species have been collected from coarse sedi- ments at shelf depths. The following characters are found both in Questa Hartman (1966) and Novaquesta new genus, and may represent family characters: Prostomium lacks ap- pendages; peristomial segment achaetous; inconspicuous biramous parapodia, provided at least with a few thick bifid hooks and a few serrated capillary setae; pygidium slightly bilobed, anal cirri present or absent; reproductive structures 1 Contribution No. 197 from the Systematics-Ecology Program. This study was aided by Contract Nonr 3070(03) between the Office of Naval Research, Depart- ment of the Navy, and the Systematics-Ecology Program, Marine Biological Labora- tory. 17—Proc. Biot. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 VM HSON]> ( sun 11970 ) \4i32ari€2 192 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Novaquesta trifurcata new species: a, dorsal view of male; b, posterior parapodium; c, bidentate seta from a median setiger; d, trifurcate seta from notopodium of third setiger; e, postero-ventral view of pygidium. New Questid Polychaeta 193 confined to a few segments. There is a ventral buccal organ. This structure has some phylogenetic value, so it is likely that the Questidae are allied to other Sedentaria possessing a ventral buccal organ (see Dales, 1962). Novaquesta new genus Type species: N. trifurcata new species. Gender: feminine. Diagnosis: Small slender worms. First segment achaetous and biannulate; the remaining segments with inconspicuous biramous parapodia. Three kinds of simple setae: (1) serrated capillary setae; (2) thick bifid hooks; and (3) modified setae. Pygidium bilobed, with- out cirri. Remarks: The presence of three kinds of setae and the absence of anal cirri distinguish Novaquesta from Questa Hartman. Novaquesta trifurcata new species Figs. la—e Type material: This species is based on 100 specimens collected from sandy sediment in Cape Cod Bay. The holotype ¢, (USNM 40460), and 15 paratypes ¢ and 9 (USNM 40461) come from station 1412-E4 (41°54.0’N, 70°8.6’W; 17 m depth; 11 June 1968) and are deposited in the Smithsonian Institution. Additional paratypes are deposited in the Gray Museum of the Systematics- Ecology Program (51; ¢ and @) and in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation of the Univer- sity of Southern California (3; ¢ and @) and the collections of D. G. Cook (15; ¢) and of the author (15; ¢ and @). Seventy-two of these paratypes come from station 1412-E4, four from station 1412-Ep, two from station 1514-E1 (41°53.5'N, 70°10.7'W; 18 m depth; 19 January 1967), one from station 1530-E3 (41°53.0'N, 70°31.4’W; 12 m depth, 21 November 1967), and five from station 2130-E2 (41°48.0’N, 70°31.4’W; 7 m depth; 21 November 1967). Etymology: The name refers to the nature of the modified setae. Description: Mature worms are about 4—6 mm long and 0.3-0.4 mm wide (without setae), colorless (preserved in alcohol) and have about 30 setigers. Except for the inconspicuous parapodia, the body lacks appendages (Fig. la). The prostomium and first segment are somewhat biannulate. All parapodia, except occasionally the last one or two pairs, are biramous and have at least two kinds of setae (Fig. 1b). There are usually two serrated capillary setae and one thick bifid hook in each ramus. Occasionally there may be three or four capillaries or two bifid hooks in a ramus. The bifid hooks begin on the first setiger and consist of a main tooth at right angles to the shaft, a small apical tooth, and a faint connection between the shaft and the tip of the main tooth (Fig. lc). There are one or two trifurcate setae in each of the first five to eight notopodia. The trifurcate setae consist of two well- 194 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington defined prongs and a shorter, fainter, and more slender middle prong (Fig. 1d). The anus is surrounded by two lateral lobes and lacks anal cirri (Fig. le). The 12th and 13th segments of mature females contain several yolky eggs of various sizes. Usually the largest egg in a female is about 200 u in diameter. The 13th and 14th segments of mature males are somewhat shortened and there is a dorsal folding of the body wall (Fig. la) in the region of the genitalia. This and other aspects of the anatomy of N. trifurcata are being studied by Dr. David G. Cook. Distribution: Known only from Cape Cod Bay. Remarks: The genitalia of the two specimens of Q. caudicirra that I have studied are also concentrated on a few segments. The female has a few large eggs in the 12th and 13th segments. The segments bearing the “dorsal fold” of the male are achaetous, and it appears that the “dorsal fold” is located on the 13th and 14th segments. Questa caudicirra and Novaquesta trifurcata are distinguished by the following: Q. caudicirra N. trifurcata modified setae: absent trifurcate setae in anterior notopodia branchiae: dorsal cirriform bran- absent chiae in posterior setigers anal cirri: 2 pairs absent segments bearing “dor- setae absent setae present sal fold” of male: LITERATURE CITED Dates, R. P. 1962. The polychaete stomodeum and the interrelation- ships of the families of Polychaeta. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 139: 389-428. Hartman, O. 1966. Quantitative survey of the benthos of San Pedro Basin, Southern California. Part II. Final results and con- clusions. Allan Hancock Pac. Exped., 19: 187-456. mee4O / s Vol. 83, No. 18, pp. 195-202 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON THE CORRECT NAME FOR THE LEAST SHORT-TAILED SHREW (CRYPTOTIS PARVA) OF GUATEMALA (MAMMALIA: INSECTIVORA) By Cuartes O. HanpLey, Jr., AND Jerry R. CHoate Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., and Museum of Natural History, The University of Kansas, Lawrence The nomenclatorial history of the least short-tailed shrew of Guatemala (a subspecies of Cryptotis parva Say) is com- plicated, and the name currently used for that animal is invalid. To summarize briefly, Gray (1843 and 1862) used a nomen nudum, Corsira tropicalis, for a shrew from Coban, Guatemala. Tomes (1862) described a shrew from Dueiias (later corrected by Alston to Coban), Guatemala, as Sorex micrurus. Alston (1877) observed that the names Corsira tropicalis Gray and Sorex micrurus Tomes represented the same taxon, and on Coues’ advice placed them in the genus Blarina. Sorex micrurus Tomes 1862 thus became a secondary homonym of Galemys micrurus Pomel 1848 (= Sorex talpoides, now Blarina brevicauda talpoides, Gapper ), a fact noted by Merriam (1895) when he revised the genus Blarina. After being validated by Merriam’s description, Blarina tropicalis (later Cryptotis tropicalis) was used for the Guatemalan least short-tailed shrew until Miller (1924) disregarded the rule “once a homonym, always a homonym” and resurrected the name Sorex micrurus Tomes. This name has continued to be used to the present time in violation of the International Code of Zoologi- cal Nomenclature. The nomenclatorial history of the Guatemalan least short- tailed shrew began with the publication of the following unsigned notice in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London (1843:79): “Various species of Mammalia from 18—Proc. Bro. Soc. Wasi., Vor. 83, 1970 (195)-<qi THSON]Q~ i Ne. a ( win 1 1970 \ L/BRARIE2 196 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Coban [sic], in Central America, were exhibited. These speci- mens were from Mr. J. Gray, who in a letter which accom- panied them addressed to the Curator, observes that the collec- tion contains the following species: viz. Mustela frenata, Licht., Didelphys Quica, Heteromys Desmarestiana, Corsira tropicalis, Corsira Temlyas, Saccophorus Quachil, Mus Tazamaca, and Mus Teguina; all of which species, with exception of the first two, are new to science.” Gray was correct in his assumption that most of his speci- mens represented unrecognized species, but he neglected to provide descriptions and the names he applied thus were nomina nuda. Subsequently, Gray and others described all the species that he initially had indicated were new. As late as 1862 Gray (p. 115) continued to use the nomen nudum, Corsira tropicalis, for a skin and skull representing a least short-tailed shrew from Coban, “S. America” [= Guate- mala]. In the same year, Tomes (1862:279), reporting on a collection of mammals from Duefias, Guatemala, described as new a least short-tailed shrew that he named Sorex micrurus. His material consisted of a skin with skull and two specimens in spirits. Regarding those specimens, R. W. Hay- man (in litt., 24 April 1958) reported: “We have the skin and skull here as B. M. 7.1.1.33. Thomas marked this number in the margin of our PZS in Tomes’ description, and labelled the specimen co-type and lectotype. The main label on the skin is written by Thomas and gives Duejfias as the locality, no doubt on the strength of Tomes’ statement in the heading on p. 278 (‘Report of a collection of mammals made by Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.Z.S., at Duefias, Guatemala; with notes on some of the species, by Mr. Fraser’). The collectors are named on this label as O. Salvin and L. Fraser. In addition to the label provided and written by Thomas, the skin also has a small round card label bearing the following, ‘Guatemala 2778 Fraser 1859’ on one side, and on the reverse ‘S. micro- urus. Skull.” We should not think this is likely to be the original collector’s label, but probably one put on by Tomes. The skull is also labelled as the skin, with Thomas’ handwriting. “There are two more skins in the Tomes collection, nos. Cryptotis parva 197 7.1.1.34 and 35, both labelled Coban. Neither has any col- lector’s name on the label but according to the register [both] were received from Leadbeater, a dealer. Thomas labelled one of these ‘Corsira tropicalis—one of the original series—on a B. M. stand [indicating that the specimen had been mounted for exhibit]. Received with Tomes’ Collection.” Alston (1877:446) finally began to unravel the mounting, but as yet relatively unnoticed, confusion: “I may here observe that the Shrew named Corsira tropicalis by Gray, at the same time as the above [Corsira temlyas Gray = Sorex veraepacis Alston], seems to be the same as that subsequently described as Sorex micrurus by Mr. Tomes (P. Z. S., 1861 [sic], p. 279). Dr. Coues informs me that it proves to belong to the division of Blarina, which have thirty-two [sic] teeth; but whether it is distinct from some of the described North-American species remains to be ascertained. ... “Corsira tropicalis [Gray] = Blarina micrura (Tomes)... . A note by Coues (1877:638) clarified Alston’s remarks: “This [Blarina micrura] is a 30-toothed Blarina (subg. Soriciscus), very closely related to United States species like B. cinerea, B. exilipes, and B. berlandieri, if really distinct. “A short time ago I sent a number of Shrews to my valued correspondent Mr. E. R. Alston, of London, begging him to compare them with the types of certain species preserved in the British Museum. “Among the Shrews sent to him was a specimen [Cryptotis orophila, USNM 38474] from Costa Rica (coll. J. Carmiol), of which he states:—T have little or no doubt that it is the same as Sorex micrurus Tomes... I have not access to Mr. Tomes’s types, but I have examined another of Mr. Salvin’s specimens, in spirits, and have no doubt your animal is the same. I also believe that Gray’s Corsira tropicalis is the same, though the types look darker from dirt.’” Next, Alston (1879:56) corrected the type locality of Tomes’ Sorex micrurus: “the species was described by Mr. Tomes from specimens collected by Mr. Salvin near Coban [sic] (not Duefias as stated by Mr. Tomes), one of which was picked up dead in a forest path.” Commenting on this statement, R. > 198 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington W. Hayman (in litt., 24 April 1958) noted that: “since Alston was presumably in touch with Salvin sufficiently to be able to quote the circumstances of the finding of one of the speci- mens, it seems likely that his reference to Coban rather than Duejas is the correct one.” From 1877 until 1911, Sorex micrurus Tomes was included in the genus Blarina as a secondary homonym of Galemys micrurus Pomel, in turn a subjective synonym of Sorex talpoides [currently Blarina brevicauda talpoides| Gapper. The homonymy was detected by Merriam (1895:21): “When Sorex micrurus Tomes (1861 [sic] ) was transferred to the genus Blarina it became preoccupied by Galemys (Brachysorex ) micrurus Pomel (1848), which is a synonym of Blarina brevicauda (Say), and therefore is not available. No other name seems to have been proposed for the species except tropicalis Gray, which is a nomen nudum. The name, how- ever, is peculiarly appropriate, the species being closely re- stricted to tropical America; hence I here reinstate it to re- place micrurus, but it will have to date from the present paper.” Merriam, in redescribing tropicalis, listed Coban, Guatemala, as the type locality and referred to two specimens measured by Tomes (loc. cit.) as the “original type specimens.” In their early checklists, Miller and Rehn (1901:247) and Miller (1912:25) regarded Blarina tropicalis Merriam as the proper name for the Guatemalan least short-tailed shrew. However, in his 1924 checklist Miller (p. 32), by lapsus or perhaps because of the removal of 30-toothed shrews from the genus Blarina, reverted without comment to Sorex micrurus Tomes as the valid name for this shrew. All subsequent authors [see particularly Cabrera (1925:134), Hall and Kelson (1959:62), and Goodwin (1969:41)] have used Cryptotis micrura as the name for the Guatemalan least short-tailed shrew. Such usage, however, is contrary to both the International Rules of Zoological Nomenclature, 1905, and the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature, 1961. Article 57 of the Code states: “The Law of Homonymy applies to species-group Cryptotis parva 199 names originally published in (primary homonyms), or later brought together in (secondary homonyms) the same genus or collective group, except as noted in Article 59c.” Article 59c states: “A name rejected after 1960 as a secondary homonym is to be restored as the valid name whenever a zoologist believes that the two species-group taxa in question are not congeneric, unless it is invalid for other reasons.” The only potential problem of interpretation of Article 59c in this instance involves whether rejection of the name micrura as a secondary homonym dates from 1895 (Merriam, loc. cit.) or, as a consequence of its erroneous revival, from the present paper. But, as we have clearly shown, rejection of the name micrura dates beyond any reasonable doubt from Merriam’s precise statement to that effect, and Article 59c thus does not apply. In accordance with the Code, the name micrura must be rejected if it was a homonym when it was included in the genus Blarina. It appears to us, therefore, that the fundamental question as to the fate of the name micrura relates to the correct generic identity of G[alemys]. micrurus Pomel. The problem of the identity of G[alemys]. micrurus traces back to 1842, when De Kay (p. 17) redescribed Sorex dekayi Bachman, erroneously attributing to it four upper unicuspids and a total of 30 teeth. He stated (p. 18) that: “The specimens from which our description is taken, were obtained from Queens county, and were described and ex- hibited before the Lyceum of Natural History nearly fifteen years ago. I then gave it the name of concolor, but the de- scription was never published. Dr. Bachman [1837:377], who examined the same specimen, gave the present name [Sorex dekayi], which, by the just and rigid rule of priority, must be preserved.” Pomel (1848:249) included Sorex dekayi De Kay and Brachysorex harlani Duvernoy in section Brachysorex of his genus Galemys, which was characterized in part by four upper unicuspids and a total of 30 teeth. Presumably he would have included Sorex dekayi Bachman, with five upper unicuspids and a total of 32 teeth, in the genus Sorex. Owing to De Kay’s 200 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington faulty description, Pomel therefore seemingly believed that the names Sorex dekayi Bachman and Sorex dekayi De Kay applied to two different kinds of shrews (and not to the same shrew, as we have shown). Because of this conflict, he re- named Sorex dekayi De Kay as Galemys micrurus. It thus appears certain to us that the names Sorex dekayi Bachman, Sorex dekayi De Kay, and Galemys micrurus Pomel were applied not only to the same kind of shrew but to the same specimens, and that all are synonymous with Sorex talpoides Gapper. Merriam’s (loc. cit.) contentions that Sorex micrurus Tomes was preoccupied and that the proper name for the Guatemalan least short-tailed shrew was Blarina tropicalis Merriam were valid statements of fact. Inasmuch as there is no other available name for tropicalis, Article 23b concerning nomina oblita does not apply in this instance, and the pertinent synonymy of this shrew therefore should stand as follows: Cryptotis tropicalis Merriam 1843. Corsira tropicalis Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 79, nomen nudum. 1862. Sorex micrurus Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861: 279. Lectotype—British Museum (Natural History ) no. 7.1.1.33; skin and skull; obtained in 1859 by O. Salvin and L. Fraser; Coban, Alta Verapaz, Guate- mala. Not G[alemys]. micrurus Pomel, Arch. Sci. Phys. Nat. (Geneva), 9:249, 1848 (= Sorex talpoides Gapper). 1877. Blarina micrura, Alston, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 445. 1895. Blarina tropicalis Merriam, North American Fauna, 10:21, a renaming of Sorex micrurus Tomes, pre- occupied. 1911. Cl[ryptotis]. tropicalis, Miller, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash- ington, 24:221. 1924. Cryptotis micrura, Miller, U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 128, p. 32. LITERATURE CITED Aston, E. R. 1877. On an undescribed shrew from Central America. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, pp. 445-446. Cryptotis parva 201 1879-1882. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Mammalia. Lon- don, xx + 220 pp. (The pertinent passage, p. 56, was pub- lished in 1879. ) BacHMAN, J. 1837. Some remarks on the genus Sorex, with a mono- graph of the North American species. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 7: 362—402. Caprera, A. 1925. Genera mammalium. Insectivora, Galeopithecia. Museo Nacional de Ciencias Naturales, Madrid, 232 pp. Cougs, E. 1877. Precursory notes on American insectivorous mam- mals, with descriptions of new species. Bull. U.S. Geol. and Geog. Surv., 3: 631-653. De Kay, J. E. 1842. Zoology of New-York, or the New-York Fauna... . Pt. 1. Mammalia. Albany, xvi-+ 146 pp. Goopwin, G. G. 1969. Mammals from the state of Oaxaca, Mexico, in the American Museum of Natural History. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., 141: 1-269. Gray, J. E. 1843. Specimens of Mammalia from Coban in Central America. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 79. 1862. Catalogue of the bones of Mammalia in the collec- tion of the British Museum. London, iv + 296 pp. Hatt, E. R., anp K. R. Ketson. 1959. The mammals of North America. Ronald Press, New York. 1 : xxx + 1—546+4 79. Merriam, C.H. 1895. Revision of the shrews of the American genera Blarina and Notiosorex. North American Fauna, 10: 5-34, 102-107. Miter, G. S., Jr. 1912. List of North American land mammals in the United States National Museum, 1911. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 79, xiv + 455 pp. . 1924. List of North American Recent mammals, 1923. U.S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 128, xvi + 673 pp. Miter, G. S., Jn., AND J. A.G. REHN. 1901. Systematic results of the study of North American land mammals to the close of the year 1900. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 30: 1-352. PomeEL, A. 1848. Etudes sur les carnassiers insectivores. Pt. 2. Classifi- cation des insectivores. Arch. Sci. Phy. Nat. (Geneva), 9: 244-951. Tomes, R. F. 1862. Report of a collection of mammals made by Osbert Salvin, Esq., F.Z.S., at Duefias, Guatemala; with notes on some of the species, by Mr. Fraser. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861: 228-288. 202 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington 3 74067? Vol. 83, No. 19, pp. 203-214 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A REVISION OF THE RED-RUMPED CACIQUE, CACICUS HAEMORRHOUS (AVES: ICTERIDAE) AAAI HSON;™ By KENNETH C. PARKES Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 'BRARIE FF The Red-rumped Cacique (Cacicus haemorrhous) is a ae moderately large, colonial, arboreal icterid, and type species of a Neotropical genus currently considered to include nine species (Meyer de Schauensee, 1966). It is widely distributed in northern South America east of the Andes, from Colombia south to northern Argentina. Its nearest relative is apparently the Scarlet-rumped Cacique (C. uropygialis), with which it is (almost?) completely allopatric, and which it resembles to the extent that the two species have occasionally been confused in the literature. The only locality from which both species have been reported, as far as I can discover, is Baeza, eastern Ecuador (C. “affinis” = haemorrhous, Goodfellow, 1901: 478; C. uropygialis, Chapman, 1926: 694). As stated by Hellmayr (1937: 32), it remains to be seen whether both forms are found together in the same altitudinal zone; collections from “Baeza” may have originated from anywhere within an altitu- dinal range of one to two thousand feet and possibly more (Chapman, 1926: 704). Zimmer (1930: 433) and Hellmayr (1937: 32) have listed several characters useful in separating Cacicus haemorrhous and C. uropygialis, involving bill shape, plumage color, and wing formula. There is an additional character overlooked by both of these authors. In uropygialis the crown feathers are elongated into an incipient crest; even in the small subspecies C. u. pacificus the crown feathers are actually longer than in the much larger C. haemorrhous. In view of these morphologi- cal differences and the uncertainty as to possible sympatry, , 19—Proc. Bion. Soc. Wasu., Vou. 83, 1970 (203 ) 204 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington I prefer to keep haemorrhous and uropygialis as separate species for the time being. Hellmayr (1937) and other modern authors have unani- mously recognized two subspecies of Cacicus haemorrhous. For the northern race, Hellmayr gives the ranges as “French, Dutch, and British Guiana; southern Venezuela (Orinoco Valley and its tributaries ); southeastern Colombia (Caqueta ); eastern Ecuador; northeastern Brazil, south to the Para region and (?) west to the Rio Madeira (Humayta).” The queried Rio Madeira record will be discussed beyond. The second subspecies, according to Hellmayr, inhabits “Wooded region of eastern Brazil, from Pernambuco, Bahia, and Minas Geraes south to Santa Catharina; Paraguay and the adjoining parts of Argentina (Chaco and Misiones ).” Although, as indicated above, there has been general agree- ment that there are two subspecies of C. haemorrhous, there has been a long history of confusion as to the characters distinguishing these, and the correct names each should bear. The species name is based on Oriolus haemorrhous Linnaeus, 1766, from “Brasilia, Cayana.” The next oldest name for this species is Cassicus affinis Swainson, 1834, from “Brazil.” Cassin (1867: 64) applied Linnaeus’ name to the birds of southeastern Brazil and Swainson’s name to those of Cayenne, without discussing type localities. Cassin considered affinis Swainson to be “but a doubtful species,” but recognized it provisionally, chiefly on the authority of Bonaparte (1853). Bonaparte’s description is quite clearly based, not on the population of Cayenne, but on that of the Amazonian region, to be discussed beyond.! Sclater (1883: 161; 1886; 324) followed Cassin in using the name haemorrhous for the birds of south- eastern Brazil and the name affinis for those of “Guiana, 1 Bonaparte clearly misapplied the Linnaean name haemorrhous as well, but not to the “east-Brazilian form” as stated by Zimmer (1930: 433). Bonaparte specifically stated that he was using the name haemorrhous for the species of Cacicus (then spelled Cassicus) represented in the collection upon which he was reporting, namely, that of Delattre from Mexico and Nicaragua. He further states that, of the three species he recognized (haemorrhous, affinis, and wuropygialis from “Nouvelle Grenade”), the first was “J’espéce la plus petite. . ..’ Bonaparte’s reference to C. haemorrhous should thus be transferred to the synonymy of the small red- rumped cacique found in Nicaragua, now known as C. uropygialis microrhynchus (Sclater and Salvin). The Red-rumped Cacique 205 Cayenne, and Lower and Upper Amazonia.” Sclater was less uncertain than Cassin about the characters of the two “species,” describing (1886: 324) haemorrhous as “dull brownish black” and affinis as “glossy black.” He further alluded to the “larger and thicker bill” of adult males of affinis, pointing out that Bonaparte had also mentioned this character. Six of the nine specimens of “affinis” then in the British Museum came from the Guianas, one from Para (Brazil), one from Sarayacu (eastern Ecuador), and one from “Western Ecuador,” a locality generally conceded by later authors to be erroneous. Thus Sclater’s allocation of “affinis” to “Lower and Upper Amazonia’ in the “Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum” (1886) would have been based on his one male from Para and one from Sarayacu, although he had presumably also seen the specimens from Chamicuros, Amazonian Peru, in the Bartlett Collection (Sclater and Salvin, 1873). Sclater men- tioned no difference between Guianan and Amazonian speci- mens. The next step in the nomenclatorial progression was taken by Berlepsch (1889: 300), who stated flatly that the species of Cayenne and Guiana must take the name C. haemorrhous Linnaeus, with affinis Swainson as a synonym. No reason for this change was given. Sclater (1883: 161) had considered “Brazil” the type locality of haemorrhous because Linnaeus had mentioned this locality first, and he had therefore used affinis Swainson for the “Guianan form” in spite of the fact that Swainson’s bird had also come from “Brazil.” Berlepsch’s synonymizing of affinis with haemorrhous left, by his reckon- ing, the bird of southeastern Brazil without a name. He there- fore supplied the new name C[assicus] aphanes, with the type locality Santa Catharina, Brazil. In this same paper, Berlepsch described as a new species Cassicus pachyrhynchus, based on two specimens from “Tarapoto (Cumbase),” Rio Huallaga, Peru. He compared these birds with Guianan specimens of haemorrhous, and with C. uropygialis from unspecified localities. Hellmayr (1937: 33), without specifying whether he had examined the types of pachyrhynchus, placed this name in the synonymy of C. uw. 206 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington uropygialis. One might think from the wording of his footnote on p. 32 that Hellmayr did not see the types, since he makes much of the fact that an examined specimen from Cueva Seca, Rio Tocache, was “almost topotypical pachyrhynchus” in the course of a discussion as to whether uropygialis could be divided into northern (uropygialis) and southern (pachy- rhynchus ) races (an idea he rejects ). Yet he also mentions “an immature bird from Tarapoto (Cumbase)” without stating whether this was one of the cotypes of pachyrhynchus, and calls attention to the fact that this Tarapoto bird “resembles C.h. affinis in wing formula, though otherwise it is a typical uropygialis.” We will return later to a discussion of the name pachyrhynchus Berlepsch. Berlepsch’s application of haemorrhous Linnaeus to the form of the Guianas was stabilized and justified by Hellmayr (1937: 30), who stated that the type specimen, in the Réaumur collection, came from Cayenne. For the cacique of southeast- ern Brazil, Hellmayr followed the suggestion of Zimmer (1930: 433) that this population should bear the name affinis Swain- son (formerly applied to the Guianan bird in spite of the type locality “Brazil” ). Zimmer reasoned that, although Swainson’s plate was “somewhat equivocal,” Swainson had visited those parts of Brazil where “aphanes” occurs, but not “those parts of the same country inhabited by ‘haemorrhous’ which, at that time, were rather inaccessible.” Hellmayr (1937: 29), after an unsuccessful attempt to locate the type specimen of affinis, decided that Swainson’s plate, poor as it is, “agrees much better with the Brazilian than with the Guianan form.” Hell- mayr therefore adopted Zimmer's usage of affinis for the “dull-colored form of eastern Brazil,’ with aphanes Berlepsch as a synonym. Hellmayr cited simply “Brazil” as the type locality of affinis; the name was finally fixed as the correct name for the birds of southeastern Brazil when Pinto (1944: 504) restricted the type locality to eastern Bata. As of Hellmayr (1937), therefore, two subspecies of Cacicus haemorrhous were recognized, with names finally stabilized as C. h. haemorrhous (Linnaeus), type locality Cayenne, and C. h. affinis (Swainson), type locality eastern Baia, Brazil. The Red-rumped Cacique 207 This has been the accepted treatment in the standard literature since Hellmayr (see, for example, Blake, 1968: 145). As long ago as Bonaparte (1853), descriptions of a cacique had appeared, matching neither the Guianan nor the south- east Brazilian population of haemorrhous. Bonaparte’s de- scription was as follows: “Grande; la couleur rouge étendue; le bec droit, mais tres-dilaté, énorme a la base.” This descrip- tion appears under the heading “C. affinis, Sw. (crassirostris, Aliq.)” (slightly mistranscribed in Hellmayr’s [1937: 30] synonymy of haemorrhous ). I am not certain what Bonaparte meant in his use of the term “Alig.” I would deduce, from related words in Latin dictionaries, that the intended meaning was “of some,” “of others,’ “sometimes known as,” or the like. However, I can find no earlier usage of the name crassirostris. If this inter- pretation of “Aliq.” is correct, then the name crassirostris Bonaparte, having been first published as a synonym and never adopted as the name of a taxon, is unavailable under article 11 (d) of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature (1964). If, on the other hand, “Alig.” had some such implica- tion as “or, more properly. . .” or “a better name would be. . .” then Bonaparte’s crassirostris is a substitute name for, and a pure synonym of, affinis Swainson, even though Bonaparte’s description was not of the bird called affinis by Swainson, ac- cording to article 72 (d) of the Code. In short, the name crassirostris Bonaparte is not available except as a junior objec- tive synonym of affinis Swainson. Hellmayr was therefore in error in placing the reference to Bonaparte in the synonymy of haemorrhous Linnaeus. Attention was called earlier in the present paper to Hellmayr’s tentative allocation to C. h. haemorrhous of a specimen from Humayta, Rio Madeira, Brazil. The wording of Hellmayr’s footnote (p. 31) is as follows: “Birds from the Para region agree with a Guianan series. A single adult male from the Rio Madeira (Humayta), however, is much larger (wing, 209; tail, 125; bill, 40), and has a much stronger, more powerful bill. While the significance of this divergency remains to be determined by additional material, it seems well to state that 208 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington the bird is quite different from C. u. uropygialis, having an- other wing formula, more glossy plumage, the red of the rump deeper in tone, as well as much more extended toward the back, and the culminal ridge slightly flattened in the middle.” Comparison of Bonaparte’s description with that of Hellmayr immediately raises the suspicion that Bonaparte had before him, misidentified as affinis, a specimen similar to that from the Rio Madeira. The “additional material” to solve the problem of the Rio Madeira bird, called for by Hellmayr, is not only available now but was available when Hellmayr wrote. Specimens in Carnegie Museum and elsewhere show clearly that a third, highly distinctive subspecies of Cacicus haemorrhous inhabits the Amazonian region of Brazil and Peru. This subspecies differs in several ways from either C. h. haemorrhous or C. h. affinis, but its principal character is its massive bill, swollen at the base of the culmen—or, in Bonaparte’s apt words, “le bec droit, mais trés-dilaté, énorme a la base.” We have already seen that the name crassirostris Bonaparte, although probably intended for a specimen of this Amazonian race, cannot be used for it because of nomenclatural tech- nicalities. No other name listed in Hellmayr’s synonymies for the species Cacicus haemorrhous is applicable, and it would appear at first sight that a new name is needed for the Amazonian subspecies. This is not, in fact, the case. In reading the original description of Cassicus pachyrhynchus Berlepsch (placed by Hellmayr, as noted earlier, in the synonymy of Cacicus u. uropygialis), I was struck by wording that did not, to me, appear descriptive of uropygialis but rather of a bird similar to the large-billed Amazonian population of haemorrhous. Berlepsch stated that the two specimens of his new species differed from specimens of haemorrhous “durch auffallend starken, breiten und hohen Schnabel. Derselbe ist fast um ein Drittel starker als bei Guiana-Vogeln. . .”. He went on to say that the dull color and restricted size of the red rump patch were reminiscent of C. uropygialis, whereas Hellmayr had called attention to the deeper red and more The Red-rumped Cacique 209 extended rump patch of the Rio Madeira specimen. Berlepsch suspected that the “synonym” crassirostris cited by Bonaparte might apply to his new species, but rejected this name as not provably applicable. The measurements cited by Berlepsch for his two unsexed specimens indicated that his types were almost certainly a male and a female, these caciques being strongly sexually dimorphic in size. The wing length of the presumed male, 1772 mm., seemed too great for uropygialis (for which Hellmayr had given wing measurements of males as 153, 157, 160, 160, and 165 mm.), but yet too small to match the Rio Madeira specimen with a wing length of 209 mm. I was permitted to borrow the cotypes of pachyrhynchus from the Senckenberg Museum in Frankfurt am Main. It took no more than a glance to tell that these specimens do, indeed, represent the Amazonian population of Cacicus haemorrhous, and are not C. uropygialis. Their bills exactly match speci- mens from Amazonian Brazil in Carnegie Museum. The color and size discrepancies alluded to above are explained by the fact that both specimens are first-year birds, as suspected by Berlepsch when he characterized his types as “Zwei anscheinend nicht ganz ausgefarbte Vogel.” First-year birds of this species are not only duller in color, but often markedly smaller than older birds. The three subspecies of Cacicus haemorrhous are sum- marized below. Cacicus haemorrhous haemorrhous (Linnaeus ) Figs. 1 and 2, right Oriolus haemorrhous Linnaeus, Systema Naturae, 12th ed., 1, 1766: 161 (“Brasilia, Cayana”’; type from Cayenne, fide Hellmayr, 1937: 30). Highly iridescent with blue reflections, both above and below; bill slender, culmen not swollen at base, but tending to be ridged. Measurements: 28 adult males, wing (flat) 168-187.5 (175.8); tail 100-115 (105.9); culmen from base 34-41 (38.2); width of bill at posterior end of nostril 7-10.5 (8.5). 3 adult females, wing 134-142 (138.0); tail 83-92 (87.5); culmen 32-34.5 (33.7); width of bill 8-9 (8.5). Range: The Guianas, northeasternmost Brazil in Amapa, southeastern Venezuela in Bolivar and Amazonas, and the Orinoco drainage of east- 210 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 1. Adult males of Cacicus haemorrhous, dorsal view. Left to right: C. h. affinis, Arroyo Urugua-i, Misiones, Argentina; C. h. pachyrhynchus, Villa Braga, Rio Tapajos, Brazil; C. h. haemorrhous, Pied Saut, French Guiana. ern Colombia. The specimen from the Sierra Macarena, Meta, Colombia (FMNH: see acknowledgements for explanation of abbreviations) listed by Blake (1962: 107), a first-year male, matches specimens of the same age class from Venezuela and Cayenne. It is the southwesternmost example I have seen of typical haemorrhous. Intergradation with pachyrhynchus is discussed below, under that subspecies. Cacicus haemorrhous pachyrhynchus (Berlepsch) Figs. 1 and 2, center Cassicus pachyrhynchus Berlepsch, Journal fiir Ornithologie, 37, 1889: 299 (“Tarapoto [Cumbase]” = San Pedro de Cumbase, near Tarapoto, San Martin, Peru). Large, with culmen conspicuously swollen at base; color very deep bluish black, but not conspicuously glossy as in haemorrhous, and having, in good light, a faintly purplish sheen: scarlet rump patch extending, on the average, more anteriorly than in other races. Measurements: 13 adult males, wing 183-210 (193.5); tail 107—-125.5 (116.5);- culmen 38-42 (40.4); width of bill 11-14 (12.7). 6 adult The Red-rumped Cacique PALL Fic. 2. Same specimens as figure 1, lateral view. females, wing 139.5-149 (146.6); tail 89-98 (95.2); culmen 33-35.5 (34.4); width of bill 10-12 (11.4). Range: The Amazon and its southern tributaries in Brazil and Peru. As Meyer de Schauensee (1966) omits Peru from the range of Cacicus haemorrhous, it would be well to place on record here the Peruvian localities from which this species has been taken. Typical specimens of pachyrhynchus have been examined from: the type locality, San Pedro de Cumbase, San Martin (NMS); Oroza (below Iquitos on the Amazon ), Loreto (AMNH); Santa Rosa, upper Ucayali, Loreto (AMNH); Balta, Rio Curanja, Loreto (LSU—see Lowery and O'Neill, 1965, for details of this locality, which is also the type locality for a newly described species of the same genus, Cacicus koepckeae). The record from Chamicuros, Loreto, listed under C. haemorrhous by Sclater and Salvin (1873) and under C. affinis by Sclater (1883) was placed in the synonymy of C. uropygialis by Hellmayr, with no indication as to whether he had examined the specimens. Judging from the locality, they were almost certainly C. h. pachyrhynchus. Hellmayr’s listing of this reference under C. uropygialis, as well as his synonymizing of pachyrhynchus with the latter species, appears to have been based on nothing more than the assumption that no form of C. haemorrhous occurred in Peru, and that therefore all caciques from that country must be referred to C. uropygialis. I have been unable to verify the identity of the Chamicuros specimens; 212 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington the Bartlett collection is not in the British Museum (Natural History), nor is there any record there of what became of Bartlett’s specimens. Specimens from Peru north of the Amazon and Maranon (confluence of the Rios Napo and Curaray [AMNH]; and Huachi, Rio Pastaza [MLZ]) are intermediate between haemorrhous and pachyrhynchus. These two Peruvian localities were in Ecuador prior to the settlement in 1942 of the Oriente border dispute. Also intermediate between haemorrhous and pachyrhynchus are specimens from the Amazon drain- age of southeastern Colombia in Caqueté and Vaupes (AMNH). Also probably intermediate, on geographic grounds, is the specimen from Sarayacu, Ecuador, in the British Museum (Natural History). Specimens from eastern Para, Brazil (CM, AMNH) tend to have the iridescence of haemorrhous, but, like the northern Peruvian specimens, are larger and have the base of the culmen more swollen, approaching pachyrhynchus. Measurements of Para specimens are as follows: 6 adult males, wing 186-195 (191); tail 108.5-115 (111.6); culmen 37-39.5 (38.3); width of bill 10.5-11.5 (10.8). 4 adult females, wing 136-140 (138.3); tail 86.5-99 (90.9); culmen 31.5-33 (32.3); width of bill 9-11 (9.8). No specimens have been examined from Brazil north of the Rio Solimdes (Amazonas) and south of the Guianas; this is probably a zone of intergradation between haemorrhous and pachyrhynchus. Specimens from the Amazon drainage of northern Bolivia (a country also omitted from the range of this species by Meyer de Schauensee [1966]) are nearest true pachyrhynchus, but show some approach to affinis in their somewhat dull color (upper Rio Beni, Beni [YPM]; Rio Yapacani, Santa Cruz [CM]). Cacicus haemorrhous affinis (Swainson ) Figs. 1 and 2, left Cassicus affinis Swainson, Ornithological Drawings, pt. 1, 1834: pl. 2 [not seen] (“Brazil,” restricted to eastern Baia by Pinto, 1944: 544). Classicus] affinis, Sw. (crassirostris, Alig.) Bonaparte, Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, 37, 1853: 833 (no locality given). C[assicus] aphanes Berlepsch, Journal fiir Ornithologie, 37, 1889: 300 (“Sta. Catharina” = Santa Catharina, Brazil). Similar to C. h. haemorrhous in wing length; tail longer, more like C. h. pachyrhynchus; base of culmen not swollen, culmen not ridged; plumage moderately iridescent, with blue gloss, above, but dull and brownish below with no gloss or sheen of any kind; rump patch averaging more restricted than in haemorrhous, and more orange, less reddish scarlet; adult females apparently relatively seldom develop the full brightness of the rump patch as exemplified by AMNH 775573, Arroyo Urugua-i, Misiones, Argentina. Measurements: 20 adult males, wing 165-185 (175.2); tail 109.5— The Red-rumped Cacique 213 122 (115.9); culmen 34-39 (36.3); width of bill 7-8.5 (8). 11 adult females, wing 137-142 (139.8); tail 97.5-101 (99.9); culmen 29.5—32 (30.9); width of bill 7-8 (7.5). Range: Blake (1968: 145) gives the range of this form as follows: “Eastern and south-central Brazil (Pernambuco, Bahia, Goids, and south- eastern Mato Grosso south to Santa Catharina, Paraguay, and north- eastern Argentina (Chaco, Misiones).” Pinto (1944: 554) considered as “muito duvidosa” the locality “Pelotas, Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil” as published by Sclater (1886: 324). Pelotas is in southeastern Rio Grande do Sul, an area from which Cacicus haemorrhous is, indeed, probably absent. That the species almost certainly occurs in western Rio Grande do Sul is indicated by a specimen taken at Garruchos, Corrientes, Argentina, 20 May 1961 (CM), just across the Rio Uruguay from the town of the same name in Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil. In- cidentally, the Argentine portion of the range of this species as given by Meyer de Schauensee (1966: 432) should read “Misiones and Cor- rientes westward [not eastward] to eastern Formosa, eastern Chaco and northern Santa Fe.” ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Specimens of Cacicus haemorrhous in Carnegie Museum (CM) were supplemented by loans from other museums. I am especially indebted to Dr. J. Steinbacher of the Natur-Museum und Forschungs-Institut Senckenberg (NMS), Frankfurt am Main, for entrusting to my care the cotypes of Cassicus pachyrhynchus Berlepsch. I wish also to acknowl- edge loans courteously sent to me by Mr. C. O’Brien, American Museum of Natural History (AMNH); Mrs. E. Stickney, Peabody Museum of Yale University (YPM); Dr. E. Blake, Field Museum of Natural History (FMNH); Dr. G. H. Lowery, Jr., Museum of Natural Science, Louisiana State University (LSU); and Dr. J. W. Hardy, Moore Laboratory of Zoology, Occidental College (MLZ). Mr. I. C. J. Galbraith of the British Museum (Natural History) was good enough to check for records of the Bartlett collection of Peruvian birds, and Mr. E. Eisenmann con- tributed his nomenclatural savoire-faire toward the determination of the status of the name crassirostris Bonaparte. LITERATURE CITED BrERLEPSCH, H. Von. 1889. Systematisches Verzeichniss der von Herrn Gustav Garlepp in Brasilien und Nord-Peru im Gebiete des oberen Amazonas gesammelten Vogelbalge. II und _ III. Collection aus den Gebieten der Fliisse Ucayali und Huallaga im nordlichen Peru. J. Ornith., 37: 289-321. BuaAkE, FE. R. 1962. Birds of the Sierra Macarena, eastern Colombia. Fieldiana: Zoology, 44: 69-112. 1968. Family Icteridae. In Check-list of birds of the world, vol. 14, ed. by R. A. Paynter, Jr. Cambridge, Mus. Comp. Zool.: 138-202. 214 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Bonaparte, C. L. 1853. Notes sur les collections de M. A. Delattre. Comptes Rendus Acad. Sci. Paris, 37: 827-835. Cassin, J. 1867. A third study of the Icteridae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1867: 45-74. CuHapMANn, F. M. 1926. The distribution of bird-life in Ecuador. Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., 55: 784 pp. GoopFELLow, W. 1901. Results of an ornithological journey through Colombia and Ecuador [part 2]. Ibis, 1901: 458—480. HetitmMayr, C. E. 1937. Catalogue of birds of the Americas and the adjacent islands. Part X. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Zool. Ser., 13, part 10: 228 pp. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION ON ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE. 1964. International code of zoological nomenclature adopted by the XV International Congress of Zoology. London, Int. Trust Zool. Nomen.: 176 pp. Lowery, G. H., Jr., AND J. P. O’Nemu. 1965. A new species of Cacicus (Aves: Icteridae) from Peru. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Louisiana State Univ., no. 33: 5 pp. MeryEeR Dr ScHAUENSEE, R. 1966. The species of birds of South America and their distribution. Narberth, Pa., Livingston Publ. Co.: 577 pp. Pinto, O. M. DE O. 1944. Catalogo das aves do Brasil. Part 2. Dept. Zool. Secr. Agr. S40 Paulo: 700 pp. ScLaTErR, P. L. 1883. Review of the species of the family Icteridae. Part I. Cassicinae. Ibis, 1883: 145-163. 1886. Catalogue of the birds in the British Museum. Vol. 11: Coerebidae, Tanagridae, and Icteridae. London, British Museum: 431 pp. SciaTer, P. L., AND O. Satvin. 1873. On the birds of eastern Peru. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1873: 252-311. ZIMMER, J. T. 1930. Birds of the Marshall Field Peruvian Expedition, 1922-1923. Field Mus. Nat. Hist. Zool. Ser., 17: 233-480. 17,0673 Vol. 83, No. 20, pp. 215-220 27 May 1970 PROCEEDINGS OF THE BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON BLENNIUS ANTHOLOPS, NEW DEEP-WATER FISH, FROM THE GULF OF GUINEA, WITH COMMENTS ON THE BATHYMETRIC DISTRIBUTION OF THE FAMILY BLENNIDAE By Victor G. SPRINGER AND WILLIAM F. SMiTH-VANIZ Smithsonian Institution and University of Miami Rosensteil School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences A single specimen of an undescribed blenniid fish was ob- tained during the R/V Pillsbury Deep-Sea Biological Expedi- tion to the Gulf of Guinea, 1964-1965 (Voss, 1966). The specimen was obtained at a depth of 101-128 meters and is noteworthy as few species of blenniids are known to occur at depths greater than 25 meters. There are only two other blenniids besides the new species that are known to occur at depths of 100 meters or more. These are the Mediterranean Blennius ocellaris Linnaeus and its close relative, B. normani Poll, from the west African coast. Field data for specimens in the collections of the Division of Fishes, U.S. National Museum of Natural History, indicate depths of capture as great as 400 meters and commonly over 100 meters for B. ocellaris, and depths of capture to 200 meters for B. normani. All three of the deep-dwelling species are members of the least specialized tribe of the Blenniidae, the Blenniini (subfamily Blenniinae). Of the other two tribes in the Blen- niinae, no species of the Omobranchini are known from depths greater than a very few meters (probably all less than 5 meters), and the deepest occurring species of the Salariini known is an undescribed species of Ecsenius McCulloch ob- served by Springer at a depth of 36.6 meters in the Gulf of 1 Contribution No. 1180 University of Miami, Rosenstiel School of Marine and Atmospheric Sciences. 20—Proc. Biot. Soc. WasuH., Vou. 83, 1970 (215) 216 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington ‘Iopeo1yos “Yy ‘AA Aq uMeIp “TSG wut ggg ‘edAjo[oy ‘FPOFOG INNSN ‘sdojoyjzup sniuualg ‘T org New Deep-water Blenniid 217 Aqaba. Kuthalingam and Menon (1965) reported obtaining two specimens of Xiphasia setifer (Swainson) from a trawl haul made at a depth of 50-54 meters off the west coast of India. This depth is the deepest known for a species of the other blenniid subfamily, Nemophidinae. Most records of Xiphasia are based on specimens either washed up on shore or caught under a night light. No specimens are known to have been collected from shallow reefs, and it may be that Xiphasia commonly frequents fairly deep water. Springer ob- served an individual of the nemophidine Meiacanthus nigro- lineatus Smith-Vaniz at a depth of 36.6 meters in the Gulf of Aqaba. Blennius antholops new species Figures 1 and 2 Holotype (only known specimen): USNM 204644, male, 53.6 mm SL, Gulf of Guinea from 40’ otter trawl haul extending from 5°19’N and from 4°45’ to 4°48’E, depth from 128 to 101 m, 12 May 1965, R/V Pillsbury station P-236, originally cataloged as UMML 21381. Description (osteological terminology is that of Springer, 1968): Dorsal fin rays XII,20; fin notched between spines and segmented rays, attached by membrane to caudal peduncle. Anal fin rays II,22; spines not enveloped in fleshly swellings; fin attached to caudal peduncle by membrane. Pectoral fin rays 12-12. Pelvic fin rays I,3-I,3; middle segmented ray longest, free for about two thirds its length from outermost segmented ray, which is about 73 percent length longest ray; inner- most segmented ray, which is about 27 percent length longest ray, much reduced in diameter, closely bound for its entire length to middle seg- mented ray, and difficult to see. Upper lobe of caudal fin with 4 un- segmented procurrent rays, followed by 2 weakly segmented, unbranched rays that do not articulate with fused dorsal hypural plate, 1 obviously segmented, unbranched ray and 6 segmented, branched rays that articulate with fused dorsal hypural plate; lower caudal lobe with 4 segmented, branched rays, 2 segmented, unbranched rays and 5 unseg- mented procurrent rays. Caudal fin with two epurals, autogenous hypural 5 and autogenous ventral hypural plate. Vertebrae 11 + 27. Pleural ribs on vertebrae 3-11; epipleural ribs on vertebrae 1-15. Gill-rakers left side 9, right side 10. Pseudobranchial filaments left side 7, right side 6. Gill opening not restricted to side, extending from one side to other with deep, free fold across ventral side of head. Premaxillary teeth (Roman numerals indicate canines) I-23-I (-+], replacement canine); dentary teeth I-20-I. Teeth not present on vomer. Dentaries joined at symphysis by even, non-interdigitating joint. Dorsal ends of premaxillary ascending processes abut ventral surface of pro- truding median ethnoid; kinethmoid not present. 218 Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washington Fic. 2. Blennius antholops. USNM 204644, holotype, lateral and dorsal views of head illustrating sensory pore patterns. Basisphenoid with belophram. Circumorbital bones 5, dorsalmost reduced, overlapped by adjacent ventral circumorbital and not visible in lateral view. Subocular shelf absent. Postcleithra 2, dorsal articulating with ventral and cleithrum. Post-temporal forked. Lateral extrascapular not fused with cranium. Single, simple cirrus on anterior nostril, about 64 percent horizontal orbital diameter. Two long, rodlike cirri on each eye, longest lateral, about 3.2 times horizontal orbital diameter. No cirri on posterior nostril, nape or other portions of head. No fleshy occipital crest. Sensory pores—Circumorbital series consisting of simple and _hori- zontally paired pores; preoperculomandibular series of simple pores; supratemporal series with cluster of pores ventrally and longitudinal pair of pores mid-dorsally. Lateralis of 6 short, disconnected, longitudinally bipored tubes, posteriormost below level of 6th dorsal spine. Bone surrounding pores of posterior, supraorbital series raised, appearing externally as ornamentation. New Deep-water Blenniid 219 Proportional measurements as percent SL: Head, 22.4; horizontal orbital diameter, 8.2; snout tip to posterior end of maxillary, 8.8; longest orbital cirrus, 26.5; nasal cirrus, 5.2; first dorsal spine (DS 1), 8.4; DS 2, 10.4; DS 3, 11.2; DS 5, 11.0; DS 11, 9.7; DS 12, 7.1; first seg- mented dorsal ray (DR 1), 10.1; DR 2, 11.4; DR 3, 11.2; DR 10, 12.7; DR 19, 8.6; DR 20, 6.0; first anal spine (AS 1), 3.7; AS 2, 4.8; first segmented anal ray (AR 1), 7.5; AR 5, 8.2; AR 10, 8.2; AR 21, 8.4; AR 22, 6.2; longest pectoral ray, 18.5; outermost segmented plevic ray, 23.2: middle pelvic ray, 31.7; innermost pelvic ray, 8.6; longest caudal ray, 16.8; insertion of DR 20 to caudal mid-base, 7.2. Color pattern is complex and best discerned from figure 1. Etymology: The Greek word antholops refers to a horned animal, probably the antelope, and is used here as a noun in apposition. Relationships: We have examined a large number of blenniid species from throughout the world and find none that we consider to be particu- larly closely related to B. antholops. There is no other species in the tribe Blenniini that has orbital cirri proportionately as long, or disposed in quite the same way, as B. antholops. In addition we know of no species of Blenniini with pelvic fins proportionately as long as those of B. antholops or with ornamentation